|
Bankers bet with their bank's capital, not their own. If the bet goes right,
they get a huge bonus; if it misfires, that's the shareholders' problem.
Sebastian Mallaby. Council on Foreign Relations, as quoted by
Avital Louria Hahn, "Missing: How Poor Risk-Management Techniques
Contributed to the Subprime Mess," CFO Magazine, March 2008, Page 53 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10755469/c_10788146?f=magazine_featured
Now that the Fed is going to
bail out these crooks with taxpayer funds makes it all the worse.
The bourgeoisie can be termed as any group of people
who are discontented with what they have, but satisfied with what they are
Nicolás
Dávila
This
one on the report card business schools seemed too important to pass up.
I think it relates to the points Dr.
Brazil
made in the quotation that I placed
(with permission) in http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book05q1.htm#020805
(You have to scroll down some distance to find the
Brazil
quotation.)
Today's Bourgeoisie
Education molds not just individuals but also common assumptions and
conventional wisdom. And when it comes to the business world, our
universities - and especially their graduate business schools - are
powerful shapers of the culture.
History suggests it was
always this way. Even Isaac Newton, of gravity fame but who also held the
position of master of the mint, lost money in the South Sea Bubble. He got out,
thinking it was a bubble, then got back in when it kept going up. He lost a
small fortune in the process when it finally collapsed. Human greed, coupled
with hubris, hasn't changed in the four centuries for which we have some sense
of economic history.
Lawrence B. Lindsey, "Loosen Deposit
Insurance Rules To Prevent a Bank Run," The Wall Street Journal,
September 17, 2008 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122161066927045759.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Jensen Comment
You can read about the South Sea Bubble in 1720 at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Sea_bubble
The South Sea Company was selling shares in itself and calling it income.
Mortgage Backed Securities are like boxes
of chocolates. Criminals on Wall Street and one particular U.S. Congressional
Committee stole a few chocolates from the boxes and replaced them with turds.
Their criminal buddies at Standard & Poors rated these boxes AAA Investment Grade
chocolates. These boxes were then sold all over the world to investors.
Eventually somebody bites into a turd and discovers the crime. Suddenly nobody
trusts American chocolates anymore worldwide. Hank Paulson now wants the
American taxpayers to buy up and hold all these boxes of turd-infested
chocolates for $700 billion dollars until the market for turds returns to
normal. Meanwhile, Hank's buddies, the Wall Street criminals who stole all the
good chocolates are not being investigated, arrested, or indicted. Momma always
said: '"Sniff the chocolates first Forrest." Things generally don't pass the
smell test if they came from Wall Street or from Washington DC.
Forrest Gump as quoted at
http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Rec/rec.sport.tennis/2008-10/msg02206.html

Forrest Gump's Momma
The Sleazy Subprime Mortgage Lending Companies Have a New (actually
renewed old) Scheme to Make Billions at Taxpayer Expense
As if they haven't done enough damage. Thousands of
subprime mortgage lenders and brokers—many of them the very sorts of firms that
helped create the current financial crisis—are going strong. Their new strategy:
taking advantage of a long-standing federal program designed to encourage
homeownership by insuring mortgages for buyers of modest means. You read that
correctly. Some of the same people who propelled us toward the housing market
calamity are now seeking to profit by exploiting billions in federally insured
mortgages. Washington, meanwhile, has vastly expanded the availability of such
taxpayer-backed loans as part of the emergency campaign to rescue the country's
swooning economy.
Chad Terhune and Robert Berner,
"FHA-Backed Loans: The New Subprime The same people whose reckless practices
triggered the global financial crisis are onto a similar scheme that could cost
taxpayers tons more," Business Week, November 19, 2008 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/08_48/b4110036448352.htm?link_position=link2
Jensen Comment
That's right. The greedy slime balls "Borne of Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies" are
resurfacing with Barney Frank's blessing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
"Financial Reversals: Everything bad is good
again," by Jacob Sullum, Reason Magazine, November 19,
2008 ---
http://www.reason.com/news/show/130142.html
"Proposed new Bailout Plan," by Andreas Hippin, Bloomberg,
November 20, 2008 ---
http://www.wallstreetoasis.com/forums/proposed-new-bailout-plan
The Somali pirates, renegade Somalis known for
hijacking ships for ransom in the Gulf of Aden, are negotiating a purchase
of Citigroup.
The pirates would buy Citigroup with new debt and
their existing cash stockpiles, earned most recently from hijacking numerous
ships, including most recently a $200 million Saudi Arabian oil tanker. The
Somali pirates are offering up to $0.10 per share for Citigroup, pirate
spokesman Sugule Ali said earlier today. The negotiations have entered the
final stage, Ali said. ``You may not like our price, but we are not in the
business of paying for things. Be happy we are in the mood to offer the
shareholders anything," said Ali.
The pirates will finance part of the purchase by
selling new Pirate Ransom Backed Securities. The PRBS's are backed by the
cash flows from future ransom payments from hijackings in the Gulf of Aden.
Moody's and S&P have already issued their top
investment grade ratings for the PRBS's.
Head pirate, Ubu Kalid Shandu, said "we need a bank
so that we have a place to keep all of our ransom money. Thankfully, the
dislocations in the capital markets has allowed us to purchase Citigroup at
an attractive valuation and to take advantage of TARP capital to grow the
business even faster." Shandu added, "We don't call ourselves pirates. We
are coastguards and this will just allow us to guard our coasts better."
I'm suspicious that Andreas Hippin, in the above tidbit, was inspired by "The
End" by Michael Lewis
"The End," by Michael Lewis December 2008 Issue The era that defined Wall Street
is finally, officially over. Michael Lewis, who chronicled its excess in Liar’s
Poker, returns to his old haunt to figure out what went wrong.
http://www.portfolio.com/news-markets/national-news/portfolio/2008/11/11/The-End-of-Wall-Streets-Boom?tid=true
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#TheEnd
From the Financial Clippings Blog on October 22, 2008 ---
http://financeclippings.blogspot.com/
I
wrote earlier
that credit rating agencies seem to be run like protection rackets..
from
CNBC
In a hearing today before the House Oversight
Committee, the credit rating agencies are being portrayed as
profit-hungry institutions that would give any deal their blessing for
the right price.
Case in point: this instant message exchange between two unidentified
Standard & Poor's officials about a mortgage-backed security deal on
4/5/2007:
Official #1: Btw (by the way) that deal is ridiculous.
Official #2: I know right...model def (definitely) does not capture half
the risk.
Official #1: We should not be rating it.
Official #2: We rate every deal. It could be structured by cows and we
would rate it.
A former executive of Moody's says
conflicts of interest got in the way of rating agencies properly valuing
mortgage backed securities.
Former Managing Director Jerome Fons, who worked at Moody's until August
of 2007, says Moody's was focused on "maxmizing revenues," leading it to
make the firm more "issuer friendly."
Fraud and incompetence among credit rating
agencies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
The New York Stock Exchange's report on the pay package given to its
former chairman, Dick Grasso, made clear the excessiveness of the
compensation and the ineffectiveness of the safety controls that
failed to stop it. What the report didn't provide, however, was an
answer to an obvious question: Why did nobody on the exchange's board
look at that astronomical sum and feel some personal responsibility to
find out what was happening? I can't read minds, but I think
it's fair to say that to some extent the players in this drama - as
well as those in the ones now being played out in courtrooms and
starring former executives of Tyco, WorldCom and HealthSouth - have
been shaped by the broader business culture they have worked in for so
long. And, as with any situation in which we are puzzled by how a
group of people can think in a seemingly odd way, it helps to look
back to how they were educated. Education
molds not just individuals but also common assumptions and
conventional wisdom. And when it comes to the business world, our
universities - and especially their graduate business schools - are
powerful shapers of the culture.
Robert J. Shiller, "How Wall Street Learns to Look the
Other Way," The New York Times, February 8, 2005 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2005/02/08/opinion/08shiller.html
Ending a bitter public
fight over whether former New York Stock Exchange Chief Executive Dick Grasso
was paid too much, a state appeals court ruled that Mr. Grasso can keep every
penny collected from his $187.5 million multiyear compensation package. The
3-to-1 ruling by the Appellate Division of the New York State Supreme Court was
a vindication for the relentless Mr. Grasso, who was ousted after details of his
lucrative pay were revealed in 2003.
Aaron Lucchetti, "Grasso Wins Court Fight, Can Keep NYSE Pay," The Wall
Street Journal, July 2, 2008; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121492781324819635.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
Clinton's famously crude remark
And I hope that comes through in the book (Infectious
Greed). I am very critical of the tax law
changes that created the incentives for companies to pay executives with stock
options, which were made at the beginning of the Clinton Administration to
appease populist anti-corporation forces among his supporters by appearing to do
something about what, even then, was alleged to be excessive pay for corporate
executives. Not to mention his Administration's hands-off approach to Wall
Street (when Arthur Levitt headed the SEC).
There's that great story --- perhaps apocoryphal --- that I recount in the book
about Clinton's famously crude remark when he discovered that voters cared much
more about whether the stocks were going up than his economic program.
Frank Partnoy, Partnoy's Solutions, welling@weeden, October 21, 2005
Symptoms include "excessive and sometimes fraudulent risks
Add to the growing number of recently diagnosed
diseases in America the Icarus Syndrome. This malady, discovered by a law
professor, is said to affect corporations in particular. The symptoms include
"excessive and sometimes fraudulent risks." The disease has attacked
corporate America not only in our own scandal-plagued times but, it seems, since
about 1873. Icarus in the Boardroom (Oxford University Press, 250
pages, $25) is an attempt to alert public-health officials, so to speak, to the
dangers of this contagion. David Skeel, a professor of law at the University of
Pennsylvania, labels all sorts of apparently admirable traits --
"self-confidence, visionary insight, the ability to think outside the
box" -- as potential Icaran qualities, full of danger. They "may spur
entrepreneurs to take misguided risks," he writes, "in the belief that
everything they touch will eventually turn to gold." Fortunately, he offers
a number of cures, ranging from small doses of regulation to massive doses of
regulation. And little wonder. What is most interesting about "Icarus
in the Boardroom" is the vast divide it reveals -- between American lawyers
who study corporations and, well, everybody else. Following common sense and
economic logic, most people view corporate risk-taking and corporate fraud as
different things: Fraud involves lying; risk-taking does not. As in the case of
Enron and WorldCom, fraudulent executives often misstate how much risk their
investors will assume. For academic lawyers such as Mr. Skeel, however, it
seems that risk-taking and fraud are points on a continuum. Risk-taking quickly
fades into "excessive" risk-taking, which then morphs into fraud. Mr.
Skeel never says just how we are to distinguish acceptable risks from the
excessive and fraudulent kind. Apparently, though, lawmakers and regulators will
figure out a formula, for it falls to them, in Mr. Skeel's view, "to
prevent risk-taking that edges toward market manipulation or fraud."
Jonathan R. Macey, "A Risky Proposition," The Wall Street Journal,
March 15, 2005; Page D8 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111083993718979142,00.html?mod=todays_us_personal_journal
That some bankers have ended
up in prison is not a matter of scandal, but what is outrageous is the
fact that all the others are free.
Honoré
de Balzac
Two months ago, shortly before Japan
ordered Citigroup to close its private banking unit there for, among
other things, failing to guard against money laundering, Charles O.
Prince, the chief executive, commissioned an independent examination
of his bank's lapses. When he received the assessment in mid-October,
he got an eyeful.
"It's Cleanup Time at Citi," by Timothy L. O'Brien and
Landon Thomas, Jr., The New York Times, November 7, 2004 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2004/11/07/business/yourmoney/07citi.html

The Sleazy Subprime Mortgage Lending Companies Have a New (actually
renewed old) Scheme to Make Billions at Taxpayer Expense
As if they haven't done enough damage. Thousands of
subprime mortgage lenders and brokers—many of them the very sorts of firms that
helped create the current financial crisis—are going strong. Their new strategy:
taking advantage of a long-standing federal program designed to encourage
homeownership by insuring mortgages for buyers of modest means. You read that
correctly. Some of the same people who propelled us toward the housing market
calamity are now seeking to profit by exploiting billions in federally insured
mortgages. Washington, meanwhile, has vastly expanded the availability of such
taxpayer-backed loans as part of the emergency campaign to rescue the country's
swooning economy.
Chad Terhune and Robert Berner,
"FHA-Backed Loans: The New Subprime The same people whose reckless practices
triggered the global financial crisis are onto a similar scheme that could cost
taxpayers tons more," Business Week, November 19, 2008 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/08_48/b4110036448352.htm?link_position=link2
Jensen Comment
That's right. The greedy slime balls "Borne of Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies" are
resurfacing with Barney Frank's blessing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
"Financial Reversals: Everything bad is good
again," by Jacob Sullum, Reason Magazine, November 19,
2008 ---
http://www.reason.com/news/show/130142.html
"Proposed new Bailout Plan," by Andreas Hippin, Bloomberg,
November 20, 2008 ---
http://www.wallstreetoasis.com/forums/proposed-new-bailout-plan
The Somali pirates, renegade Somalis known for
hijacking ships for ransom in the Gulf of Aden, are negotiating a purchase
of Citigroup.
The pirates would buy Citigroup with new debt and
their existing cash stockpiles, earned most recently from hijacking numerous
ships, including most recently a $200 million Saudi Arabian oil tanker. The
Somali pirates are offering up to $0.10 per share for Citigroup, pirate
spokesman Sugule Ali said earlier today. The negotiations have entered the
final stage, Ali said. ``You may not like our price, but we are not in the
business of paying for things. Be happy we are in the mood to offer the
shareholders anything," said Ali.
The pirates will finance part of the purchase by
selling new Pirate Ransom Backed Securities. The PRBS's are backed by the
cash flows from future ransom payments from hijackings in the Gulf of Aden.
Moody's and S&P have already issued their top
investment grade ratings for the PRBS's.
Head pirate, Ubu Kalid Shandu, said "we need a bank
so that we have a place to keep all of our ransom money. Thankfully, the
dislocations in the capital markets has allowed us to purchase Citigroup at
an attractive valuation and to take advantage of TARP capital to grow the
business even faster." Shandu added, "We don't call ourselves pirates. We
are coastguards and this will just allow us to guard our coasts better."
I'm suspicious that Andreas Hippin, in the above tidbit, was inspired by "The
End" by Michael Lewis
"The End," by Michael Lewis December 2008 Issue The era that defined Wall Street
is finally, officially over. Michael Lewis, who chronicled its excess in Liar’s
Poker, returns to his old haunt to figure out what went wrong.
http://www.portfolio.com/news-markets/national-news/portfolio/2008/11/11/The-End-of-Wall-Streets-Boom?tid=true
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#TheEnd
From the Financial Clippings Blog on October 22, 2008 ---
http://financeclippings.blogspot.com/
I
wrote earlier
that credit rating agencies seem to be run like protection rackets..
from
CNBC
In a hearing today before the House Oversight
Committee, the credit rating agencies are being portrayed as
profit-hungry institutions that would give any deal their blessing for
the right price.
Case in point: this instant message exchange between two unidentified
Standard & Poor's officials about a mortgage-backed security deal on
4/5/2007:
Official #1: Btw (by the way) that deal is ridiculous.
Official #2: I know right...model def (definitely) does not capture half
the risk.
Official #1: We should not be rating it.
Official #2: We rate every deal. It could be structured by cows and we
would rate it.
A former executive of Moody's says
conflicts of interest got in the way of rating agencies properly valuing
mortgage backed securities.
Former Managing Director Jerome Fons, who worked at Moody's until August
of 2007, says Moody's was focused on "maxmizing revenues," leading it to
make the firm more "issuer friendly."
Fraud and incompetence among credit rating
agencies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
In the years after Enron, many chief
executives had been operating in a defensive crouch. Last year,
however, they switched to offense, yelping about the new securities
rules — way too strict and so time-consuming — and whining that
Eliot Spitzer and his meddlesome investigations could wreck the nation’s
economy. The United States Chamber of Commerce even sued the
Securities and Exchange Commission, hoping to overturn its new rule
requiring mutual fund chairmen to be independent. So as 2005
dawns, it is again time to grant the Augustus Melmotte Memorial
Prizes, named for the charlatan who parades through “The Way We Live
Now,” the novel by Anthony Trollope. Mr. Melmotte, who would fit
just fine into today’s business world, is a confidence man who takes
London by storm in the late 1800’s.
Gretchen Morgensen, "The Envelopes, Please," The New York
Times, January 1, 2005 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2005/01/01/business/yourmoney/02award.backup.html?oref=login
Bob Jensen's threads on corporate governance are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm#Governance
Who's Preying on Your Grandparents?
Back in February, Jose and Gloria Aquino
received a flier in the mail inviting them to a free seminar on one
of their favorite topics: protecting their financial assets. As
retirees, they were always on the lookout for safe investment
strategies as well as tips on how to make sure they didn't outlive
their savings. Besides, the flier promised a free lunch for anyone
attending the workshop, so what did they have to lose? Potentially
plenty, they would soon discover.
Gretchen Morgenson, "Who's Preying on Your Grandparents?" The New
York Times, May 15, 2005 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2005/05/15/business/yourmoney/15vict.html?
Dilbert Cartoons on Market Manipulations
"Scott Adams Discovers Market Manipulation," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz
Blog, March 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/scott-adams-manipulators/
Regular readers know I
am a fan of Scott Adams, creator of the comic
Dilbert
and occasional commentator on a variety of matters.
He has a somewhat odd
blog post up, titled,
Here Come the Market Manipulators. In it, he
makes two interesting suggestions: The first is to decry “market
manipulators,” who do what they do for fun and profit to the detriment of
the rest of us. The second is to say that these manipulators are likely to
cause “a 20% correction in 2013.”
Let’s quickly address
both of these issues: First off, have a look at the frequency of 20%
corrections in markets. According to
Fidelity (citing
research from Capital Research and Management Company), over the period
encompassing 1900-2010, has seen the following corrections occur:
Corrections During 1900 – 2010
5%: 3 times per year
10%: Once per year
20%: Once every 3.5
years
Note that Fido does not
specify which market, but given the dates we can assume it is the Dow
Industrials. (I’ll check on that later).
Note that US market’s have
not had a 20% correction since the lows in March 2009. I’ll pull up the
relevant data in the office, but a prior corrective action of 19% is the
closest we’ve come, followed by a ~16% and ~11%.
As to the manipulators of
the market, I can only say: Dude, where have you been the past 100 years
or so?
Yes, the market gets
manipulated. Whether its tax cuts or interest rate cuts or federal spending
or wars or QE or legislative rule changes to FASB or even the creation of
IRAs and 401ks, manipulation abounds.
In terms of the larger
investors who attract followers — I do not see the same evidence that Adams
sees. Sure, the market is often driven by large investors. Yes, many of
these people have others who follow them. We need only look at what Buffet,
Soros, Dalio, Icahn, Ackman, Einhorn and others have done to see widely
imitated stock trades. But that has shown itself to be a
bad idea, and I doubt anyone is making
much money attempting to do so. And, it hardly leads to the conclusion that
any more than the usual manipulation is going on.
Will be have a 20%
correction? I guarantee that eventually, we will. Indeed, we are even
overdue for it, postponed as it is by the Fed’s manipulation.
But I have strong
doubts it is going to be caused by a cabal manipulating markets for fun &
profit. It will occur because
that’s what markets do . . .
Previously:
Dilbert’s Unified Theory of Everything Financial’ (October 15th, 2006)
7 Suggestions for Scott Adams (November 27th, 2007)
Don’t Follow Wealthy Investors, Part 14 (February 17th, 2008)
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
Jensen Comment
You can also see a Dilbert cartoon about making up data ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
How the Gatekeepers Failed in Their Responsibilities
to Protect the Public from Corporate and Banking Fraud
Brooksley Born, chair of the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission --- suggested that government should at
least study whether some regulation might make sense, a stampede of
lobbyists, members of Congress, and other regulators --- including
Alan Greenspan and Robert Rubin --- ran her over, admonishing her to
keep quiet. Derivatives tightened the connections among various
markets, creating enormous financial benefits and making global
transacting less costly --- no one denied that. But they also
raised the prospect of a system-wide breakdown. With each
crisis, a few more dominos fell, and regulators and market
participants increasingly expressed concerns about systematic risk ---
a term that described a financial-market epidemic. After
Long-Term Capital collapsed, even Alan Greenspan admitted that the
financial markets had been close to the brink.
Frank Partnoy, Infectious Greed (Henry Holt and Company, 2004,
Page 229)
Throughout 1994 and 1995, Brickell (the
banking industry's pit bull in Washington) and Levitt (Head of the
SEC) worked to protect the finance industry from new
legislation. In early 1994, lobbyists waited for investors to
calm down from the shock of how much money-fund managers and corporate
treasures had lost gambling on interest rates. When legislation
was introduced, Brickell fought it and Levitt gave speeches saying the
financial industry should police itself. The issues were
complicated, and the public --- once angered by the various scandals
--- ultimately lost interest. Instead of new derivatives
regulation, Congress, various federal agencies, and even the Supreme
Court created new legal rules that insulated Wall Street from
liability and enabled financial firms to regulate
themselves. Under the influence of Levitt and Brickell,
regulators essentially left the abuses of the 1990s to what Justice
Cardozo had called the "morals of the market place."
Frank Partnoy, Infectious Greed (Henry Holt and
Company, 2004, Page 143)
In God, but not our financial advisor, we
trust!
Declining trust has spurred some 25% of the affluent investors
surveyed to move a portion of their assets out of their
financial-services firms in the past two years, according to a study
by Spectrem Group, a Chicago research and consulting firm. A litany of
complaints, including poor investment performance, conflicts of
interest, hidden fees and financial scandals, prompted wealthy
investors to move their business elsewhere.
Rachel Emma Silverman, "Wealthy Lose Trust in
Advisers," The Wall Street Journal, February 2, 2005, Page
D2 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB110730662305243216,00.html?mod=todays_us_personal_journal
One of the world's most widely known and
respected economists, Henry Kaufman is almost single-handedly
responsible for founding the spectator sport known as "Fed
watching." He began a 26-year career at Salomon Brothers in 1962,
when he was probably the only Wall Street employee with a doctorate.
There he built one of the most prestigious securities research
departments and became a senior partner and vice chairman. In the last
30 years, he has been one of the most vocal critics of insufficient
financial oversight and regulation, and his pronouncements and
prognostications have often moved markets. We interviewed Dr. Kaufman
in his New York office, where he heads his own international economic
consulting firm.
Wall Street Wisdom ---
http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/feature/-/41979/102-2649781-5248131
Question
What is the SEC's new NMS?
In the best possible marketplace, all buyers see
the prices asked by all sellers and all sellers see the prices offered by all
buyers -- and little guys are treated the same as big ones. The result:
competition that insures the most efficient interplay of supply and demand. In
theory, it sounds great. And indeed, this is the idea behind the Security and
Exchange Commission's push for an integrated stock market called the National
Market System, or NMS. But could the best intentions backfire? Wharton finance
professor Marshall E. Blume answers that question in a new research paper
titled, "Competition and Fragmentation in the Equity Markets: The Effect of
Regulation NMS."
"Will the SEC's National Market System Stifle the Innovation It Hopes to
Promote?" Wharton Business School at the University of Pennsylvania,
Knowledge@Wharton, April 4, 2007 ---
Click Here
"Psychology Of Fraud: Why Good People Do Bad
Things (with cartoons)," by Chana Joffe-Walt and Alix Spiegel, NPR, May
1, 2012 ---
http://www.npr.org/2012/05/01/151764534/psychology-of-fraud-why-good-people-do-bad-things
Thank you Jim McKinney for the heads up.
Jensen Comment
This was a very good broadcast. I've tracked fraud for years --
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
One of the most important aspects of fraud
psychology is the follow-the-herd-mentally when those around you are both
committing fraud and getting away with it. My best illustrations here are
tracked in my extensive timeline of derivative financial instruments frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Another key ingredient of some large frauds is
that white collar crime pays big even if you get caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
For some fraud is a disease like pedophilia in
that the worst of the worst just seem to not be able to help themselves.
Recidivism: is very high after being released from prison.---
http://www.springerlink.com/content/w125216287260u28/
Question
"U.S. Securities Law: Does 'High Intensity' Enforcement Pay Off?"
Knowledge@Wharton, May 30, 2007 ---
Click Here
Strong enforcement is critical to
obtaining good governance and adding value to corporations, and investors
stand to gain from it.
. . .
In the U.K., the FSA budget for
enforcement is between 12.5% and 13% of its total budget, which Coffee said
is consistent with many other countries. The SEC spends around 40% of its
overall budget on enforcement, and Australia spends even more -- nearly 47%
in 2005. Coffee also noted that the SEC has 1,200 attorneys working full
time for the agency. The FSA, he said, maintains a "skeletal" legal staff
and outsources cases when necessary. In Britain and many other countries,
regulators place more emphasis on negotiating settlements to avoid formal
enforcement actions. "They don't like to keep a legal enforcement staff
because they see enforcement as a last-ditch effort."
. . .
In the wake of corporate scandals
in the U.S., criminal enforcement is the "ultimate deterrence," Coffee said.
Citing research from cases between 1978 and 2004, he noted that some 755
individuals and 40 firms were indicted for "financial misrepresentation,"
which he said is just a small subset of securities violations. In all,
1,230.7 years of incarceration and 397.5 years of probation were imposed,
with an average sentence of 4.2 years.
Continued in article
Importance of Internal Controls Even Among
the "Good Folks"
April 3, 2011 Message from Jim McKinney
On today’s
NPR Program, This American Life, there was an interesting story today about
how a young untrained person was put in-charge of The Kennedy Center gift
shop and learned the importance of internal controls. The shrinkage was in
the 40% range initially. The main point was, here are these basically good
people volunteering time, and yet many of them were stealing cash and
merchandise because there were no internal controls.
http://www.thisamericanlife.org/radio-archives/episode/431/see-no-evil
Jim McKinney, Ph.D.,
C.P.A.
Tyser Teaching Fellow
Accounting and Information Assurance
Robert H. Smith School of Business
4333G Van Munching Hall
University of Maryland
College Park, MD 20742-1815
http://www.rhsmith.umd.edu
There's a shelf of financial bestsellers whose
titles now sound absurd: Ravi Batra's The Great Depression of 1990; James
Glassman's Dow 36,000; Harry Figgie's Bankruptcy 1995: The Coming Collapse of
America and How to Stop It. There’s BusinessWeek’s 1979 description of "the
death of equities as a near permanent condition,
Michael Lewis, "The Evolution of an
Investor," Blaine-Lourd Profile, December 2007 ---
http://www.portfolio.com/executives/features/2007/11/19/Blaine-Lourd-Profile#page3
As quoted by Jim Mahar in his Finance Professor Blog at
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
As a group, professional money managers control more
than 90 percent of the U.S. stock market. By definition, the money they invest
yields returns equal to those of the market as a whole, minus whatever fees
investors pay them for their services. This simple math, you might think, would
lead investors to pay professional money managers less and less. Instead, they
pay them more and more...Nobody knows which stock is going to go up. Nobody
knows what the market as a whole is going to do, not even Warren Buffett. A
handful of people with amazing track records isn’t evidence that people can game
the market. Nobody knows which company will prove a good long-term investment.
Even Buffett’s genius lies more in running businesses than in picking stocks.
But in the investing world, that is ignored. Wall Street, with its army of
brokers, analysts, and advisers funneling trillions of dollars into mutual
funds, hedge funds, and private equity funds, is an elaborate fraud.
Michael Lewis, "The Evolution of an
Investor," Blaine-Lourd Profile, December 2007 ---
http://www.portfolio.com/executives/features/2007/11/19/Blaine-Lourd-Profile#page3
As quoted by Jim Mahar in his Finance Professor Blog at
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
A second paper in this series will examine the
theoretical justifications for the importance of the stock market as perhaps the
central financial institution in the United States.
"Who Needs the Stock Market? Part I: The Empirical
Evidence," by Lawrence E. Mitchell George Washington University - Law School,
SSRN, October 30, 2008 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1292403
Data on historical
and current corporate finance trends drawn from a variety of sources present
a paradox. External equity has never played a significant role in financing
industrial enterprises in the United States. The only American industry that
has relied heavily upon external financing is the finance industry itself.
Yet it is commonly accepted among legal scholars and economists that the
stock market plays a valuable role in American economic life, and a recent,
large body of macroeconomic work on economic development links the growth of
financial institutions (including, in the U.S, the stock market) to growth
in real economic output. How can this be the case if external equity as
represented by the stock market plays an insignificant role in financing
productivity? This paradox has been largely ignored in the legal and
economic literature.
This paper surveys
the history of American corporate finance, presents original and secondary
data demonstrating the paradox, and raises questions regarding the structure
of American capital markets, the appropriate rights of stockholders, the
desirable regulatory structure (whether the stock market should be regulated
by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodities Futures Trading
Commission, for example), and the overall relationship between finance and
growth.
The answers to
these questions are particularly pressing in light of a dramatic increase in
stock market volatility since the turn of the century creating distorted
incentives for long-term corporate management, especially trenchant in light
of the recent global financial collapse.
A second paper in
this series will examine the theoretical justifications for the importance
of the stock market as perhaps the central financial institution in the
United States.
Shocking 25 Minute Video
A Rigged Trading System: "The odds are better in Las Vegas than on Wall Street"
This is the same fraud as the one committed by Max in the Broadway show called
The Producers (watch the Bloomberg video of how the fraud works)
Max sold over 100% of the shares in his play.
A fraudulent market manipulation contributed to the Wall Street meltdown
Phantom Shares and Market Manipulation (Bloomberg News
video on naked short selling) ---
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4490541725797746038
Labor Unions Want Less Financial Disclosure and
accountability
From day one of the Obama era, union
leaders want the lights dimmed on how they spend their mandatory member dues.
The AFL-CIO's representative on the Obama transition team for Labor is Deborah
Greenfield, and we're told her first inspection stop was the Office of
Labor-Management Standards, or OLMS, which monitors union compliance with
federal law. Ms. Greenfield declined to comment, citing Obama transition rules,
but her mission is clear enough. The AFL-CIO's formal "recommendations" to the
Obama team call for the realignment of "the allocation of budgetary resources"
from OLMS to other Labor agencies. The Secretary should "temporarily stay all
financial reporting regulations that have not gone into effect," and "revise or
rescind the onerous and unreasonable new requirements," such as the LM-2 and T-1
reporting forms. The explicit goal is to "restore the Department of Labor to its
mission and role of advocating for, protecting and advancing the interests of
workers." In other words, while transparency is fine for business, unions are
demanding a pass for themselves.
"Quantum of Solis Big labor wants Obama to dilute union disclosure rules,"
The Wall Street Journal, December 21, 2008 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122990431323225179.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
I’m not going to hold
my breath waiting for Porter to give some evidence of contrition about his
mission to Tripoli. Sir Howard Davies may have resigned as director of the LSE
(“The short point is that I am responsible for the school’s reputation and that
has suffered”), but being a Harvard professor apparently means never having to
say you’re sorry. Perhaps instead the university will find some way to rein in
on its professors’ more self-serving ambitions.
David Warsh, "A Recent Exercise in Nation-Building by Some Harvard
Boys," EconomicPrincipals.com, March 27, 2011 ---
http://www.economicprincipals.com/issues/2011.03.27/1248.html
Thank you Robert Walker for the heads up.
It was worth a smile at
breakfast that morning in February 2006, a scrap of social currency to take
out into the world. Michael Porter, the Harvard Business School management
guru, had grown famous offering competitive strategies to firms, regions,
whole nations. Earlier he had taken on the problems of inner cities, health
care and climate change. Now he was about to tackle perhaps the hardest
problem of all (that is, after the United States’ wars in Afghanistan and
Iraq).
He had become adviser to
Moammar Khadafy’s Libya.
There at the bottom of
the front page of the Financial Times was a
story that no one else had that day, or any other
– a scoop. It turned out that Porter and his friend Daniel Yergin and the
consulting firms which they had respectively co-founded and founded, Monitor
Group and Cambridge Energy Research Associates, had been working for a year
on a plan to diversify the Libyan economy away from its heavy dependence on
oil. Their teams had conducted more than 2,000 interviews with “small- and
medium-scale entrepreneurs as well as Libyan and foreign business leaders.”
(Both men are better-known as celebrated authors: Porter for
Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors
and The Competitive Advantage of Nations, Yergin for The Prize: the
Epic Quest for Oil, Money and Power and The Commanding Heights: the
Battle for the World Economy.)
The next day Porter
would
present the 200-page
document they had prepared in a ceremony in Tripoli. Khadafy himself might
attend. The FT had seen a copy of the report, which envisaged a
glorious future under the consultants’ plan. If all went well, it said, then
by 2019 – the 50th anniversary of the military coup that brought Col.
Khadafy to power – Libya would have “one of the fastest rates of business
formation in the world,” making it a regional leader contributing to the
“wealth and stability of surrounding nations.”
. . .
We now know that
Khadafy’s son bribed his way into his PhD from the London School of
Economics (LSE); that Monitor Group had been paid to help him write his
dissertation there (much of which apparently turns out to have been
plagiarized, anyway); that the Libyan government
was paying Monitor $250,000 a month for its services; that, according to
The New York Times, Libya’s sovereign wealth fund today owns a portion
of Pearson PLC, the conglomerate that publishes the Financial Times
and The Economist; that the whole deal quietly fell apart two years
later.
Sir Howard Davies resigned
earlier this month as director of the LSE after it was disclosed he had
accepted a ₤1.5 million donation in 2009 from a charity controlled by Saif
Khadafy.
It turns out that
Monitor also proposed to write a book boosting Khadafy as “one of the most
recognizable individuals on the planet,” promised to generate positive
press, and to bring still more prominent academics, policymakers and
journalists to Libya, according to Farah Stockman of The Boston Globe.
She did a banner job of pursuing the details she found in
A Proposal For Expanding the Dialogue Surrounding the Ideas of Moammar
Khadafy, a proposal from Mark Fuller in 2007 that
a Libyan opposition group posted on the Web.
Among those enlisted
were Sir Anthony Giddens, former director of the LSE; Francis Fukuyama, then
of Johns Hopkins University; Benjamin Barber, of Rutgers University
(emeritus); Nicholas Negroponte, founder of MIT’s Media Lab; Robert Putnam
and Joseph Nye, both former deans of Harvard’s Kennedy School of
Government. Nye received a fee and wrote a
broadly sympathetic account of his three-hour
visit with Khadafy for The New Republic. He also told the Globe’s
Stockman he had commented on a chapter of Saif’s doctoral dissertation.
(When The New Republic scolded Nye earlier this month, after
Mother Jones magazine
disclosed the fee, Nye replied that his original
manuscript implied that he had been employed as a consultant by Monitor, but
that the phrase had been edited out).
. . .
I’m not going to hold my
breath waiting for Porter to give some evidence of contrition about his
mission to Tripoli. Sir Howard Davies may have resigned as director of the
LSE (“The short point is that I am responsible for the school’s reputation
and that has suffered”), but being a Harvard professor apparently means
never having to say you’re sorry. Perhaps instead the university will find
some way to rein in on its professors’ more self-serving ambitions.
New Book --- Yeah Right!
Harvard Business Review on Making Smart Decisions ---
Click Here
http://hbr.org/product/harvard-business-review-on-making-smart-decisions/an/10323-PDF-ENG?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
New Book --- Yeah Right!
Jensen Comment
In Chile the
Chicago Boys rebuilt a nation with honor. I Libya the
Harvard Boys were apparently less honorable.
And look what a desert swamp we're mired in now!
. . . being a Harvard
professor apparently means never having to say you’re sorry
The entire year 2006 ethics flap about climbers not rendering aid to a
supposedly dying climber on Mt. Everest was preceded by a great 1983 real world
case called the Parable of the Sadhu from the Harvard Business School ---
Click Here
The Parable of the Sadhu was and still is widely used in ethics
courses, especially regarding issues of situational ethics and group versus
individual ethics. The author Bowen H. McCoy was the managing director of the
investment banking firm Morgan Stanley & Co. After returning to New York, McCoy
was conscious stricken about leaving a dying religious man during an Everest climb. The
climbers at that time shed some clothes to keep the dying man warm. But climbers
from various nations (U.S., Switzerland, and Japan) actually moved on and did not help the man down to shelter
because they all felt that he was going to die in any case. Also, the weather
was such that the climbers could not complete their climbing goal if they delayed to
carry the dying man to shelter.
McCoy wrote the following after returning to New York:
We do not know if the sadhu lived or died. For many
of the following days and evenings Stephen and I discussed and debated our
behavior toward the sadhu. Stephen is a committed Quaker with deep moral
vision. He said, "I feel that what happened with the Sadhu is a good example
of the breakdown between the individual ethic and the corporate ethic. No
one person was willing to assume ultimate responsibility for the sadhu. Each
was willing to do his bit just so long as it was not too inconvenient. When
it got to be a bother everyone just passed the buck to someone else and took
off . . . "
. . .
Despite my arguments, I feel and continue to feel
guilt about the sadhu. I had literally walked through a classic moral
dilemma without fully thinking through the consequences. My excuses for my
actions include a high adrenaline flow, super-ordinate goal, and a
once-in-a-lifetime opportunity --- factors in the usual corporate situation,
especially when one is under stress.
Real moral dilemmas are ambiguous and many of us
hike right through them, unaware that they exist. When, usually after the
fact, someone makes an issue of them, we tend to resent his or her bringing
it up. Often, when the full import of what we have done (or not done) falls
on us, we dig into a defensive position from which it is very difficult to
emerge. In rare circumstances we may contemplate what we have done from
inside a prison.
Had we mountaineers have been free of physical and
mental stress caused by the effort and the high altitude, we might have
treated the sadhu differently. Yet isn't stress the real test of personal
and corporate values? The instant decisions executives make under pressure
reveal the most about personal and corporate character.
Among the many questions that occur to me when
pondering my experience are: What are the practical limits of moral
imagination and vision? Is there a collective or institutional ethic beyond
the ethics of the individual? At what level of effor or commitment can one
discharge one's ethical responsibilities?
Continued in this 1983 Harvard Business School Case.
Jensen Comment
I might add that this 1983 case was written before the breakdown in ethics
during the 1990s high tech bubble in which investment banking, executive
compensation, corporate governance, and corporate ethics in general sometimes
become Congress to the core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
********************
You can read more about the 2006 repeat of the dilemma at
"Everest pioneer appalled that climber was left to die," by Steve McMorran,
Seattle Times, May 25, 2006 ---
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2003017177_everest25.html
May 28, 2006 reply from Andrew Priest [a.priest@ECU.EDU.AU]
Hi Bob
And you can contrast this action and the 2006 with
the help given to Lincoln Hall again this year (events still going on).
Lincoln was left on the mountain, assumed dead. He was not and is lower down
the mountain and doing okay. Details at <
http://www.mounteverest.net/news.php?id=3315>
and more details at
<
http://www.mounteverest.net/news.php?id=3311> .
Compassion and caring wins out every time in my
view over selfishness.
Andrew
"Remarks by Chairman Alan Greenspan Before a conference
sponsored by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency,
Washington, D.C. October 14, 1999 --- http://federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/speeches/1999/19991014.htm
Measuring Financial Risk in the
Twenty-first Century
During a financial crisis, risk aversion
rises dramatically, and deliberate trading strategies are replaced
by rising fear-induced disengagement. Yield spreads on relatively
risky assets widen dramatically. In the more extreme manifestation,
the inability to differentiate among degrees of risk drives trading
strategies to ever-more-liquid instruments that permit investors to
immediately reverse decisions at minimum cost should that be
required. As a consequence, even among riskless assets, such as U.S.
Treasury securities, liquidity premiums rise sharply as investors
seek the heavily traded "on-the-run" issues--a behavior
that was so evident last fall.
As I have indicated on previous occasions,
history tells us that sharp reversals in confidence occur abruptly,
most often with little advance notice. These reversals can be
self-reinforcing processes that can compress sizable adjustments
into a very short period. Panic reactions in the market are
characterized by dramatic shifts in behavior that are intended to
minimize short-term losses. Claims on far-distant future values are
discounted to insignificance. What is so intriguing, as I noted
earlier, is that this type of behavior has characterized human
interaction with little appreciable change over the generations.
Whether Dutch tulip bulbs or Russian equities, the market price
patterns remain much the same.
We can readily describe this process, but,
to date, economists have been unable to anticipate sharp reversals
in confidence. Collapsing confidence is generally described as a
bursting bubble, an event incontrovertibly evident only in
retrospect. To anticipate a bubble about to burst requires the
forecast of a plunge in the prices of assets previously set by the
judgments of millions of investors, many of whom are highly
knowledgeable about the prospects for the specific investments that
make up our broad price indexes of stocks and other assets.
Nevertheless, if episodic recurrences of
ruptured confidence are integral to the way our economy and our
financial markets work now and in the future, the implications for
risk measurement and risk management are significant.
Probability distributions estimated
largely, or exclusively, over cycles that do not include periods of
panic will underestimate the likelihood of extreme price movements
because they fail to capture a secondary peak at the extreme
negative tail that reflects the probability of occurrence of a
panic. Furthermore, joint distributions estimated over periods that
do not include panics will underestimate correlations between asset
returns during panics. Under these circumstances, fear and
disengagement on the part of investors holding net long positions
often lead to simultaneous declines in the values of private
obligations, as investors no longer realistically differentiate
among degrees of risk and liquidity, and to increases in the values
of riskless government securities. Consequently, the benefits of
portfolio diversification will tend to be overestimated when the
rare panic periods are not taken into account.
The uncertainties inherent in valuations of
assets and the potential for abrupt changes in perceptions of those
uncertainties clearly must be adjudged by risk managers at banks and
other financial intermediaries. At a minimum, risk managers need to
stress test the assumptions underlying their models and set aside
somewhat higher contingency resources--reserves or capital--to cover
the losses that will inevitably emerge from time to time when
investors suffer a loss of confidence. These reserves will appear
almost all the time to be a suboptimal use of capital. So do fire
insurance premiums.
The above is only a quotation from the speech.
UNEQUAL
TREATMENT: Congress to the Core
"Playing
Favorites: Why Alan Greenspan's Fed lets banks off easy on
corporate fraud," by Ronald Fink, CFO Magazine, April
2004, pp. 46-54 --- http://www.cfo.com/article/1,5309,12866||M|886,00.html
The module below is not in
the above online version of the above article. However, it is on
Page 51 of the printed version.
UNEQUAL
TREATMENT
IF
THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD AND THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
Commission
pursue the same agenda, why were Merrill Lynch & Co. and the
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC) treated so differently by
the Corporate Fraud Task Force--a team with representatives from the
SEC, the FBI, and the Department of Justice (DoJ) set up to
prosecute perpetrators of Enron's fraud--than were Citigroup and J.
P. Morgan Chase & Co.? After all, all four banks did much
the same thing.
Under
settlements signed with the SEC last July, Citigroup and Chase were
fined a mere $101 million (including $19 million for its actions
relating to a similar fraud involving Dynegy) and $135 million,
respectively, which amounts to no more than a week of either's most
recent annual earnings. And they agreed, in effect, to cease
and desist from doing other structured-finance deals that mislead
investors. That contrasts sharply with the punishment meted
out by the DoJ to Merrill and CIBC, each of which not only paid $80
million in fines, but also agreed to have their activities monitored
by a supervising committee that reports to the DoJ. Even more
striking, CIBC agreed to exit not only the structured-finance
business but also the plain-vanilla commercial--paper conduit trade
for three years. No regulatory agency involved in the
settlements would comment on the cases, though the SEC's settlement
with Citigroup took note of the bank's cooperation in the
investigation.
But Brad S.
Karp, an attorney with the New York firm Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison LLP, suggested recently that the terms of the
SEC settlement with its client, Citigroup, reflected a lack of
knowledge or intent on the bank's part. As Karp noted more
than once at a February conference on legal issues and compliance
facing bond-market participants, the SEC's settlement with Citigroup
was ex scienter, a Latin legal phrase meaning "without
knowledge."
However,
the SEC's administrative order to Citigroup cited at least 13
instances where the bank was anything but in the dark about its
involvement in Enron's fraud.
As Richard
H. Walker, former director of the SEC's enforcement division and now
general counsel of Deutsche Bank's Corporate and Investment Bank,
puts it, all the banks involved in Enron's fraud "had
knowledge" of it. Yet Walker isn't surprised by their
disparate treatment at the hands of regulators. "The SEC
does things its way," he says, "and the Fed does them
another." *Ronald Fink and Tim Reason
The just don't get it! Chartered Jets, a
Wedding At Versailles and Fast Cars To Help Forget Bad Times.
As financial companies start to pay out big
bonuses for 2003, lavish spending by Wall Streeters is showing signs
of a comeback. Chartered jets and hot wheels head a list of
indulgences sparked by the recent bull market.
Gregory Zuckerman and Cassell Bryan-Low, "With the
Market Up, Wall Street High Life Bounces Back, Too," The Wall
Street Journal, February 4, 2004 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB107584886617919763,00.html?mod=home%5Fpage%5Fone%5Fus
Scandals Are a Hot Topic in College Courses --- http://www.smartpros.com/x42201.xml
Most of us enter the investment business for the
same sanity-destroying reasons a woman becomes a prostitute: It avoids the
menace of hard work, is a group activity that requires little in the way of
intellect, and is a practical means of manking money for those with no special
talent for anything else.
Richard New, The Wall Street Jungle (as quoted by Frank Partnoy in
FIASCO: The Inside Story of a Wall Street Trader.)
Behind every great fortune there lies a great crime.
Honore de Balzac (as quoted by Frank Partnoy in FIASCO: The Inside
Story of a Wall Street Trader.)
But for Freddie Mac, the other pillar of
the colossal U.S. mortgage market, Freddie Mac's restatement has only
caused headaches and has even raised new questions about the quality
of financial reporting.
Patrick Barta, "Restatement by Freddie Mac Puts Fannie on the
Spot," The Wall Street Journal, January 12, 2004, Page C1.
The problem is the companies'
(Freddie
Mac versus Fannie Mae) business and financial
statements have become so complex that they are effectively "unanalyzable"
says James Bianco, president of Bianco Research,
a Chicago-based fixed-income research firm that has been critical of
Fannie and Freddie in the past. He says the same is becoming
true of other large financial institutions, particularly those that,
like Fannie and Freddie, use large volumes of derivatives, which are
investment contracts that can be used by companies to offset risk from
interest rate shifts.
Ibid
The Timeline of the Recent History of Fannie Mae Scandals
2002-2008 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm#FannieMae
"Fannie Mayhem: A History," The Wall Street Journal,
July 14, 2008
So what's a little business deal among
friends? It's trouble, if the friends are college or
college-foundation trustees who benefit personally from the decisions
they make on behalf of the institutions they serve.
Julianne Basinger, "Boars Crack Down on Members' Insider
Benefits," The Chronicle of Higher Education, February 6.
2004, Page A1.
Mutual-fund investors sent a record $14
billion in net assets to exchange-traded funds last month as they
sought escape from the recent share-trading scandal.
Aaron Lucchetti, The Wall Street Journal, January 23, 2004 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB107482213730209735,00.html?mod=mkts_main_news_hs_h
S. Scott Voynich, Chair of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, has stated that further
changes were necessary to regain the confidence of American investors.
Voynich was the keynote speaker at the Institute’s 2003 AICPA
National Conference on Current SEC Developments .
http://accountingeducation.com/news/news4675.html
Nothing wrong with overcharging, so long
as everyone else is doing it, right?
Gretchen Morgenson"The Mutual Fund Scandal's Next
Chapter," The New York Times, December 7, 2003
(See below)
Are you
disgusted enough with mutual funds to raise a stink? So far,
savers don't seem nearly as outraged as they were about Enron--yet
deceptive funds and sneaky "financial advisers" have swiped
more money, from more people, than all the corporate scandals
combined. The House of
Representatives just passed a reform bill, but in the Senate, the
going looks tough. Your
legislators are scooping up money from the mutual-fund lobby, which
hopes to head off any major change.
To counter the lobby,
Congress needs angry protest calls from voters like you.
Jane Bryant Quinn (See Below)
One the one
hand, eliminating the middleman would result in lower costs, increased
sales, and greater consumer satisfaction; on the other hand,
we're the middleman.
New Yorker Cartoon, Page 29, The New Yorker Book of Business
Cartoons
In the context of the recent mutual fund scandals, financial advisors
have become those middlemen.
Boyer had also
asked Kmart's auditors at PricewaterhouseCoopers in several cases to
look into various accounting issues and was unsatisfied with the
firm's work, according to the lawsuit.
"Fired From Kmart, Ex-CFO Is Key Figure in
Lawsuits," SmartPros (See below)
"I believe
this (mutual fund rip-off) is the worst
scandal we've seen in 50 years, and I can't say I saw it coming,"
said Arthur Levitt, the former chairman of the Securities and Exchange
Commission for nearly eight years under the Clinton administration.
"I probably worried about funds less than insider trading,
accounting issues and fair disclosure to investors" by public
companies.
Stephen Labaton --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#Cleland
Illegal
or unfair trading isn't hard for directors (or the SEC)
to spot, says New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, who brought the
first of these scandals to light. They just have to compare
their funds' total sales with total redemptions. When the two
are about the same, skimming might be going on. I asked Lipper,
a fund-tracking service, to list the larger funds where redemptions
reached 90 to 110 percent of sales. It found 229, some looking
obviously churned.
Jane Bryant Quinn --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#Cleland
One thing your
can count on: When you invest, a lot of the people you trust are
going to cheat. Billions of investor dollars whirl through the
system. It's all too easy for insiders to stick their hands into
that current and grab. We're not talking about a bad apple here
and there. Cheating runs through Wall Street's very seams ---
even in the sainted mutual funds.
Jane Bryant Quinn --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#Cleland
But Wall Street's Lobbyists Still Have a
Firm Grip Where it Counts
While Representative Baker pushes his bill in
the House, the Senate is not expected to take up a measure before next
year. Some lawmakers have filed bills, but Senator Richard Shelby, the
Alabama Republican who heads the Senate banking committee, has said he
is not convinced of the need for new laws.
Stephen Labaton, "S.E.C. Offers Plan for Tightening Grip on
Mutual Funds," The New York Times, November 19, 2003 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2003/11/19/business/19sec.html
You can read more about SEC Chairman
William H. Donaldson's defense of his quick and some say marshmallow
punishment of mutual fund cheaters at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#Cleland
What makes this such a
big scandal is that the savings of half the households in the U.S. are
at stake here. The tragedy is that now that the scandal is
surfacing in the media and in state courts, the SEC is only wrist
slapping mutual funds. This
is along with the continued wrist slapping of investment banking
(e.g., why is Merrill Lynch still in existence after frauds dating
back to
Orange
County
?) is the real evidence of industry power over regulators.
Sarbanes-Oxley won’t do it!
It’s still Congress to the core in
Washington
DC
as long as industries have regulators in their well-financed pockets
--- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm#Cleland
New
York State Attorney General Eliott Spitzer's charges of improper
trading practices by several leading mutual fund families are another
blow to public trust in financial institutions. Mutual funds have been
the place you would advise the most unsophisticated investors to go:
Mutual funds were designed for grandpa and grandma, and repeatedly
recommended to them by all kinds of benevolent authorities. Thus
scandals in the mutual fund sector are potentially much more damaging
to public trust in our financial institutions than are scandals in
other sectors -- such as the one playing out in the New York Stock
Exchange right now.
See Robert Shiller's article below.
If
you don't know jewelry, know your jeweler.
Warren Buffett,
Lowly
investors who lost their retirement accounts following the advice of
Citigroup's Jack Grubman or followed the "research" of some
other firm that was bought and paid for by favored clients can only
burn with shame and disbelief. Restore investor confidence in Wall
Street? Not likely for baby boomers, who've already been publicly
fleeced in broad daylight. Wall Street will have to wait for another
generation of innocents to prey upon.
Richard Dooling, The New York Times, May 4, 2003
Mr. Quattrone's rise shows
how some who were on the inside during the tech boom piled up huge
fortunes in part through special access, unavailable to other
investors, to the machinery of that era's frenzied stock market. But
now he faces a crunch. The steep yearlong downturn in tech stocks has
hurt the profits of his technology group. And in recent weeks, the
group he heads has come under scrutiny in connection with a federal
probe into whether some investment-bank employees awarded shares of
hot IPOs in exchange for unusually high commissions, and whether those
commissions amounted to kickbacks.
Susan Pulliam and Randall Smith, The Wall Street Journal, May
3, 2003 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB988836228231147483,00.html?mod=2_1040_1
The Investment Banker Who Got Away to Start Another Day
The (Frank Quattrone)
deal marks the end of a sorry chapter in American business
history. While high-profile white-collar crime persists, the dramatic criminal
cases that were launched just after the dotcom economy fizzled are now mostly
completed. The icons of massive, turn-of-the-century corporate fraud--Ken Lay
and Jeff Skilling of Enron, Bernie Ebbers of WorldCom, Dennis Kozlowski and Mark
Swartz of Tyco--are convicted and, in Lay's case, dead. Even Martha Stewart has
served time. And many, if not most, of the cases the feds brought against
smaller fish--to help assuage a share-owning public that had been scammed by
phony accounting and overhyped stock--are resolved. The government claims that
since mid-2002 it has won more than 1,000 corporate-fraud convictions, including
those of more than 100 CEOs and presidents.
Barbara Kiviat, "The One Who Got Away: The decision to abandon a
high-profile case against a dotcom poster boy marks the end of a sorry era,"
Time Magazine, August 27, 2006 ---
Click Here
Cleaning Up Corporate Japan
Is Japan Inc. finally moving toward more
responsible corporate governance? After last week's arrest of Yoshiaki
Tsutsumi, owner of the country's major railway, hotel and resort
conglomerate Seibu group, there's at least reason to believe that the
government is finally demanding more accountability from its corporate
leaders. Mr. Tsutsumi, former chairman of Seibu railway and its
holding company, Kokudo, was arrested on Thursday on charges of
insider trading and falsification of documents. While his guilt of
these charges is still to be determined, the Japanese press has not
held back from criticizing the politically influential Mr. Tsutsumi
and his business empire, portraying them as powerful symbols of
corporate Japan's lack of transparency and disregard for shareholder
interests.
"Cleaning Up Corporate Japan," The Wall Street Journal,
March 10, 2005 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111040748350775119,00.html?mod=opinion&ojcontent=otep
Hi Milt,
I think the problem in the investment banking industry that spilled
over into accounting, banking, mutual funds, securities dealers, and
large corporations is truly "infectious greed." When
deregulations came 8n 1995, executives watched as investment bankers
became filthy rich and many, certainly not all, decided to join in the
fun.
What is important in Parnoy's latest book is a greater explanation
of "how" it was done.
And yes, I think that many would do it again even if they knew they
would get caught. See http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudconclusion.htm#CrimePays
Many of the perpetrators in the 1990s are now sitting in places like
London and Switzerland enjoying a very nice life with no longer having
to work. Many of them will gladly sacrifice pride for wealth, which is
something that I gather would never appeal to you.
As for Nixon, I think his years in public office drove him to
pathological paranoia. He was driven more by fear than greed. I think
he wanted to go down in history as a great statesman, and he feared
his enemies were out keep him from realizing his dream.
Bob Jensen
-----Original Message-----
From: MILT COHEN [mailto:uncmlt@juno.com]
Sent: Sunday, April 25, 2004 9:06 AM
To: Jensen, Robert
Subject: comment on your comments
Hi Bob
I read your comments on various books
written on securities fraud and related "fun & games"
with investors per Cheryl Dunn's request --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm#Quotations
Just a couple of comments from my view. I
read one of the books you wrote on - namely Liar's Poker and I also
read a book on Michael Milkens dealings during his days at Drexel,
his downfall along with Drexel's, and how others of that era that
were involved in those dealings.
It seems to me that most of these books get
muddled down into the same expose type of writing and/or reporting.
It's like, wow! Is that what really happened? Or, I guess I forgot
about that. Each book seems to be a primer for the next
"hero" who wlll take investors and accountants for another
fleecing. And make lawyers rich.
My question to you (and you may have the
same feeling I have) is why are there so many fraudulent happenings
in the security arena? One would think that with jail sentences and
monetary fines being given (even Martha Stewart), people's
reputations driven into a ditch - perhaps forever (notwithstanding
Michael Milken's good deeds in medicine and education) is the wealth
obtained so worthy of being convicted of being a thief? Does anyone
have that answer? Is it all worth it just to get out of jury duty?
Back in history when I was an under grad back in the 1950s the big
defalcation (as it was titled) was the McKesson Robbins inventory
cover-up of the 1930s. The next one that comes to my mind was the
Equity Funding matter of the 1960-1970 era that centered on the
fraud of writing nonexistent life insurance contracts that brought
attention to the firm of Seidman & Seidman (I had a friend
working for them during that era).
After Equity Funding, the fraud circuit was
quiet for awhile, but in the last fifteen or so years, it seems we
experience one hit after another (like airplanes in a flight plan at
LAX) - all centering on the oversight of audits that have gone on
for years or even decades. The latest being the B of A involvement
with the Italian dairy company. (how a bank account could be
overlooked or confirmed when it didn't exist is beyond me). My
conclusion after 45 years in this "game" is that it all
relates back to Richard Nixon. Nixon in his day depicted the worst
of fraud and lying in the matter of Watergate. (He also was depicted
as a less than ethical politician here in California. The name
"tricky Dick" didn't come from nowhere). Anyway, he showed
the populace that anyone can "get away with it". Fast
forward to Bill Clinton and we have another example of not telling
the truth. (only he has the definition of sex?) So what can our kids
and students think as they trudge through college. If ethics is not
emphasized in class (and I assume it is not a major topic these or
any other days) and ethical actions are not depicted in real life as
well as in movies and TV (look at Ormirosa's actions on the Donald
Trump show) how can we expect that these financial frauds will not
be a continual event? Perhaps the next reality show should be
centered on financial fraud. It might bring in bigger ratings than
Trump's show did. (And Trump is such an icon of ethical behavior in
business dealings too - (that's a joke)).
Anyway, I just thought I'd share my
feelings on your thoughts and comments on current readings and
topical events.
Sincerely,
Milt Cohen Chatsworth, Ca.
Hi Again Milt,
The entire body of agency theory that evolved in the past three
decades is built upon the underlying assumption that managers' utility
functions are also in the best interest of the prosperity of
corporations and shareholders. Agency theory falls apart when managers
like Fastow, Kozwalski, Waksal, etc. are willing to loot the company
and/or rob shareholders for personal gain even if they know they will
get caught and spend some relaxing time in Club Fed --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudconclusion.htm#CrimePays
We always hope that dastardly managers are few and far between such
that your assumptions and agency theory still hold water. What we saw
in the late 1990s, however, was that highly infectious greed that
commenced to sicken entire industries such as investment banking,
energy traders, stock brokers, and securities dealers after Federal
regulations were eliminated in 1995 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
Sadly, the auditing profession was not immune to infectious greed
as consulting opportunities exploded in auditing clients. We would
hope that integrity is being restored in the auditing profession, but
the scandals in tax shelter marketing and client billing cheating
since the Sarbanes-Oxley legislation have further eroded the
credibility of auditing firms --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm#others
See "ACCOUNTING PROFESSIONALISM: THEY JUST DON'T GET IT"
--- http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf
Bob Jensen
-----Original Message-----
From: MILT COHEN [mailto:uncmlt@juno.com]
Sent: Sunday, April 25, 2004 2:31 PM To: Jensen, Robert
Subject: Re: comment on your comments
You may be precisely correct in your
conclusion, but one would like to think that the greedy bunch
wouldn't want to ruin the 'game" for everyone else. That old
story about killing the goose that lays the golden eggs is
happening. Another story about the bar owner watching a new
bartender steal every other drink that is sold. Finally when the
bartender pockets two in a row, the owners calls him over and asks,
"aren't we partners on that one?" I mean, in order for
investors to part with money the thieves have to let others make a
few bucks just to sweeten the pot, or the game is over, in my view.
The flip side is that with new laws and the emphasis on accountant's
trust, many students will opt out of accounting and just head for
the finance sign. I tutored a student last year who was trying to
understand Intermediate Accounting. He said he did well in the
Principle course. His last remark to me was that if he blows the
mid-term he'll drop the course and take up Finance just to keep his
grade average. So much for tenacity and commitment.
Sincerely Milt Cohen
March 13, 2009 message from Zafar Khan
Why was Sarbanes-Oxley enacted?
Zafar Khan, Ph.D.
Professor
Eastern Michigan University
March 14, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Zafar,
Sarbanes (SOX) was enacted to keep
investors from abandoning the U.S. stock market after enormous scandals
like Enron, WorldCom, and other huge scandals that revealed CPA audits
themselves were becoming both substandard and non-profitable ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
To make money, auditing firms themselves
were profiting from irresponsible audit cost cutting and non-audit
consulting that compromised their auditing independence. Inside
corporations, internal controls for responsible financial reporting had
broken down or never existed in the first place.
Sarbanes forced auditors to become more
independent and also made it possible to double or triple audit fees,
thereby restoring auditing to profitable services rather than services
that lost money for auditing firms trying to be responsible auditors.
SOX also created the PCAOB that got
serious about reviewing auditor performance (including fining Deloitte a
million dollars). Many of the large and smaller CPA firms failed the
PCAOB tests early on and soon cleaned up their audit practices with the
PCAOB breathing down their backs.
Among other things SOX increased
government funding for the SEC and the FASB (which before SOX received
no taxpayer funding). This, in turn, made the FASB less dependent upon
sales of publications. The FASB then made many publications free
electronically, most notably free distribution of standards and
interpretations. The IASB, sadly, still depends upon publication revenue
such that IFRS are not free unless you play games like download the
equivalent Hong Kong accounting standards.
See
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sarbanes_and_Oxley
A variety of complex factors
created the conditions and culture in which a series of large
corporate frauds occurred between 2000-2002. The spectacular,
highly-publicized frauds at Enron (see
Enron scandal), WorldCom, and Tyco exposed significant problems
with conflicts of interest and incentive compensation practices. The
analysis of their complex and contentious root causes contributed to
the passage of SOX in 2002. In a 2004 interview, Senator Paul
Sarbanes stated:
|
|
The Senate Banking Committee
undertook a series of hearings on the problems in the
markets that had led to a loss of hundreds and hundreds of
billions, indeed trillions of dollars in market value. The
hearings set out to lay the foundation for legislation. We
scheduled 10 hearings over a six-week period, during which
we brought in some of the best people in the country to
testify...The hearings produced remarkable consensus on the
nature of the problems: inadequate oversight of accountants,
lack of auditor independence, weak corporate governance
procedures, stock analysts' conflict of interests,
inadequate disclosure provisions, and grossly inadequate
funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
-
Auditor conflicts of interest:
Prior to SOX, auditing firms, the primary financial "watchdogs"
for investors, were self-regulated. They also performed
significant non-audit or consulting work for the companies they
audited. Many of these consulting agreements were far more
lucrative than the auditing engagement. This presented at least
the appearance of a conflict of interest. For example,
challenging the company's accounting approach might damage a
client relationship, conceivably placing a significant
consulting arrangement at risk, damaging the auditing firm's
bottom line.
-
Boardroom failures: Boards of
Directors, specifically Audit Committees, are charged with
establishing oversight mechanisms for financial reporting in
U.S. corporations on the behalf of investors. These scandals
identified Board members who either did not exercise their
responsibilities or did not have the expertise to understand the
complexities of the businesses. In many cases, Audit Committee
members were not truly independent of management.
-
Securities analysts' conflicts of interest:
The roles of securities analysts, who make buy and sell
recommendations on company stocks and bonds, and investment
bankers, who help provide companies loans or handle mergers and
acquisitions, provide opportunities for conflicts. Similar to
the auditor conflict, issuing a buy or sell recommendation on a
stock while providing lucrative investment banking services
creates at least the appearance of a conflict of interest.
-
Inadequate funding of the SEC:
The SEC budget has steadily increased to nearly double the
pre-SOX level.
In the interview cited above, Sarbanes
indicated that enforcement and rule-making are more effective
post-SOX.
-
Banking practices: Lending to
a firm sends signals to investors regarding the firm's risk. In
the case of Enron, several major banks provided large loans to
the company without understanding, or while ignoring, the risks
of the company. Investors of these banks and their clients were
hurt by such bad loans, resulting in large settlement payments
by the banks. Others interpreted the willingness of banks to
lend money to the company as an indication of its health and
integrity, and were led to invest in Enron as a result. These
investors were hurt as well.
-
Internet bubble: Investors
had been stung in 2000 by the sharp declines in technology
stocks and to a lesser extent, by declines in the overall
market. Certain
mutual fund managers were alleged to have advocated the
purchasing of particular technology stocks, while quietly
selling them. The losses sustained also helped create a general
anger among investors.
-
Executive compensation: Stock
option and bonus practices, combined with volatility in stock
prices for even small earnings "misses," resulted in pressures
to manage earnings. Stock options were not treated as
compensation expense by companies, encouraging this form of
compensation. With a large stock-based bonus at risk, managers
were pressured to meet their targets.
Pay Me More and More and More
Sadly, SOX did not attack the root problems that led to the subsequent
subprime lending scandals. These root problems included
pay-for-performance compensation plans that motivated mortgage brokers,
real estate appraisers, banks, and investment banks to screw both
shareholders and home owners.
Pass the Trash
Added to this was Congressional pressure on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mack
to buy hopeless mortgages that had almost no chance of being repaid.
Banks commenced a practice of passing the trash to Freddie, Fannie, and
Wall Street investment banks that, in turn, passed the trash to their
customers in CDOs that were intended to diversify the bad loan risks
(but failed to do so when the real estate bubble burst).
SOX has worked in countless ways, but
not all ways
There are countless success stories where SOX led to better internal
controls and better auditing with more substantive testing in place of
lousy analytical reviews. However, SOX did almost nothing to prevent
fraud in the mortgage brokering and banking sectors.
You can read more about subprime sleaze at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
You can read more about auditing
professionalism at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Professionalism
Fiduciaries turned into whores
One of the most sad things for me is the way that CPA auditing firms
failed to signal the public that banks were filling up on toxic loans.
Equally unprofessional were the credit rating agencies like Standard and
Poors and Moody’s that in essence became Wall Street’s whores.
Why regulations fail and
succeed in the turning of the carousel
The main problem with government
regulations on industry is that industry eventually runs the regulators
(e.g., the Federal Reserve, SEC, FDA, FAA, FCC, etc.) until some
enormous scandals force the regulators to use the powers entrusted to
them. Then we get new regulations that industry eventually figures out
how to circumvent. Then we wait for more huge scandals. And so the
carousel goes round and round.
Socialism bypasses the regulation
process by owning and running the industries. Then the abuses really
begin
The
inherent vice of capitalism is the unequal sharing of the blessings. The
inherent blessing of socialism is the equal sharing of misery.
Winston Churchill
May 14, 2009 reply from Zafar Khan
[zkhan@EMICH.EDU]
Hi Bob, one can always depend upon you to
set the record straight. Otherwise, some might continue to believe that this
(SOX) was another gratuitous government intervention to disrupt the smooth
functioning of our self correcting financial markets.
I also read in a recent post that the
government should not do anything about executive compensation despite the
obscene abuse of power by the executives of public companies who have
enriched themselves while running their companies into the ground because
the market will in the end sort it out. My humble response to that is dream
on.
Zafar Khan, Ph.D.
Professor
Eastern Michigan University
March 15, 2009 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi again Zafar,
After the fall of Andersen you would've
thought CPA auditors would've "self corrected" without having SOX since
their reputations had hit bottom.
In 2003 a former professor of accounting
at the University of Illinois and long-time executive partner with
Andersen told accounting professors that the CPA firm executives "still
didn't get it." This is probably why we needed SOX and the PCAOB to help
them "get it." Art Wyatt’s plenary session speech at the 2003 American
Accounting Association annual meetings is at
http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf
Art is also a former AAA President and a member of the Accounting Hall
of Fame. His opinions have a lot of clout in both the CPA profession and
academe.
From “Topics for Class Debate” at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
This might be a good topic of debate for an ethics and/or fraud course.
The topic is essentially the problem of regulating and/or punishing many
for the egregious actions of a few. The best example is the major
accounting firm of Andersen in which 84,000 mostly ethical and highly
professional employees lost their jobs when the firm's leadership
repeatedly failed to take action to prevent corrupt and/or incompetent
audits of a small number audit partners. Clearly the firm's management
failed and deserves to be fired and/or jailed for obstruction of justice
and failure to protect the public in general and 83,900 Andersen
employees. A former
Andersen executive partner,
Art Wyatt, contends that Andersen's leadership did not get the message
and that leadership in today's leading CPA firms is still not (just
before SOX) getting the message ---
http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on auditing professionalism are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Professionalism
"8 Accused of Kickbacks, Fraud at Wall Street
Brokerage Firms," SmartPros, May 23, 2008 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x61954.xml
"Eliot Spitzer's Case Book," by Elizabeth Weinstein, The Wall
Street Journal, April 28, 2005
Eliot Spitzer is a man on the hunt. From mutual
funds to music, executive compensation to counterfeit drugs, the New York
attorney general has pursued investigations of alleged misdeeds in half a
dozen industries.
Though sometimes criticized for focusing too
closely on Wall Street -- and on his own bid for New York state governor in
2006 -- Mr. Spitzer's probes have led to stricter controls on Wall Street
research and spurred other attorneys general to action. His landmark
investigations have zeroed in on high-profile executives, most recently
Maurice Greenberg at insurer American International Group.
Last year alone, the New York attorney general's office recovered a record
$2.38 billion earmarked for restitution to individual shareholders and other
consumers. Mr. Spitzer's office, which has an annual budget of $214 million,
has added nearly 50 lawyers to its staff of more than 500 attorneys since
1999.
Here is an overview of key investigations:
Investment Banking Stock research
Probe launched: 2001
At issue: Misleading information in analysts' public research reports
An investigation into the stock research issued by Merrill Lynch & Co.'s
Internet group, whose star analyst was Henry Blodget, showed that some
analysts harbored different opinions privately from those they expressed in
their public research reports. The investigation spawned a wide-ranging
probe over nearly two years into the procedures at many firms. Ultimately,
10 of the largest securities firms
agreed to pay $1.4 billion to settle charges that
they routinely issued misleading stock research to curry favor with
corporate clients during the stock-market bubble of the late 1990s. The
firms consented to the charges without admitting or denying wrongdoing. The
$1.4 billion settlement was among the highest ever imposed by securities
regulators, and both Mr. Blodget and Jack Grubman of Salomon Smith Barney
were banned from the securities business.
Investment Banking - IPOs
Probe launched: 2001
At issue: Unfair allocations of shares in initial public offerings
Mr. Spitzer's office also charged that several big Wall Street firms
improperly doled out coveted shares in initial public offerings to corporate
executives in a bid to win banking business. Two companies, Citigroup Inc.'s
Citigroup Global Markets unit, formerly Salomon Smith Barney, and Credit
Suisse Group's Credit Suisse First Boston, settled these charges as part of
the $1.4 billion pact with securities firms and did so without admitting or
denying wrongdoing. In a related probe, former star CSFB banker Frank
Quattrone was
convicted of obstruction of justice for impeding
and investigation of CSFB's IPO allocations.
Insurance - Improper transactions
Probe launched: 2003
At issue: Whether several AIG business deals were designed to manipulate its
financial statements
In 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission and Mr. Spitzer's office
looked into insurance transactions that American International Group Inc.
conducted with two firms, cellphone distributor Brightpoint Inc. and PNC
Financial Services Group Inc. AIG paid $126 million in a settlement without
admitting or denying guilt. Later, both the SEC and Mr. Spitzer's office
scrutinized a deal struck between AIG and Berkshire Hathaway's General
Reinsurance unit in 2000 to determine if the deal was aimed at making the
giant insurer's reserves look healthier than they were. Longtime Chairman
Maurice R. "Hank" Greenberg
retired from the company, and in late March, AIG
admitted to a broad range of improper accounting.
Other AIG executives were forced out, including chief financial officer
Howard Smith. Meanwhile, Berkshire chief Warren Buffett this week told
investigators that he
didn't know details about the contentious
transaction. Mr. Greenberg also was deposed and repeatedly invoked his
constitutional right against self incrimination.
Insurance - Broker fees
Probe launched: 2004
At issue: Whether fees paid by insurance companies to insurance brokers and
consultants posed a conflict of interest
Mr. Spitzer and other state attorneys general as well as insurance
regulators in New York and Illinois alleged that insurance companies
routinely paid fees to brokers and consultants who advised employers on
where to buy policies for workers, a potential conflict of interest. Mr.
Spitzer accused several insurance brokers of accepting undisclosed
commissions and, in the case of Marsh & McLennan, of bid-rigging --
soliciting fake bids from insurers to help steer business to favored
providers. In February 2005, Marsh
agreed to pay $850 million in restitution to
clients of its Marsh Inc. insurance brokerage firm who allegedly were
cheated by Marsh brokers. Marsh neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing.
The investigations shook up an insurance dynasty. Marsh was run by Jeffrey
W. Greenberg, the eldest son of AIG's former head Maurice Greenberg, before
he was ousted as a result of the probe. Another insurance firm included in
the probe, Ace Ltd., is run by Evan Greenberg, Jeffrey's younger brother.
Meanwhile, Aon Corp.
reached a $190 million settlement without
admitting or denying wrongdoing, and earlier this month, insurance broker
Willis Group Holdings Ltd.
said it would pay $51 million and change its
business practices to end an investigation by attorneys general in New York
and Minnesota. Willis admitted no wrongdoing or liability.
NYSE - Executive Compensation
Probe launched: 2004
At issue: Whether then-New York Stock Exchange Chairman Dick Grasso's
compensation was excessive
Mr. Spitzer sued Mr. Grasso, the NYSE and the Wall Street executive who
headed its compensation committee for what Mr. Spitzer claimed was a pay
package so huge that it violated the state law governing not-for-profit
groups. Mr. Spitzer said the compensation -- valued at nearly $200 million
-- came about as a result of Mr. Grasso's intimidation of the exchange's
board of directors. Mr. Grasso, who denied there was anything improper about
his pay, was
forced to resign from the Big Board in September
2003 following a public outcry over his compensation. The lawsuit, which is
still in progress, led to new governance oversight at the Big Board.
Retail
Probe launched: 2004
At issue: Antitrust violations by retailers
Mr. Spitzer claimed that Federated Department Stores Inc. and May Department
Stores Co. conspired to pressure housewares makers Lenox Inc., a unit of
Brown-Forman Corp. and Waterford Wedgwood PLC's U.S. unit to pull out as
planned anchors of Bed Bath & Beyond Inc.'s new tableware department. The
case was settled in August when the four companies agreed to pay a total of
$2.9 million in civil penalties but admit no wrongdoing. Later, Mr. Spitzer
charged James M. Zimmerman, Federated's retired
chairman, with perjury, alleging that he lied under oath to conceal evidence
of possible antitrust violations. Mr. Zimmerman has pleaded not guilty.
Music
Probe launched: 2004
At issue: Payments by music companies middlemen aimed at securing better
airplay for the labels' artists
Mr. Spitzer's
investigation, which is continuing, centers around independent promoters
-- middlemen between record companies and radio
stations -- whom music labels pay to help them secure better airplay for
their music releases. Broadcasters are prohibited from taking goods or cash
for playing songs on their stations. The independent-promotion system has
been viewed as a way around laws against payola -- undisclosed cash payments
to individuals in exchange for airplay. Last fall, Mr. Spitzer requested
information from Warner Music Group, EMI Group PLC, Vivendi Universal SA's
Universal Music Group, and Sony Corp. and Bertelsmann AG's Sony BMG Music
Entertainment. Warner Music received an additional subpoena
last week.
Marketing
Probe launched: 2004
At issue: Software secretly installed on home computers to put ads on
screens
After a six-month investigation into Internet marketer Intermix Media Inc.,
Mr. Spitzer in April 2005
filed suit, claiming the company installed a wide
range of advertising software on home computers nationwide. The software,
known as "spyware" or "adware," prompts nuisance pop-up advertising on
computer screens, setting users up for PC slowdowns and crashes. The
programs sometimes don't come with "un-install" applications and can't be
removed by most computers' add/remove function. Mr. Spitzer said the suit is
designed to combat the practice of redirecting of home computer users to
unwanted Web sites, the adding of unnecessary toolbar items and the delivery
of unwanted ads that pop up on computer screens. The civil suit accuses
Intermix of violating state General Business Law provisions against false
advertising and deceptive business practices, and also of trespass under New
York common law. Intermix has said it doesn't "promote or condone spyware"
and has ceased distribution of the software at issue, which it says was
introduced under prior leadership.
Health Care
Probe launched: 2005
At issue: Covert sales of counterfeit drugs
Mr. Spitzer's office has
sent subpoenas to three big drug wholesalers
--
Cardinal Health Inc., Amerisource Bergen Corp. and McKesson Corp. -- related
to the companies' purchase of drugs on the secondary market. Although few
details about the probe have emerged, some industry analysts have said that
the subpoenas are likely connected to sales transactions involving
counterfeit products. Counterfeit drugs are those sold under a product name
without proper authorization -- they can include drugs without the active
ingredient, with an insufficient quantity of the active ingredient, with the
wrong active ingredient, or with fake packaging. The investigation focuses
on the secondary market, where the wholesalers buy drugs from each other,
often at lower prices, and counterfeit drugs are hard to track. It isn't
clear whether the wholesalers are the focus of a probe or just sources of
information.
How Grasso Got Greener: Grasso Took Fifth In SEC Testimony
An official in the office of New York state's attorney
general yesterday said former New York Stock Exchange Chief Executive Dick
Grasso last year declined to answer certain questions during a deposition by the
Securities and Exchange Commission regarding that regulator's probe of trading
firms at the Big Board. Avi Schick, a lawyer working for Attorney General Eliot
Spitzer, made that assertion during a pretrial hearing in New York state court
for a civil lawsuit claiming that Mr. Grasso's $187.5 million pay package as Big
Board chief was excessive under New York law covering not-for-profits. (The NYSE
has since become a public company, NYSE Group Inc.) The disclosure could be
useful to Mr. Spitzer in the compensation case if he can use it to suggest that
Mr. Grasso was an inadequate market regulator.
Chad Bray, "Grasso Took Fifth In SEC Testimony, Spitzer Aide Says," The Wall
Street Journal, March 17, 2006; Page C3 ---
Click Here
Ending a bitter public
fight over whether former New York Stock Exchange Chief Executive Dick Grasso
was paid too much, a state appeals court ruled that Mr. Grasso can keep every
penny collected from his $187.5 million multiyear compensation package. The
3-to-1 ruling by the Appellate Division of the New York State Supreme Court was
a vindication for the relentless Mr. Grasso, who was ousted after details of his
lucrative pay were revealed in 2003.
Aaron Lucchetti, "Grasso Wins Court Fight, Can Keep NYSE Pay," The Wall
Street Journal, July 2, 2008; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121492781324819635.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
Can You Train Business School Students To Be
Ethical?
The way we’re doing it now doesn’t work. We need a new way
Question
What is the main temptation of white collar criminals?
Answer from
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#01
Jane Bryant Quinn once said something to the effect that, when corporate
executives and bankers see billions of loose dollars swirling above there heads,
it's just too tempting to hold up both hands and pocket a few millions,
especially when colleagues around them have their hands in the air. I tell my
students that it's possible to buy an "A" grade in my courses but none of them
can possibly afford it. The point is that, being human, most of us are
vulnerable to some temptations in a weak moment. Fortunately, none of you
reading this have oak barrels of highly-aged whiskey in your cellars, the
world's most beautiful women/men lined up outside your bedroom door, and
billions of loose dollars swirling about like autumn leaves in a tornado.
Most corporate criminals that regret their actions later confess that the
temptations went beyond what they could resist. What amazes me in this era,
however, is how they want to steal more and more after they already have $100
million stashed. Why do they want more than they could possibly need?
"Can You Train Business School Students To Be
Ethical? The way we’re doing it now doesn’t work. We need a new way," by Ray
Fisman and Adam Galinsky, Slate, September 4, 2012 ---
http://www.slate.com/articles/business/the_dismal_science/2012/09/business_school_and_ethics_can_we_train_mbas_to_do_the_right_thing_.html
A few years ago,
Israeli game theorist
Ariel Rubinstein got the idea of examining how
the tools of economic science affected the judgment and empathy of his
undergraduate students at Tel Aviv University. He made each student the
CEO of a struggling hypothetical company, and tasked them with deciding
how many employees to lay off. Some students were given an algebraic
equation that expressed profits as a function of the number of employees
on the payroll. Others were given a table listing the number of
employees in one column and corresponding profits in the other. Simply
presenting the layoff/profits data in a different format had a
surprisingly strong effect on students’ choices—fewer than half of the
“table” students chose to fire as many workers as was necessary to
maximize profits, whereas three quarters of the “equation” students
chose the profit-maximizing level of pink slips. Why? The “equation”
group simply “solved” the company’s problem of profit maximization,
without thinking about the consequences for the employees they were
firing.
Rubinstein’s
classroom experiment serves as one lesson in the pitfalls of the
scientific method: It often seems to distract us from considering the
full implications of our calculations. The point isn’t that it’s
necessarily immoral to fire an employee—Milton Friedman famously
claimed that the
sole purpose of a company is indeed to maximize profits—but
rather that the students who were encouraged to think of the decision to
fire someone as an algebra problem didn’t seem to think about the
employees at all.
The experiment is
indicative of the challenge faced by business schools, which devote
themselves to teaching management as a science, without always
acknowledging that every business decision has societal repercussions. A
new generation of psychologists is now thinking about how to create
ethical leaders in business and in other professions, based on the
notion that good people often do bad things unconsciously. It may
transform not just education in the professions, but the way we think
about encouraging people to do the right thing in general.
At present, the
ethics curriculum at business schools can best be described as an
unsuccessful work-in-progress. It’s not that business schools are
turning Mother Teresas into
Jeffrey Skillings (Harvard Business School,
class of ’79),
despite some claims to that effect. It’s easy
to come up with examples of rogue MBA graduates who have lied, cheated,
and stolen their ways to fortunes (recently convicted
Raj Rajaratnam is a graduate of the University
of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business; his partner in crime,
Rajat Gupta, is a
Harvard Business School alum). But a huge number of companies are run by
business school grads, and for every Gupta and Rajaratnam there are
scores of others who run their companies in perfectly legal anonymity.
And of course, there are the many ethical missteps by non-MBA business
leaders—Bernie Madoff was educated as a lawyer; Enron’s Ken Lay had a
Ph.D. in economics.
In actuality,
the picture suggested by the data is that
business schools have no impact whatsoever on the likelihood that
someone will cook the books or otherwise commit fraud. MBA programs are
thus damned by faint praise: “We do not turn our students into
criminals,” would hardly make for an effective recruiting slogan.
If it’s too much to expect
MBA programs to turn out Mother Teresas, is there anything that business
schools can do to make tomorrow’s business leaders more likely
to do the right thing? If so, it’s probably not by trying to teach them
right from wrong—moral epiphanies are a scarce commodity by age 25, when
most students start enrolling in MBA programs. Yet this is how business
schools have taught ethics for most of their histories. They’ve often
quarantined ethics into the beginning or end of the MBA education. When
Ray began his MBA classes at Harvard Business School in 1994, the ethics
course took place before the instruction in the “science of management”
in disciplines like statistics, accounting, and marketing. The idea was
to provide an ethical foundation that would allow students to integrate
the information and lessons from the practical courses with a broader
societal perspective. Students in these classes read philosophical
treatises, tackle moral dilemmas, and study moral exemplars such as
Johnson & Johnson CEO James Burke, who took responsibility for and
provided a quick response to the series of deaths from tampered Tylenol
pills in the 1980s.
It’s a mistake to assume
that MBA students only seek to maximize profits—there may be eye-rolling
at some of the content of ethics curricula, but not at the idea that
ethics has a place in business. Yet once the pre-term ethics instruction
is out of the way, it is forgotten, replaced by more tangible and easier
to grasp matters like balance sheets and factory design. Students get
too distracted by the numbers to think very much about the social
reverberations—and in some cases legal consequences—of employing
accounting conventions to minimize tax burden or firing workers in the
process of reorganizing the factory floor.
Business schools are
starting to recognize that ethics can’t be cordoned off from the rest of
a business student’s education. The most promising approach, in our
view, doesn’t even try to give students a deeper personal sense of
mission or social purpose – it’s likely that no amount of indoctrination
could have kept Jeff Skilling from blowing up Enron. Instead, it helps
students to appreciate the unconscious ethical lapses that we commit
every day without even realizing it and to think about how to minimize
them. If finance and marketing can be taught as a science, then perhaps
so too can ethics.
These ethical
failures don’t occur at random – countless experiments in psychology and
economics labs and out in the world have documented the circumstances
that make us most likely to ignore moral concerns – what social
psychologists Max Bazerman and Ann Tenbrusel call our moral
blind spots. These result from numerous
biases that exacerbate the sort of distraction from ethical consequences
illustrated by the Rubinstein experiment. A classic
sequence of studies illustrate how readily
these blind spots can occur in something as seemingly straightforward as
flipping a fair coin to determine rewards. Imagine that you are in
charge of splitting a pair of tasks between yourself and another person.
One job is fun and with a potential payoff of $30; the other tedious and
without financial reward. Presumably, you’d agree that flipping a coin
is a fair way of deciding—most subjects do. However, when sent off to
flip the coin in private, about 90 percent of subjects come back
claiming that their coin flip came up assigning them to the fun task,
rather than the 50 percent that one would expect with a fair coin. Some
people end up ignoring the coin; more interestingly, others respond to
an unfavorable first flip by seeing it as “just practice” or deciding to
make it two out of three. That is, they find a way of temporarily
adjusting their sense of fairness to obtain a favorable outcome.
Jensen Comment
I've always thought that the most important factors affecting ethics were early
home life (past) and behavior others in the work place (current). I'm a believer
in relative ethics where bad behavior is affected by need (such as being swamped
in debt) and opportunity (weak internal controls at work). I've never been
a believer in the effectiveness of teaching ethics in college, although this is
no reason not to teach ethics in college. It's just that the ethics mindset was
deeply affected before coming to college (e.g. being street smart in high
school) and after coming to college (where pressures and temptations to cheat
become realities).
An example of the follow-the-herd ethics
mentality.
If Coach C of the New Orleans Saints NFL football team offered Player X serious
money to intentionally and permanently injure Quarterback Q of an opposing team,
Player X might've refused until he witnessed Players W, Y, and Z being paid to
do the same thing. I think this is exactly what happened when several
players on the defensive team of the New Orleans Saints intentionally injured
quarterbacks for money.
New Orleans Saints bounty scandal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Orleans_Saints_bounty_scandal
Question
What is the main temptation of white collar criminals?
Answer from
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#01
Jane Bryant Quinn once said something to the effect that, when corporate
executives and bankers see billions of loose dollars swirling above there heads,
it's just too tempting to hold up both hands and pocket a few millions,
especially when colleagues around them have their hands in the air. I tell my
students that it's possible to buy an "A" grade in my courses but none of them
can possibly afford it. The point is that, being human, most of us are
vulnerable to some temptations in a weak moment. Fortunately, none of you
reading this have oak barrels of highly-aged whiskey in your cellars, the
world's most beautiful women/men lined up outside your bedroom door, and
billions of loose dollars swirling about like autumn leaves in a tornado.
Most corporate criminals that regret their actions later confess that the
temptations went beyond what they could resist. What amazes me in this era,
however, is how they want to steal more and more after they already have $100
million stashed. Why do they want more than they could possibly need?
See Bob Jensen's "Rotten to the Core" document at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
The exact quotation from Jane Bryant Quinn at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#MutualFunds
Why white collar crime pays big time even if
you know you will eventually be caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and
ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
September 5, 2012 reply from Paul Williams
Bob,
This is the wrong question
because business schools across all disciplines contained therein are
trapped in the intellectual box of "methodological individualism." In every
business discipline we take as a given that the "business" is not a
construction of human law and, thus of human foible, but is a construction
of nature that can be reduced to the actions of individual persons. Vivian
Walsh (Rationality Allocation, and Reproduction) critiques the neoclassical
economic premise that agent = person. Thus far we have failed in our
reductionist enterprise to reduce the corporation to the actions of other
entities -- persons (in spite of principal/agent theorists claims).
Ontologically corporations don't exist -- the world is comprised only of
individual human beings. But a classic study of the corporation (Diane
Rothbard Margolis, The Managers: Corporate Life in America) shows the
conflicted nature of people embedded in a corporate environment where the
values they must subscribe to in their jobs are at variance with their
values as independent persons. The corporate "being" has values of its own.
Business school faculty, particularly accountics "scientists," commit the
same error as the neoclassical economists, which Walsh describes thusly:
"...if neo-classical theory
is to invest its concept of rational agent with the penumbra of moral
seriousness derivable from links to the Scottish moral philosophers and,
beyond them, to the concept of rationality which forms part of the
conceptual scheme underlying our ordinary language, then it must finally
abandon its claim to be a 'value-free` science in the sense of logical
empiricism (p. 15)." Business, as an intellectual enterprise conducted
within business schools, neglects entirely "ethics" as a serious topic of
study and as a problem of institutional design. It is only a problem of
unethical persons (which, at sometime or another, includes every human being
on earth). If one takes seriously the Kantian proposition that, to be
rationally ethical beings, humans must conduct themselves so as to treat
always other humans not merely as means, but also always as ends in
themselves, then business organization is, by design, unethical. Thus, when
the Israeli students had to confront employees "face-to-face" rather than as
variables in a profit equation, it was much harder for them to treat those
employees as simply disposable means to an end for a being that is merely a
legal fiction. One thing we simply do not treat seriously enough as a worthy
intellectual activity is the serious scrutiny of the values that lay
conveniently hidden beneath the equations we produce. What thoughtful person
could possibly subscribe to the notion that the purpose of life is to
relentlessly increase shareholder wealth? Increasing shareholder value is a
value judgment, pure and simple. And it may not be a particularly good one.
Why would we be surprised that some individuals conclude that "stealing"
from them (they, like the employees without names in the employment
experiment, are ciphers) is not something that one need be wracked with
guilt about. If the best we can do is prattle endlessly on about the "tone
at the top" (do people who take ethics seriously get to the top?), then the
intellectual seriousness which ethics is afforded within business schools is
extremely low. Until we start to appreciate that the business narrative is
essentially an ethical one, not a technical one, then we will continue to
rue the bad apples and ignore how we might built a better barrel.
Paul
September 5, 2012 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Paul,
Do you think the ethics in government is in better shape, especially given
the much longer and more widespread history of global government corruption
throughout time? I don't think ethics in government is better than ethics in
business from a historical perspective or a current perspective where
business manipulates government toward its own ends with bribes, campaign
contributions, and promises of windfall enormous job benefits for government
officials who retire and join industry?
Government corruption is the name of the game in nearly all nations,
beginning with Russia, China, Africa, South America, and down the list.
Political corruption in the U.S. is relatively low from a global
perspective.
See the attached graph from
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corruption_%28political%29

Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"Why Are Some Sectors (Ahem, Finance) So Scandal-Plagued?" by Ben W.
Heineman, Jr., Harvard Business Review Blog, January 10, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/scandals_plague_sectors_not_ju.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
The trouble with crony capitalism isn't capitalism. It's the cronies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#CronyCapitalism
Subprime: Borne of Greed, Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies (including the credit
rating agencies) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
History of
Fraud in America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"2009 Securities Litigation Study," by
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), May 6, 2010 ---
http://snipurl.com/pwc050610
Summary:
The financial crisis continued to dominate the litigation landscape in 2009
- although to a lesser degree than in 2008, according to the annual PwC
Securities Litigation Study. Governments worldwide remained focused on
regulatory overhaul, stimulus plans and investigations into the "who, what,
when, where, why, and how" of alleged wrongdoings related to the crisis.
This is an annual PwC study.
Bob Jensen's threads on securities frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on auditing firm
litigation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"The Man Who Busted the ‘Banksters’," Smithsonian, November 29,
2011 ---
http://blogs.smithsonianmag.com/history/2011/11/the-man-who-busted-the-%E2%80%98banksters%E2%80%99/
Three years removed from the stock market crash of
1929, America was in the throes of the Great Depression, with no recovery on
the horizon. As President Herbert Hoover reluctantly campaigned for a second
term, his motorcades and trains were pelted with rotten vegetables and eggs
as he toured a hostile land where shanty towns erected by the homeless had
sprung up. They were called “Hoovervilles,” creating the shameful images
that would define his presidency. Millions of Americans had lost their jobs,
and one in four Americans lost their life savings. Farmers were in ruin, 40
percent of the country’s banks had failed, and industrial stocks had lost 80
percent of their value.
With unemployment hovering at nearly 25 percent in
1932, Hoover was swept out of office in a landslide, and the newly elected
president, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, promised Americans relief. Roosevelt
had decried “the ruthless manipulation of professional gamblers and the
corporate system” that allowed “a few powerful interests to make industrial
cannon fodder of the lives of half the population.” He made it plain that he
would go after the “economic nobles,” and a bank panic on the day of his
inauguration, in March 1933, gave him just the mandate he sought to attack
the economic crisis in his “First 100 Days” campaign. “There must be an end
to a conduct in banking and in business which too often has given to a
sacred trust the likeness of callous and wrongdoing,” he said.
Ferdinand Pecora was an an unlikely answer to what
ailed America at the time. He was a slight, soft-spoken son of Italian
immigrants, and he wore a wide-brimmed fedora and often had a cigar dangling
from his lips. Forced to drop out of school in his teens because his father
was injured in a work-related accident, Pecora ultimately landed a job as a
law clerk and attended New York Law School, passed the New York bar and
became one of just a handful of first-generation Italian lawyers in the
city. In 1918, he became an assistant district attorney. Over the next
decade, he built a reputation as an honest and tenacious prosecutor,
shutting down more than 100 “bucket shops”—illegal brokerage houses where
bets were made on the rise and fall prices of stocks and commodity futures
outside of the regulated market. His introduction to the world of fraudulent
financial dealings would serve him well.
Just months before Hoover left office, Pecora was
appointed chief counsel to the U.S. Senate’s Committee on Banking and
Currency. Assigned to probe the causes of the 1929 crash, he led what became
known as the “Pecora commission,” making front-page news when he called
Charles Mitchell, the head of the largest bank in America, National City
Bank (now Citibank), as his first witness. “Sunshine Charley” strode into
the hearings with a good deal of contempt for both Pecora and his
commission. Though shareholders had taken staggering losses on bank stocks,
Mitchell admitted that he and his top officers had set aside millions of
dollars from the bank in interest-free loans to themselves. Mitchell also
revealed that despite making more than $1 million in bonuses in 1929, he had
paid no taxes due to losses incurred from the sale of diminished National
City stock—to his wife. Pecora revealed that National City had hidden bad
loans by packaging them into securities and pawning them off to unwitting
investors. By the time Mitchell’s testimony made the newspapers, he had been
disgraced, his career had been ruined, and he would soon be forced into a
million-dollar settlement of civil charges of tax evasion. “Mitchell,” said
Senator Carter Glass of Virginia, “more than any 50 men is responsible for
this stock crash.”
The public was just beginning to get a taste for
the retribution that Pecora was dishing out. In June 1933, his image
appeared on the cover of Time magazine, seated at a Senate table, a cigar in
his mouth. Pecora’s hearings had coined a new phrase, “banksters” for the
finance “gangsters” who had imperiled the nation’s economy, and while the
bankers and financiers complained that the theatrics of the Pecora
commission would destroy confidence in the U.S. banking system, Senator
Burton Wheeler of Montana said, “The best way to restore confidence in our
banks is to take these crooked presidents out of the banks and treat them
the same as [we] treated Al Capone.”
President Roosevelt urged Pecora to keep the heat
on. If banks were worried about the hearings destroying confidence,
Roosevelt said, they “should have thought of that when they did the things
that are being exposed now.” Roosevelt even suggested that Pecora call none
other than the financier J.P. Morgan Jr. to testify. When Morgan arrived at
the Senate Caucus Room, surrounded by hot lights, microphones and dozens of
reporters, Senator Glass described the atmosphere as a “circus, and the only
things lacking now are peanuts and colored lemonade.”
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's American History of Fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
A New Teaching Module for Ethics Courses: Channel Checking and
Trading
Question
When should channel checking (e.g., traders bribing employees of trade channel
suppliers and distributors) and channel trading (e.g., trading by Minnie Pearl
in a supplier's Accounts Receivable Department in securities or derivative
securities of customers)?
"Who’s Checking Your Channel?" by Bruce
Carton, Securities Docket, December 8, 2010
Two months ago I declared
September 2010 “Insider Trading Month” for the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s sudden burst of enforcement activity on that front. Then came
November, and boy, did enforcement go off the charts.
The extraordinary activity
of prosecutors and regulators that month set Wall Street traders abuzz, but
compliance officers and other executives at public companies should also
take careful notice. And what’s so different about the latest round of
insider-trading cases? Investigators are focusing on the flow of
supply-chain information. That includes a lot more people than the gossipy
traders working in lower Manhattan.
On November 20, reports
circulated that both the Justice Department and the SEC were preparing
insider-trading cases against a long list of Wall Street entities:
consultants, investment bankers, hedge fund and mutual fund traders, and
analysts. According to the Wall Street Journal, the charges would allege “a
culture of pervasive insider trading in U.S. financial markets, including
new ways non-public information is passed to traders through experts tied to
specific industries or companies.” Two days later, the FBI raided the
offices of three hedge funds as part of the investigation, with more raids
expected.
Portions of the
investigation are fairly standard—hedge funds tipped off to pending merger
deals, for example; that’s nothing new under the sun. But another wrinkle
has equity research analysts on red alert. Regulators are now thought to be
probing whether an analyst practice commonly known as “channel checking”
constitutes illegal insider trading. If so, the public companies whose
information is in play could soon be pulled into the whirlwind.
One company where channel
checks have reportedly now become a widely used and highly relied-upon
source of information for traders is Apple.
In a channel check, analysts
try to glean information about a company’s production via interviews with
the company’s suppliers, distributors, contract manufacturers, and sometimes
even current company employees. The goal is to piece together a better
picture of the company’s performance. Apple, always secretive about its
products, is an example of a company where channel checking is reportedly
common. Indeed, analyst reports based on channel checks routinely cause
Apple stock to dip or surge.
As supply-chain expert
Pradheep Sampath of GXS noted on his blog, these interviews typically occur
without the target company’s permission or participation. Sampath adds that:
Data collected from these
sources is seemingly innocuous when viewed separately. When pieced together
however, these data points from a company’s supply chain can deliver
startling insights into revenue and future earnings of a company—much in
advance of such information becoming publicly available. This practice
becomes more pronounced for companies such as Apple that are extremely
guarded and secretive about information they make publicly available.
Reasons abound to question
whether the Justice Department or the SEC will ever decide to bring a
channel-checking case. First, the information gleaned from any one
individual in the channel is unlikely to be material by itself. For example,
the maker of screens for Apple’s iPhones may reveal that sales of those
screens to Apple ticked up in December. But given that Apple has so many
revenue streams and just as many channels for those streams, this one detail
from our screen-maker is not likely to be material by itself.
Only when that information
is pieced together with many other pieces of information to build a “mosaic”
does a larger picture emerge that might arguably be material information
about the company. This is, in effect, what equity research analysts are
paid to do. But as the U.S. Supreme Court stated in the SEC’s ultimately
unsuccessful insider-trading case against research analyst Raymond Dirks,
analysts play an important role in preserving a healthy market, and imposing
“an inhibiting influence” on that role may not be desirable.
Nonetheless, if prosecutors
are now scrutinizing analysts’ practices of gathering information from a
public company’s supply chain—which have a long, established history—that
presents an important opportunity for public companies to re-examine their
own policies and procedures concerning how such information is tracked and
controlled. Here are some questions that public companies will want to
consider:
1. Are analysts interested
in, and attempting to obtain, information from our supply-chain?
If not, then channel checks
may be more of a back-burner issue for you. If yes, press on.
2. As part of our agreements
with suppliers, distributors, and manufacturers, do we have confidentiality
or non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) in place?
Implicit in any enforcement
action or prosecution that might result from the ongoing channel-check probe
is the idea that the information in question is confidential and a company’s
suppliers should not be sharing it. Suppliers speaking to Apple analysts,
for example, may well be violating NDA agreements with Apple and allowing
analysts to access confidential information. That doesn’t differ much from
committing insider trading by obtaining information from inside the company
itself.
If the SEC and prosecutors
now view supply-chain information as material, non-public information that
can support an insider-trading case, then companies should take a fresh look
at how they try to prevent the misuse of such information.
Jacob Frenkel, a former SEC
enforcement attorney now with law firm Shulman, Rogers, Gandal, Pordy &
Ecker, says that weak corporate controls over supply chains has been a
looming issue and was bound to become a compliance headache sooner or later.
Frenkel says companies should adopt rules governing the conduct of their
business partners, including what information they may share.
3. If we do have
confidentiality agreements or NDAs in place with suppliers, distributors,
and manufacturers, are they being violated? And are we seeking to enforce
them?
To continue the Apple
example: If traders routinely receive and act upon analyst reports based on
supply chain interviews about the company, one wonders whether any NDAs with
suppliers are in place or enforced. (Regulators would certainly be wondering
about it.) For the record, Apple told the Wall Street Journal that the
company does not release that type of information about its production, and
declined to comment further.
Consider this hypothetical:
Company X’s supply-chain
information is material and non-public, meaning Company X or a “person
acting on its behalf” could not selectively disclose it to one analyst under
Regulation FD without making a public disclosure of that same information;
Company X is fully aware that its suppliers are providing supply-chain
information regularly to select analysts; and Company X either (a) does not
impose an NDA on its suppliers, or (b) does impose an NDA but never enforces
it. Is the supplier’s disclosure of information to select analysts, with
Company X’s knowledge, a “back door” violation of Regulation FD (or at least
the spirit of Regulation FD)?
4. Are we permitting current
company employees to hold discussions with analysts or traders as industry
“consultants”?
Law professor Peter Henning
noted in a recent article that many employees are providing information as
consultants do so openly, and “it may even be that these consultants were
authorized by corporate employers—or it was at least tolerated as a cost of
keeping talented employees.” Given the risk that an employee/consultant may
end up talking about the company, however, Henning says it is an
“interesting issue” why a company would allow one of its employees to
consult in this fashion.
Given the SEC’s intense
focus on insider trading, there is certainly more to come on this front, so
keep an eye on developments in the coming months. And keep an ear to the
ground for those whispers from your suppliers, distributors, and contract
manufacturers.
Originally
published in Compliance Week. Reprinted with
permission. © 2010 Haymarket Media, Inc. All Rights
Reserved. Compliance Week can be found at
http://www.complianceweek.com.
Jensen Comment
If it is not illegal to pay Joe on the loading dock for information, this can
get terribly complicated. Joe might seek work on the loading dock for the sole
purpose of eliciting bribes from traders and hedge fund managers. Suppose Joe
gets paid by Trader A to slip information on the types of components being
shipped to an iPad assembly plant such as information that iPad is shipping in
millions of USB ports. Further suppose Trader B then pays Joe to slip Trader A
false information such as falsely claiming iPad is shipping in millions of USB
ports.
As another scenario suppose that Minnie Pearl in the Accounting Department of
a USB port manufacturer works in the Accounts Receivable Department. She sees a
lot of her employer's billings go out to the iPad plant --- I think you get the
picture of how Minnie Pearl donned a new straw hat, moved to Nashville, and
bought an expensive acreage that once belonged to another woman named Minnie
Pearl.
The fraud hazards in channel probing are indeed complicated and very
difficult to regulate.
Bob Jensen threads on dirty rotten frauds are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"The Triumph of Propaganda," by Nemo Almen, American Thinker,
January 2, 2011 ---
http://www.americanthinker.com/2011/01/the_triumph_of_propaganda.html
Does anyone
remember what happened on Christmas Eve last year? In one of the most
expensive Christmas presents ever, the government
removed the $400 billion limit on their Fannie and
Freddie guaranty. This act increased taxpayer liabilities by
six trillion dollars; however, the news was lost
in the holiday cheer. This is one instance in a broader campaign to
manipulate the public perception, gradually depriving us of independent
thought.
Consider another example: what news story broke on April 16, 2010? Most of
us would say the SEC's
lawsuit against Goldman Sachs. Goldman is the
market leader in "ripping the client's face off," in this instance creating
a worst-of-the-worst pool of securities so Paulson & Co could bet against
it. Many applauded the SEC for this action. Never mind that singling out
one vice president (the "Fabulous Fab") and one instance of fraud is like
charging Al Capone with tax evasion. The dog was wagged.
Very
few caught the real news that day, namely the damning
complicity of the SEC in the Stanford Ponzi
scheme. Clearly, Stanford was the bigger story, costing thousands of
investors
billions of dollars while Goldman later settled
for half a
billion. Worse, the SEC knew about Stanford since
1997, but instead of shutting it down, people left the SEC to
work
for Stanford. This story should have caused
widespread outrage and reform of the SEC; instead it was buried in the back
pages and lost to the public eye.
Lest we
think the timing of these was mere coincidence, the Goldman lawsuit was
settled on July 15, 2010, the same day the financial reform package
passed. The government threw Goldman to the
wolves in order to hide its own shame. When the government had its desired
financial reforms, it let Goldman settle. These examples demonstrate a
clear pattern of manipulation. Unfortunately, our propaganda problem runs
far deeper than lawsuits and Ponzi schemes.
Here is a
more important question: which companies own half of all
subprime and
Alt-A (liar loan) bonds? Paul Krugman writes that
these companies were "mainly out of the picture during the housing bubble's
most feverish period, from 2004 to 2006. As a result, the agencies played
only a minor role in the epidemic of bad lending."[iii] This phrase is
stupefying. How can a pair of companies comprise half of a market and yet
have no major influence in it? Subprime formed the core of the financial
crisis, and Fannie and Freddie (the "agencies") formed the core of the
subprime market. They were not "out of the picture" during the subprime
explosion, they were the picture. The fact that a respectable Nobel
prize-winner flatly denies this is extremely disturbing.
Amazingly, any attempt to hold the government accountable for its role in
the subprime meltdown is dismissed as right-wing
propaganda. This dismissal is left-wing
propaganda. It was the government that initiated securitization as a tool
to dispose of
RTC assets. Bill Clinton ducks all
responsibility, ignoring how his administration imposed arbitrary
quotas on any banks looking to merge as Attorney
General Janet Reno "threatened legal action against lenders whose racial
statistics raised her suspicions."[iv] Greenspan fueled the rise of
subprime derivatives by lowering rates,[v] lowering reserves,[vi] and
beating down reasonable
opposition. And at the center of it all were
Fannie and Freddie
bribing officials, committing
fraud,
dominating private-sector
competition, and expanding to a
six-trillion-dollar debacle. The fact that these facts are dismissed as
propaganda shows just how divorced from reality our ‘news' has become. Yes,
half of all economists are employed by the
government, but this is no reason to flout one's
professional responsibility. As a nation we need to consider all the facts,
not just those that are politically expedient.
Continued in article
Nemo Almen is the author of
The Last Dodo: The Great Recession and our Modern-Day Struggle for Survival.
"The Stanford Sentence SEC examiners first
flagged Stanford way back in the 1990s," The Wall Street Journal,
June 15, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303734204577466672525877312.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Convicted Ponzi schemer R. Allen Stanford was
sentenced Thursday to 110 years in federal prison for his $7 billion fraud.
Stanford victimized thousands of individual investors to fund a lifestyle of
private jets and island vacation homes. Now the question is whether there will
be anything left at all for these victims once authorities in jurisdictions
around the world finish sifting through the wreckage.
Stanford "stole more than millions. He stole our
lives as we knew them," said victim Angela Shaw, according to Reuters.
Certificates of deposit issued by a Stanford bank in Antigua promised sky-high
returns but succeeded only in destroying the savings of middle-class retirees.
More than three years after U.S. law enforcement shut down the Stanford outfit,
victims have recovered nothing.
A receiver appointed by a federal court, Ralph
Janvey, has collected $220 million from the remains of Stanford's businesses but
has already used up close to $60 million in fees for himself and other lawyers,
accountants and professionals, plus another $52 million to wind down the
Stanford operation.
And then there's the Securities and Exchange
Commission, which didn't charge Stanford for years even after its own examiners
raised red flags as early as the 1990s. The SEC has lately pursued a bizarre
attempt at blame-shifting, trying to get the Securities Investor Protection
Corporation to cover investor losses. Even the SEC must know that SIPC doesn't
guarantee paper issued by banks in Antigua—or anywhere else for that matter.
SEC enforcers should instead focus on catching the
next Allen Stanford. Careful investors should expect that they won't.
Bob Jensen's threads on Ponzi schemes are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi
"The 11 Most Shocking Insider Trading
Scandals Of The Past 25 Years," Business Insider, November 4, 2010
---
http://www.businessinsider.com/biggest-insider-trading-scandals-2010-11#ixzz14WznUXEr
1986: Ivan Boesky, Dennis Levine and the
fall of Drexel Burnham Lambert
2001: Martha Stewart and ImClone (I think
this is less about what she did than who she was)
2001: Art Samberg's Illegal Microsoft Trades
2001: Rene Rivkin Convicted For Insider
Trading That Netted Him Only $346
2005: Joseph Nacchio and Qwest
Communications
2006: Livedoor and Murakami, The Enron Of
Japan
2007: Mitchel Guttenberg, David Tavdy and
Erik Franklin
2007: Randi and Christopher Collotta
2009: The Galleon Mess
2010: Some Very Wily Brothers - Charles and
Sam Wyly And An Alleged $550 M Scheme
2010: Insider Trading By French Doc Might
Have Helped FrontPoint Avoid Huge Losses
American
History of Fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
"The Difficulty of Proving Financial Crimes,"
by Peter J. Henning, DealBook, December 13, 2010 ---
http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/corpgov/2010/12/20/why-do-cfos-become-involved-in-material-accounting-manipulations/
The prosecution revolved
around the recognition of revenue from Network Associates’ sales of computer
security products to a distributor through what is called “sell-in”
accounting rather than the “sell-through” method. Leaving aside the
accounting minutiae, prosecutors asserted that Mr. Goyal chose “sell-in”
accounting as a means to overstate revenue from the sales and did not
disclose complete information to the company’s auditors about agreements
with the distributor that could affect the amount of revenue generated from
the transactions.
The line between aggressive
accounting and fraud is a thin one, involving the application of unclear
rules that require judgment calls that may turn out to be incorrect in
hindsight. While Mr. Goyal was responsible as the chief financial officer
for adopting an accounting method that likely enhanced Network Associates’
revenue, the problem with the securities fraud theory was that prosecutors
did not introduce evidence that the “sell-in” method was improper under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. And even if it was, the court
pointed out lack of evidence that that this accounting method had a
“material” impact on Network Associates’ revenue, which must be shown to
prove fraud.
A more significant problem
for prosecutors was the absence of concrete proof that Mr. Goyal intended to
defraud or that he sought to mislead the auditors. The Court of Appeals for
the Ninth Circuit found that the “government’s failure to offer any evidence
supporting even an inference of willful and knowing deception undermines its
case.”
The court rejected the
proposition that an executive’s knowledge of accounting and desire to meet
corporate revenue targets can be sufficient to establish the intent to
commit a crime. The court stated, “If simply understanding accounting rules
or optimizing a company’s performance were enough to establish scienter,
then any action by a company’s chief financial officer that a juror could
conclude in hindsight was false or misleading could subject him to fraud
liability without regard to intent to deceive. That cannot be.”
The court further explained
that an executive’s compensation tied to the company’s performance does not
prove fraud, stating that such “a general financial incentive merely
reinforces Goyal’s preexisting duty to maximize NAI’s performance, and his
seeking to meet expectations cannot be inherently probative of fraud.”
Don’t be surprised to see
the court’s statements about the limitations on corporate expertise and
financial incentives as proof of intent quoted with regularity by defense
lawyers for corporate executives being investigated for their conduct
related to the financial meltdown. The opinion makes the point that just
being at the scene of financial problems alone is not enough to show
criminal intent.
If the Justice Department
decides to try to hold senior corporate executives responsible for suspected
financial chicanery or misleading statements that contributed to the
financial meltdown, the charges are likely to be similar to those brought
against Mr. Goyal, requiring proof of intent to defraud and to mislead
investors, auditors, or the S.E.C.
The intent element of the
crime is usually a matter of piecing together different tidbits of evidence,
such as e-mails, internal memorandums, public statements and the
recollection of participants who attended meetings. Connecting all those
dots is not an easy task, as prosecutors learned in the case against two
former Bear Stearns hedge fund managers when e-mails proved to be at best
equivocal evidence of their intent to mislead investors, resulting in an
acquittal on all counts.
The collapse of Lehman
Brothers raises issues about whether prosecutors could show criminal conduct
by its executives. The bankruptcy examiner’s report highlighted the firm’s
use of the so-called “Repo 105” transactions to make its balance sheet look
healthier than it was each quarter, which could be the basis for criminal
charges. But the appeals court opinion highlights how great the challenge
would be to establish a Lehman executive’s knowledge of improper accounting
or the falsity of statements because just arguing that a chief executive or
chief financial officer had to be aware of the impact of the transactions
would not be enough to prove the case.
The same problems with
proving a criminal case apply to other companies brought down during the
financial crisis, like Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and American International
Group. Many of the decisions that led to these companies’ downfall were at
least arguably judgment calls made with no intent to defraud, short-sighted
as they might have been. Disclosures to regulators and auditors, and public
statements to shareholders, are rarely couched in definitive terms, so
proving that a statement was in fact false can be difficult, and then
showing knowledge of its falsity even more daunting.
In a concurring opinion in
the Goyal case, Chief Judge Alex Kozinski bemoaned the use of the criminal
law for this type of conduct, stating that this prosecution was “one of a
string of recent cases in which courts have found that federal prosecutors
overreached by trying to stretch criminal law beyond its proper bounds.”
Despite the public’s desire
to see some corporate executives sent to jail for their role in the
financial meltdown, the courts will hold the government to the requirement
of proof beyond a reasonable doubt and not simply allow the cry for
retribution to lead to convictions based on high compensation and presiding
over a company that sustained significant losses.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Absolutely Must-See CBS Sixty Minutes Videos
You, your students, and the world in general really should repeatedly study the
following videos until they become perfectly clear!
Two of them are best watched after a bit of homework.
Video 1
CBS Sixty Minutes featured how bad things became when poison was added to loan
portfolios. This older Sixty Minutes Module is entitled "House of Cards" ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=3756665n&tag=contentMain;contentBody
This segment can be understood without much preparation except that it would
help for viewers to first read about Mervene and how the mortgage lenders
brokering the mortgages got their commissions for poisoned mortgages passed
along to the government (Freddie Mack and Fannie Mae) and Wall Street banks. On
some occasions the lenders like Washington Mutual also naively kept some of the
poison planted by some of their own greedy brokers.
The cause of this fraud was separating the compensation for brokering mortgages
from the responsibility for collecting the payments until the final payoff
dates.
First Read About Mervene ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Then Watch Video 1 at
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=3756665n&tag=contentMain;contentBody
Videos 2 and 3
Inside the Wall Street Collapse (Parts 1 and 2) first shown on March 14,
2010
Video 2 (Greatest Swindle in the History of
the World) ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=6298154n&tag=contentMain;contentAux
Video 3 (Swindler's Compensation Scandals)
---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=6298084n&tag=contentMain;contentAux
My wife and I watched Videos 2 and 3 on March
14. Both videos feature one of my favorite authors of all time, Michael Lewis,
who hhs been writing (humorously with tongue in cheek) about Wall Street
scandals since he was a bond salesman on Wall Street in the 1980s. The other
person featured on in these videos is a one-eyed physician with Asperger
Syndrome who made hundreds of millions of dollars anticipating the collapse of
the CDO markets while the shareholders of companies like Merrill Lynch, AIG,
Lehman Bros., and Bear Stearns got left holding the empty bags.
The major lessons of videos 2 and 3 went over
the head of my wife. I think that viewers need to do a bit of homework in order
to fully appreciate those videos. Here's what I recommend before viewing Videos
2 and 3 if you've not been following details of the 2008 Wall Street collapse
closely:
This is not
necessary to Videos 2 and 3, but to really appreciate what suckered the Wall
Street Banks into spreading the poison, you should read about how they all
used the same risk diversification mathematical function --- David Li's
Gaussian Copula Function:
Can
the 2008
investment banking failure be traced to a math error?
Recipe for
Disaster: The Formula That Killed Wall Street ---
http://www.wired.com/techbiz/it/magazine/17-03/wp_quant?currentPage=all
Link forwarded by Jim Mahar ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2009/03/recipe-for-disaster-formula-that-killed.html
Some highlights:
"For
five years, Li's formula, known as a
Gaussian copula function, looked
like an unambiguously positive breakthrough, a piece of financial technology
that allowed hugely complex risks to be modeled with more ease and accuracy
than ever before. With his brilliant spark of mathematical legerdemain, Li
made it possible for traders to sell vast quantities of new securities,
expanding financial markets to unimaginable levels.
His
method was adopted by everybody from bond investors and Wall Street banks to
ratings agencies and regulators. And it became so deeply entrenched—and was
making people so much money—that warnings about its limitations were largely
ignored.
Then the model fell
apart." The article goes on to show that correlations are at the heart of
the problem.
"The
reason that ratings agencies and investors felt so safe with the triple-A
tranches was that they believed there was no way hundreds of homeowners
would all default on their loans at the same time. One person might lose his
job, another might fall ill. But those are individual calamities that don't
affect the mortgage pool much as a whole: Everybody else is still making
their payments on time.
But not
all calamities are individual, and tranching still hadn't solved all the
problems of mortgage-pool risk. Some things, like falling house prices,
affect a large number of people at once. If home values in your neighborhood
decline and you lose some of your equity, there's a good chance your
neighbors will lose theirs as well. If, as a result, you default on your
mortgage, there's a higher probability they will default, too. That's called
correlation—the degree to which one variable moves in line with another—and
measuring it is an important part of determining how risky mortgage bonds
are."
I would highly
recommend reading the entire thing that gets much more involved with the
actual formula etc.
The “math error” might
truly be have been an error or it might have simply been a gamble with what
was perceived as miniscule odds of total market failure. Something similar
happened in the case of the trillion-dollar disastrous 1993 collapse of Long
Term Capital Management formed by Nobel Prize winning economists and their
doctoral students who took similar gambles that ignored the “miniscule odds”
of world market collapse -- -
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#LTCM
The rhetorical question
is whether the failure is ignorance in model building or risk taking using
the model?
- You should understand how the Wall Street
Banks used the big credit rating agencies to give AAA ratings to sell CDO
bonds that should've instead been rated as junk bonds. Michael Lewis in
Video 2 seems to think the credit rating agencies were just naive and were
manipulated by the Wall Street bankers. I'm more inclined to think the CRAs
were knowingly and greedily part of the frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
CRA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_rating_agency
- You should also understand what a credit
default swap (CDS) is and how Video 2 above keeps calling it unregulated
credit "insurance." Essentially, this is how some banks, particularly
Goldman Sachs was "insuring" against the value collapse of the poisoned CDOs
they were creating and selling. The "insurance" company brokering the AIG
credit default swaps was AIG.
CDS ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_default_swap
Here's how they worked ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
- Understand how some Wall Street Banks were
better connected in the Treasury Department and Federal Reserve than other
banks. In particular, Goldman Sachs alumni were practically in charge while
Hank
Paulson (former Goldman Sachs CEO) was U.S. Treasury Secretary. Why did
Paulson save Goldman Sachs and let others watch their shareholders get wiped
out like Lehman Bros., Bear Stearns, Merrill Lynch, etc.? Understand why
saving Goldman Sachs with TARP money entailed saving AIG since saving AIG
was crucial to paying off the CDS insurance.
- For the above three videos it is not
necessary to understand the lack of professionalism (at best) among the bank
auditors that never provided any warning that thousands of banks that failed
had badly underestimated bad debts and overvalued poisoned loan portfolios.
The above videos do not get into the failings of the CPA auditors in this
regard, but you can read about these failings at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
For more on the inside track of all of this I
highly recommend Janet Tavakili's great book entitled Dear Mr. Buffett
(Wiley, 2009). Videos 1-3 will help you understand some of the technicalities in
her fantastic and very depressing book.
Here are some of the take-aways from the three
CBS videos above:
- The root cause of the 2008 meltdown of Wall
Street was really the failings on Main Street where the poison was first
added to mortgages by Main Street brokers who were willing to broker
mortgages (including re-financings) that were bound to be defaulted. Note
that the problem was not just in brokering mortgages for poor people
(Barney's Rubble). Poisoned mortgages were also being written for higher
income people who were borrowing beyond their means for those four-car
garage dream houses with swimming pools and marble floors. In other words
the root cause was the ability to broker a poisoned mortgage and then sell
it to Freddie Mack, Fannie Mae, and the Wall Street Banks.
- The next cause of the 2008 meltdown was
David Li's risk diversification formula that all the Wall Street banks were
using on the theory that default risk of mortgage investments could be
diversified by crumbling mortgage cookies into crumbs that were reassembled
into thousands of CDOs (each CDO having only a small crumble of each
mortgage's poison). With the blessings of credit rating agencies, these CDO
bonds were then sold as AAA-rated when in fact they were worse than junk.
- Videos 2 and 3 above stress how the
underlying cause of allowing a one-eyed physician with Asperger Syndrome
make hundreds of millions dollars by detecting the collapse of the CDO
values way in advance of the Wall Street pros is that the Wall Street pros
were paid not to look for the CDO risks. And the bank CDO sellers who
perhaps did understand the risks were willing to screw their eimployers
(such as Lehman, Bear Stearnes, etc.) because it was so easy to steal
hundreds of millions from these employers who were even willing and still
are willing to pay them bonuses in spite of their thefts.
- After the government bailed them out, the
Wall Street banks that survived because of the government's bailout are
still paying out billions in bonuses. One of my favorite quotes in Video 2
goes something like:
"If Goldman does not pay its best people billions in bonuses they will quit
and go to JP Morgan, and if JP Morgan does not pay its best people billions
in bonuses they will quit and go to Goldman." Meanwhile the taxpayers got
screwed out of nearly a trillion dollars.
- Video 2 leaves us with the impression that
Wall Street is no longer a value-added part of U.S. economy. The TARP in
reality is truly the Greatest Swindle in the
History of the World ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Meanwhile the surviving swindlers and their credit rating agencies and their
auditors are still thriving as if nothing has happened. Opps! I forgot that
the credit rating agencies and auditing firms still have some multi-billion
shareholder lawsuits pending that do threaten their survival. But a lot of
big swindlers still have their yachts thanks to Hank and Ben and Tim.
I highly recommend the outstanding and often
humorous books of both Michael Lewis and Frank Partnoy.
My timeline of these books and the scandals they write about can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Related CBS Sixty Minutes videos are as
follows:
I also recommend watching all the David
Walker videos on YouTube.
Watch them and weep.
Oil and Water Must Read: Economists
versus Criminologists
:"Why the ‘Experts’ Failed to See How Financial Fraud Collapsed the Economy,"
by "James K. Galbraith, Big Picture, June 2, 2010 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2010/06/james-k-galbraith-why-the-experts-failed-to-see-how-financial-fraud-collapsed-the-economy/
The following is the text of a James K.
Galbraith’s written statement to members of the Senate Judiciary Committee
delivered this May. Original
PDF text is here.
Chairman Specter, Ranking
Member Graham, Members of the Subcommittee, as a former member of the
congressional staff it is a pleasure to submit this statement for your
record.
I write to you from a
disgraced profession. Economic theory, as widely taught since the 1980s,
failed miserably to understand the forces behind the financial crisis.
Concepts including “rational expectations,” “market discipline,” and the
“efficient markets hypothesis” led economists to argue that speculation
would stabilize prices, that sellers would act to protect their reputations,
that caveat emptor could be relied on, and that widespread fraud therefore
could not occur. Not all economists believed this – but most did.
Thus the study of financial
fraud received little attention. Practically no research institutes exist;
collaboration between economists and criminologists is rare; in the leading
departments there are few specialists and very few students. Economists have
soft- pedaled the role of fraud in every crisis they examined, including the
Savings & Loan debacle, the Russian transition, the Asian meltdown and the
dot.com bubble. They continue to do so now. At a conference sponsored by the
Levy Economics Institute in New York on April 17, the closest a former Under
Secretary of the Treasury, Peter Fisher, got to this question was to use the
word “naughtiness.” This was on the day that the SEC charged Goldman Sachs
with fraud.
There are exceptions. A
famous 1993 article entitled “Looting: Bankruptcy for Profit,” by George
Akerlof and Paul Romer, drew exceptionally on the experience of regulators
who understood fraud. The criminologist-economist William K. Black of the
University of Missouri-Kansas City is our leading systematic analyst of the
relationship between financial crime and financial crisis. Black points out
that accounting fraud is a sure thing when you can control the institution
engaging in it: “the best way to rob a bank is to own one.” The experience
of the Savings and Loan crisis was of businesses taken over for the explicit
purpose of stripping them, of bleeding them dry. This was established in
court: there were over one thousand felony convictions in the wake of that
debacle. Other useful chronicles of modern financial fraud include James
Stewart’s Den of Thieves on the Boesky-Milken era and Kurt Eichenwald’s
Conspiracy of Fools, on the Enron scandal. Yet a large gap between this
history and formal analysis remains.
Formal analysis tells us
that control frauds follow certain patterns. They grow rapidly, reporting
high profitability, certified by top accounting firms. They pay exceedingly
well. At the same time, they radically lower standards, building new
businesses in markets previously considered too risky for honest business.
In the financial sector, this takes the form of relaxed – no, gutted –
underwriting, combined with the capacity to pass the bad penny to the
greater fool. In California in the 1980s, Charles Keating realized that an
S&L charter was a “license to steal.” In the 2000s, sub-prime mortgage
origination was much the same thing. Given a license to steal, thieves get
busy. And because their performance seems so good, they quickly come to
dominate their markets; the bad players driving out the good.
The complexity of the
mortgage finance sector before the crisis highlights another characteristic
marker of fraud. In the system that developed, the original mortgage
documents lay buried – where they remain – in the records of the loan
originators, many of them since defunct or taken over. Those records, if
examined, would reveal the extent of missing documentation, of abusive
practices, and of fraud. So far, we have only very limited evidence on this,
notably a 2007 Fitch Ratings study of a very small sample of highly-rated
RMBS, which found “fraud, abuse or missing documentation in virtually every
file.” An efforts a year ago by Representative Doggett to persuade Secretary
Geithner to examine and report thoroughly on the extent of fraud in the
underlying mortgage records received an epic run-around.
When sub-prime mortgages
were bundled and securitized, the ratings agencies failed to examine the
underlying loan quality. Instead they substituted statistical models, in
order to generate ratings that would make the resulting RMBS acceptable to
investors. When one assumes that prices will always rise, it follows that a
loan secured by the asset can always be refinanced; therefore the actual
condition of the borrower does not matter. That projection is, of course,
only as good as the underlying assumption, but in this perversely-designed
marketplace those who paid for ratings had no reason to care about the
quality of assumptions. Meanwhile, mortgage originators now had a formula
for extending loans to the worst borrowers they could find, secure that in
this reverse Lake Wobegon no child would be deemed below average even though
they all were. Credit quality collapsed because the system was designed for
it to collapse.
A third element in the toxic
brew was a simulacrum of “insurance,” provided by the market in credit
default swaps. These are doomsday instruments in a precise sense: they
generate cash-flow for the issuer until the credit event occurs. If the
event is large enough, the issuer then fails, at which point the government
faces blackmail: it must either step in or the system will collapse. CDS
spread the consequences of a housing-price downturn through the entire
financial sector, across the globe. They also provided the means to short
the market in residential mortgage-backed securities, so that the largest
players could turn tail and bet against the instruments they had previously
been selling, just before the house of cards crashed.
Latter-day financial
economics is blind to all of this. It necessarily treats stocks, bonds,
options, derivatives and so forth as securities whose properties can be
accepted largely at face value, and quantified in terms of return and risk.
That quantification permits the calculation of price, using standard
formulae. But everything in the formulae depends on the instruments being as
they are represented to be. For if they are not, then what formula could
possibly apply?
An older strand of
institutional economics understood that a security is a contract in law. It
can only be as good as the legal system that stands behind it. Some fraud is
inevitable, but in a functioning system it must be rare. It must be
considered – and rightly – a minor problem. If fraud – or even the
perception of fraud – comes to dominate the system, then there is no
foundation for a market in the securities. They become trash. And more
deeply, so do the institutions responsible for creating, rating and selling
them. Including, so long as it fails to respond with appropriate force, the
legal system itself.
Control frauds always fail
in the end. But the failure of the firm does not mean the fraud fails: the
perpetrators often walk away rich. At some point, this requires subverting,
suborning or defeating the law. This is where crime and politics intersect.
At its heart, therefore, the financial crisis was a breakdown in the rule of
law in America.
Ask yourselves: is it
possible for mortgage originators, ratings agencies, underwriters, insurers
and supervising agencies NOT to have known that the system of housing
finance had become infested with fraud? Every statistical indicator of
fraudulent practice – growth and profitability – suggests otherwise. Every
examination of the record so far suggests otherwise. The very language in
use: “liars’ loans,” “ninja loans,” “neutron loans,” and “toxic waste,”
tells you that people knew. I have also heard the expression, “IBG,YBG;” the
meaning of that bit of code was: “I’ll be gone, you’ll be gone.”
If doubt remains,
investigation into the internal communications of the firms and agencies in
question can clear it up. Emails are revealing. The government already
possesses critical documentary trails — those of AIG, Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac, the Treasury Department and the Federal Reserve. Those documents should
be investigated, in full, by competent authority and also released, as
appropriate, to the public. For instance, did AIG knowingly issue CDS
against instruments that Goldman had designed on behalf of Mr. John Paulson
to fail? If so, why? Or again: Did Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac appreciate the
poor quality of the RMBS they were acquiring? Did they do so under pressure
from Mr. Henry Paulson? If so, did Secretary Paulson know? And if he did,
why did he act as he did? In a recent paper, Thomas Ferguson and Robert
Johnson argue that the “Paulson Put” was intended to delay an inevitable
crisis past the election. Does the internal record support this view?
Let us suppose that the
investigation that you are about to begin confirms the existence of
pervasive fraud, involving millions of mortgages, thousands of appraisers,
underwriters, analysts, and the executives of the companies in which they
worked, as well as public officials who assisted by turning a Nelson’s Eye.
What is the appropriate response?
Some appear to believe that
“confidence in the banks” can be rebuilt by a new round of good economic
news, by rising stock prices, by the reassurances of high officials – and by
not looking too closely at the underlying evidence of fraud, abuse,
deception and deceit. As you pursue your investigations, you will undermine,
and I believe you may destroy, that illusion.
But you have to act. The
true alternative is a failure extending over time from the economic to the
political system. Just as too few predicted the financial crisis, it may be
that too few are today speaking frankly about where a failure to deal with
the aftermath may lead.
In this situation, let me
suggest, the country faces an existential threat. Either the legal system
must do its work. Or the market system cannot be restored. There must be a
thorough, transparent, effective, radical cleaning of the financial sector
and also of those public officials who failed the public trust. The
financiers must be made to feel, in their bones, the power of the law. And
the public, which lives by the law, must see very clearly and unambiguously
that this is the case.
Thank you.
~~~
James K. Galbraith is the author of
The Predator State: How Conservatives Abandoned the Free Market and Why
Liberals Should Too, and of a new preface to The Great Crash, 1929, by
John Kenneth Galbraith. He teaches at The University of Texas at Austin
Bob Jensen's threads on the subprime sleaze
is at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
Paulson and Geithner Lied Big Time
"The
Ugly AIG Post-Mortem: The TARP Inspector General's report has a lot more to say
about the rating agencies than it does about Goldman Sachs," by Holman
Jenkins, The Wall Street Journal, November 24m 2009 ---
Click Here
A year later, the myrmidons of the media have gotten around to the question of
why, after the government took over AIG, it paid 100 cents on the dollar to
honor the collateral demands of AIG's subprime insurance counterparties.
By all means, read TARP Inspector General Neil Barofsky's report on the AIG
bailout—but read it honestly.
It does not say AIG's bailout was a "backdoor bailout" of Goldman Sachs. It does
not say the Fed was remiss in failing to require Goldman and other
counterparties to settle AIG claims for pennies on the dollar.
It does not for a moment doubt the veracity of officials who say their concern
was to stem a systemic panic that might have done lasting damage to the U.S.
standard of living.
To be sure, Mr. Barofsky has some criticisms to offer, but the biggest floats
inchoate between the lines of a widely overlooked section headed "lessons
learned," which focuses on the credit rating agencies. The section notes not
only the role of the rating agencies, with their "inherently conflicted business
model," in authoring the subprime mess in the first place—but also the role of
their credit downgrades in tipping AIG into a liquidity crisis, in undermining
the Fed's first attempt at an AIG rescue, and in the decision of government
officials "not to pursue a more aggressive negotiating policy to seek
concessions from" AIG's counterparties.
Though not quite spelling it out, Mr. Barofsky here brushes close to the last
great unanswered question about the AIG bailout. Namely: With the government now
standing behind AIG, why not just tell Goldman et al. to waive their collateral
demands since they now had the world's best IOU—Uncle Sam's?
Congress might not technically have put its full faith and credit behind AIG,
but if banks agreed to accept this argument, and Treasury and Fed insisted on
it, and the SEC upheld it, the rating agencies would likely have gone along. No
cash would have had to change hands at all.
This didn't happen, let's guess, because the officials—Hank Paulson, Tim
Geithner and Ben Bernanke—were reluctant to invent legal and policy authority
out of whole cloth to overrule the ratings agencies—lo, the same considerations
that also figured in their reluctance to dictate unilateral haircuts to holders
of AIG subprime insurance.
Of course, the thinking now is that these officials, in bailing out AIG, woulda,
shoulda, coulda used their political clout to force such haircuts, but quailed
when the banks, evil Goldman most of all, insisted on 100 cents on the dollar.
This story, in its gross simplification, is certainly wrong. Goldman and others
weren't in the business of voluntarily relinquishing valuable claims. But the
reality is, in the heat of the crisis, they would have acceded to any terms the
government dictated. Washington's game at the time, however, wasn't to
nickel-and-dime the visible cash transfers to AIG. It was playing for bigger
stakes—stopping a panic by asserting the government's bottomless resources to
uphold the IOUs of financial institutions.
What's more, if successful, these efforts were certain to cause the
AIG-guaranteed securities to rebound in value—as they have. Money has already
flowed back to AIG and the Fed (which bought some of the subprime securities to
dissolve the AIG insurance agreements) and is likely to continue to do so for
the simple reason that the underlying payment streams are intact.
Never mind: The preoccupation with the Goldman payments amounts to a misguided
kind of cash literalism. For the taxpayer has assumed much huger liabilities to
keep homeowners in their homes, to keep mortgage payments flowing to investors,
to fatten the earnings of financial firms, etc., etc. These liabilities dwarf
the AIG collateral calls, inevitably benefit Goldman and other firms, and
represent the real cost of our failure to create a financial system in which
investors (a category that includes a lot more than just Goldman) live and die
by the risks they voluntarily take without taxpayers standing behind them.
No, Moody's and S&P are not the cause of this policy failure—yet Mr. Barofsky's
half-articulated choice to focus on them is profound. For the role the agencies
have come to play in our financial system amounts to a direct, if feckless and
weak, attempt to contain the incentives that flow from the government's
guaranteeing of so many kinds of private liabilities, from the pension system
and bank deposits to housing loans and student loans.
The rating agencies' role as gatekeepers to these guarantees is, and was,
corrupting, but the solution surely is to pare back the guarantees themselves.
Overreliance on rating agencies, with their "inherently conflicted business
model," was ultimately a product of too much government interference in the
allocation of credit in the first place.
The Mother
of Future Lawsuits Directly Against Credit Rating Agencies and I, ndirectly
Against Auditing Firms
It has
been shown how Moody's and some other credit rating agencies sold AAA ratings
for securities and tranches that did not deserve such ratings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
My friend
Larry sent me the following link indicating that a lawsuit in Ohio may shake up
the credit rating fraudsters.
Will 49 other states and thousands of pension funds follow suit?
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the
legal troubles of the country’s largest credit rating agencies deepened on
Friday when the attorney general of Ohio sued
Moody’s Investors Service,
Standard & Poor’s and
Fitch, claiming that they had cost state
retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving high-risk Wall
Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/21/business/21ratings.html?em
Jensen
Comment
The credit raters will rely heavily on the claim that they relied on the
external auditors who, in turn, are being sued for playing along with fraudulent
banks that grossly underestimated loan loss reserves on poisoned subprime loan
portfolios and poisoned tranches sold to investors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bad things happen in court where three or more parties start blaming each other
for billions of dollars of losses that in many cases led to total bank failures
and the wiping out of all the shareholders in those banks, including the pension
funds that invested in those banks. A real test is the massive lawsuit against
Deloitte's auditors in the huge Washington Mutual (WaMu) shareholder lawsuit.
"Ohio Sues
Rating Firms for Losses in Funds," by David Segal, The New York Times,
November 20m 2009 ---
Click Here
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s
largest credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of
Ohio sued Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that
they had cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving
high-risk Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s
largest credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of
Ohio sued Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that
they had cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving
high-risk Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
The case could test whether the agencies’ ratings are constitutionally protected
as a form of free speech.
The lawsuit asserts that Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch were in league
with the banks and other issuers, helping to create an assortment of exotic
financial instruments that led to a disastrous bubble in the housing market.
“We believe that the credit rating agencies, in exchange for fees, departed from
their objective, neutral role as arbiters,” the attorney general, Richard
Cordray, said at a news conference. “At minimum, they were aiding and abetting
misconduct by issuers.”
He accused the companies of selling their integrity to the highest bidder.
Steven Weiss, a spokesman for McGraw-Hill, which owns S.& P., said that the
lawsuit had no merit and that the company would vigorously defend itself.
“A recent Securities and Exchange Commission examination of our business
practices found no evidence that decisions about rating methodologies or models
were based on attracting market share,” he said.
Michael Adler, a spokesman for Moody’s, also disputed the claims. “It is
unfortunate that the state attorney general, rather than engaging in an
objective review and constructive dialogue regarding credit ratings, instead
appears to be seeking new scapegoats for investment losses incurred during an
unprecedented global market disruption,” he said.
A spokesman for Fitch said the company would not comment because it had not seen
the lawsuit.
The litigation adds to a growing stack of lawsuits against the three largest
credit rating agencies, which together command an 85 percent share of the
market. Since the credit crisis began last year, dozens of investors have sought
to recover billions of dollars from worthless or nearly worthless bonds on which
the rating agencies had conferred their highest grades.
One of those groups is largest pension fund in the country, the California
Public Employees Retirement System, which filed a lawsuit in state court in
California in July, claiming that “wildly inaccurate ratings” had led to roughly
$1 billion in losses.
And more litigation is likely. As part of a broader financial reform, Congress
is considering provisions that make it easier for plaintiffs to sue rating
agencies. And the Ohio attorney general’s action raises the possibility of
similar filings from other states. California’s attorney general, Jerry Brown,
said in September that his office was investigating the rating agencies, with an
eye toward determining “how these agencies could get it so wrong and whether
they violated California law in the process.”
As a group, the attorneys general have proved formidable opponents, most notably
in the landmark litigation and multibillion-dollar settlement against tobacco
makers in 1998.
To date, however, the rating agencies are undefeated in court, and aside from
one modest settlement in a case 10 years ago, no one has forced them to hand
over any money. Moody’s, S.& P. and Fitch have successfully argued that their
ratings are essentially opinions about the future, and therefore subject to
First Amendment protections identical to those of journalists.
But that was before billions of dollars in triple-A rated bonds went bad in the
financial crisis that started last year, and before Congress extracted a number
of internal e-mail messages from the companies, suggesting that employees were
aware they were giving their blessing to bonds that were all but doomed. In one
of those messages, an S.& P. analyst said that a deal “could be structured by
cows and we’d rate it.”
Recent cases, like the suit filed Friday, are founded on the premise that the
companies were aware that investments they said were sturdy were dangerously
unsafe. And if analysts knew that they were overstating the quality of the
products they rated, and did so because it was a path to profits, the ratings
could forfeit First Amendment protections, legal experts say.
“If they hold themselves out to the marketplace as objective when in fact they
are influenced by the fees they are receiving, then they are perpetrating a
falsehood on the marketplace,” said Rodney A. Smolla, dean of the Washington and
Lee University School of Law. “The First Amendment doesn’t extend to the
deliberate manipulation of financial markets.”
The 73-page complaint, filed on behalf of Ohio Police and Fire Pension Fund, the
Ohio Public Employees Retirement System and other groups, claims that in recent
years the rating agencies abandoned their role as impartial referees as they
began binging on fees from deals involving mortgage-backed securities.
At the root of the problem, according to the complaint, is the business model of
rating agencies, which are paid by the issuers of the securities they are paid
to appraise. The lawsuit, and many critics of the companies, have described that
arrangement as a glaring conflict of interest.
“Given that the rating agencies did not receive their full fees for a deal
unless the deal was completed and the requested rating was provided,” the
attorney general’s suit maintains, “they had an acute financial incentive to
relax their stated standards of ‘integrity’ and ‘objectivity’ to placate their
clients.”
To complicate problems in the system of incentives, the lawsuit states, the
methodologies used by the rating agencies were outdated and flawed. By the time
those flaws were obvious, nearly half a billion dollars in pension and
retirement funds had evaporated in Ohio, revealing the bonds to be “high-risk
securities that both issuers and rating agencies knew to be little more than a
house of cards,” the complaint states.
"Rating
agencies lose free-speech claim," by Jonathon Stempel, Reuters,
September 3, 2009 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/GCA-CreditCrisis/idUSTRE5824KN20090903
There are two superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United
States and there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy
you by dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds.
And believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful. The most that we
can safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium
is that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert
of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies,"
Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to mortgage-backed securities that
didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only gave false comfort to investors,
but also skewed the computer risk models and regulatory capital computations,"
Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox as quoted on October 23, 2008 at
http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html
"How
Moody's sold its ratings - and sold out investors," by Kevin G. Hall,
McClatchy Newspapers, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/77244.html
Paulson
and Geithner Lied Big Time: The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
What was their real motive in the greatest fraud conspiracy in the history of
the world?
Bombshell: In 2008 and early 2009, Treasury Secretary leaders
Paulson and
Geithner told the media and Congress that
AIG needed a global bailout due to not having cash reserves to meet credit
default swap (systematic risk) obligations and insurance policy payoffs. On
November 19, 2009 in Congressional testimony Geithner now admits that all this
was a pack of lies. However, he refuses to resign as requested by some Senators.
"AIG and
Systemic Risk Geithner says credit-default swaps weren't the problem, after
all," Editors of The Wall Street Journal, November 20, 2009 ---
Click Here
TARP Inspector General Neil Barofsky keeps committing flagrant acts of
political transparency, which if nothing else ought to inform the debate
going forward over financial reform. In his latest bombshell, the IG
discloses that the New York Federal Reserve did not believe that AIG's
credit-default swap (CDS) counterparties posed a systemic financial risk.
Hello?
For the last year, the entire Beltway theory of the financial panic has been
based on the claim that the "opaque," unregulated CDS market had forced the
Fed to take over AIG and pay off its counterparties, lest the system
collapse. Yet we now learn from Mr. Barofsky that saving the counterparties
was not the reason for the bailout.
In the fall of 2008 the New York Fed drove a baby-soft bargain with AIG's
credit-default-swap counterparties. The Fed's taxpayer-funded vehicle,
Maiden Lane III, bought out the counterparties' mortgage-backed securities
at 100 cents on the dollar, effectively canceling out the CDS contracts.
This was miles above what those assets could have fetched in the market at
that time, if they could have been sold at all.
The New York Fed president at the time was none other than Timothy Geithner,
the current Treasury Secretary, and Mr. Geithner now tells Mr. Barofsky that
in deciding to make the counterparties whole, "the financial condition of
the counterparties was not a relevant factor."
This is startling. In April we noted in these columns that Goldman Sachs, a
major AIG counterparty, would certainly have suffered from an AIG failure.
And in his latest report, Mr. Barofsky comes to the same conclusion. But if
Mr. Geithner now says the AIG bailout wasn't driven by a need to rescue CDS
counterparties, then what was the point? Why pay Goldman and even foreign
banks like Societe Generale billions of tax dollars to make them whole?
Both Treasury and the Fed say they think it would have been inappropriate
for the government to muscle counterparties to accept haircuts, though the
New York Fed tried to persuade them to accept less than par. Regulators say
that having taxpayers buy out the counterparties improved AIG's liquidity
position, but why was it important to keep AIG liquid if not to protect some
class of creditors?
Yesterday, Mr. Geithner introduced a new explanation, which is that AIG
might not have been able to pay claims to its insurance policy holders: "AIG
was providing a range of insurance products to households across the
country. And if AIG had defaulted, you would have seen a downgrade leading
to the liquidation and failure of a set of insurance contracts that touched
Americans across this country and, of course, savers around the world."
Yet, if there is one thing that all observers seemed to agree on last year,
it was that AIG's money to pay policyholders was segregated and safe inside
the regulated insurance subsidiaries. If the real systemic danger was the
condition of these highly regulated subsidiaries—where there was no CDS
trading—then the Beltway narrative implodes.
Interestingly, in Treasury's official response to the Barofsky report,
Assistant Secretary Herbert Allison explains why the department acted to
prevent an AIG bankruptcy. He mentions the "global scope of AIG, its
importance to the American retirement system, and its presence in the
commercial paper and other financial markets." He does not mention CDS.
All of this would seem to be relevant to the financial reform that Treasury
wants to plow through Congress. For example, if AIG's CDS contracts were not
the systemic risk, then what is the argument for restructuring the
derivatives market? After Lehman's failure, CDS contracts were quickly
settled according to the industry protocol. Despite fears of systemic risk,
none of the large banks, either acting as a counterparty to Lehman or as a
buyer of CDS on Lehman itself, turned out to have major exposure.
More broadly, lawmakers now have an opportunity to dig deeper into the
nature of moral hazard and the restoration of a healthy financial system.
Barney Frank and Chris Dodd are pushing to give regulators "resolution
authority" for struggling firms. Under both of their bills, this would mean
unlimited ability to spend unlimited taxpayer sums to prevent an unlimited
universe of firms from failing.
Americans know that's not the answer, but what is the best solution to the
too-big-to-fail problem? And how exactly does one measure systemic risk? To
answer these questions, it's essential that we first learn the lessons of
2008. This is where reports like Mr. Barofsky's are valuable, telling us
things that the government doesn't want us to know.
In remarks Tuesday that were interpreted as a veiled response to Mr.
Barofsky's report, Mr. Geithner said, "It's a great strength of our country,
that you're going to have the chance for a range of people to look back at
every decision made in every stage in this crisis, and look at the quality
of judgments made and evaluate them with the benefit of hindsight." He
added, "Now, you're going to see a lot of conviction in this, a lot of
strong views—a lot of it untainted by experience."
Mr. Geithner has a point about Monday-morning quarterbacking. He and others
had to make difficult choices in the autumn of 2008 with incomplete
information and often with little time to think, much less to reflect. But
that was last year. The task now is to learn the lessons of that crisis and
minimize the moral hazard so we can reduce the chances that the panic and
bailout happen again.
This means a more complete explanation from Mr. Geithner of what really
drove his decisions last year, how he now defines systemic risk, and why he
wants unlimited power to bail out creditors—before Congress grants the
executive branch unlimited resolution authority that could lead to bailouts
ad infinitum.
Jensen
Comment
One of the first teller of lies was the highly respected Gretchen Morgenson of
The New York Times who was repeating the lies told to her and Congress by
the Treasury and the Fed. This was when I first believed that the problem at AIG
was failing to have capital reserves to meet CDS obligations. I really believed
Morgenson's lies in 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Here's
what I wrote in 2008 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Credit Default Swap (CDS)
This is an insurance policy that essentially "guarantees" that if a CDO goes bad
due to having turds mixed in with the chocolates, the "counterparty" who
purchased the CDO will recover the value fraudulently invested in turds. On
September 30, 2008 Gretchen Morgenson of The New York Times aptly
explained that the huge CDO underwriter of CDOs was the insurance firm called
AIG. She also explained that the first $85 billion given in bailout money by
Hank Paulson to AIG was to pay the counterparties to CDS swaps. She also
explained that, unlike its casualty insurance operations, AIG had no capital
reserves for paying the counterparties for the the turds they purchased from
Wall Street investment banks.
"Your
Money at Work, Fixing Others’ Mistakes," by Gretchen Morgenson, The New York
Times, September 20, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Also see "A.I.G., Where Taxpayers’ Dollars Go to Die," The New York Times,
March 7, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/03/08/business/08gret.html
What Ms.
Morgenson failed to explain, when Paulson eventually gave over $100 billion for
AIG's obligations to counterparties in CDS contracts, was who were the
counterparties who received those bailout funds. It turns out that most of them
were wealthy Arabs and some Asians who we were getting bailed out while Paulson
was telling shareholders of WaMu, Lehman Brothers, and Merrill Lynch to eat
their turds.
You tube
had a lot of videos about a CDS. Go to YouTube and read in the phrase "credit
default swap" ---
http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Credit+Default+Swaps&search_type=&aq=f
In particular note this video by Paddy Hirsch ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kaui9e_4vXU
Paddy has some other YouTube videos about the financial crisis.
Bob
Jensen’s threads on accounting for credit default swaps are under the C-Terms at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#C-Terms
The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The
Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll, The Nation, May 26, 2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
Bob
Jensen's threads on why the infamous "Bailout" won't work ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#BailoutStupidity
Bob Jensen's
"Rotten to the Core" threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"Going Concern Audit Opinions: Why So Few
Warning Flares?" by Francine McKenna, re: The Auditors, September 18,
2009 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
Lehman Brothers. Bear
Stearns. Washington Mutual. AIG. Countrywide. New Century. American Home
Mortgage. Citigroup. Merrill Lynch. GE Capital. Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac.
Fortis. Royal Bank of Scotland. Lloyds TSB. HBOS. Northern Rock.
When each of the
notorious “financial crisis” institutions collapsed, were bailed
out/nationalized by their governments or were acquired/rescued by
“healthier” institutions, they were all carrying in their wallets
non-qualified, clean opinions on their financial statements from their
auditors. In none of the cases had the auditors warned shareholders and the
markets that there was “ a substantial doubt about the company’s ability to
continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed
one year beyond the date of the financial statements being audited.”
Continued in a very good article by Francine
(she talks with some major players)
http://retheauditors.com/2009/09/18/going-concern-audit-opinions-why-so-few-warning-flares/
Francine maintains an outstanding auditing
blog at
http://retheauditors.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on "Where Were the
Auditors?" ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Some auditing firms are now being hauled into
court in bank shareholder and pension fund lawsuits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Auditors
"Countrywide (now part of Bank of America) Pays $108 Million to Settle
Fees Complaint." by Edward Wyatt, The New York Times, June 7, 2010 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/06/08/business/08ftc.html?hp
The Federal Trade Commission announced Monday that
two Countrywide mortgage servicing companies had agreed to pay $108 million
to settle charges that they collected excessive fees from financially
troubled homeowners.
The $108 million payment is one of the largest
overall judgments in the commission’s history and resolves its largest
mortgage servicing case. The money will go to more than 200,000 homeowners
whose loans were serviced by Countrywide before July 2008, when it was
acquired by Bank of America.
Jon Leibowitz, the chairman of the Federal Trade
Commission, said that Countrywide’s loan servicing operation charged
excessive fees to homeowners who were behind on their mortgage payments, in
some cases asserting that customers were in default when they were not.
The fees, which were billed as the cost of services
like property inspections and lawn mowing, were grossly inflated after
Countrywide created subsidiaries to hire vendors to supply the services,
increasing the cost several-fold in the process, the commission said.
In addition, the commission said that Countrywide
at times imposed a new round of fees on homeowners who had recently emerged
from bankruptcy protection, sometimes threatening the consumers with a new
foreclosure.
“Countrywide profited from making risky loans to
homeowners during the boom years, and then profited again when the loans
failed,” Mr. Leibowitz said.
The $108 million settlement represents the agency’s
estimate of consumer losses, but does not include a penalty, which the
commission is not allowed to impose.
Clifford J. White III, the director of the
executive office for the United States Trustees Program, which enforces
bankruptcy laws for the Department of Justice, said that the commission’s
settlement “will help prevent future harm to homeowners in dire financial
straits who legitimately seek bankruptcy protection.”
The settlement bars Countrywide from making false
representations about amounts owed by homeowners, from charging fees for
services that are not authorized by loan agreements, and from charging
unreasonable amounts for work.
In addition, the settlement requires Countrywide to
establish internal procedures and an independent third party to verify that
bills and claims filed in bankruptcy court are valid.
“Now more than ever, companies that service
consumers’ mortgages need to do so in an honest and fair way,” Mr. Leibowitz
said.
The F.T.C. has not yet established how much will be
paid to each consumer, in part, Mr. Leibowitz said, because Countrywide’s
record keeping was “abysmal.” About $35 million of the $108 million total
was charged to homeowners already in bankruptcy proceedings, with the
remainder charged to customers whom Countrywide said were in default on
their mortgages.
Jensen Comment
I think Countrywide got off too easy. The evil Countrywide brokered mortgages to
borrowers that had no hope of paying back the debt and then charged they
excessive fees when they got behind in their payments.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sleaze of Countrywide are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Federal securities class action
lawsuits increased 19 percent in 2008, with almost half involving firms in the
financial services sector according to the annual report prepared by the
Stanford Law School Securities Class Action Clearinghouse in cooperation with
Cornerstone Research ---
http://securities.stanford.edu/scac_press/20080106_YIR08_Press_Release.pdf
Especially note the 2008 Year in Review link at
http://securities.stanford.edu/clearinghouse_research/2008_YIR/20080106.pdf
Simoleon Sense
Reviews Janet Tavakoli’s Dear Mr. Buffett ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/simoleon-sense-reviews-janet-tavakolis-dear-mr-buffett/
What’s The Book (Dear Mr. Buffett) About
Dear Mr. Buffett,
chronicles the agency problems, poor regulations, and participants which led to
the current financial crisis. Janet accomplishes this herculean task by
capitalizing on her experiences with derivatives, Wall St, and her relationship
with Warren Buffett. One wonders how she managed to pack so much material in
such few pages!
Unlike many books which only analyze past events, Dear Mr.
Buffett, offers proactive advice for improving financial markets. Janet is
clearly very concerned about protecting individual rights, promoting honesty,
and enhancing financial integrity. This is exactly the kind of character we
should require of our financial leaders.
Business week once called Janet the Cassandra of Credit
Derivatives. Without a doubt Janet should have been listened to. I’m confident
that from now on she will be.
Closing thoughts
Rather than a complicated book on financial esoterica, Janet has
created a simple guide to understanding the current crisis. This book is a must
read for all students of finance, economics, and business. If you haven’t read
this book, please do so.
Warning –This book is likely to infuriate you, and that’s a good
thing!
Janet provides indicting evidence and citizens may be tempted to
initiate vigilante like witch trials. Please
consult with your doctor before taking this financial medication.
Continued in article
September 1, 2009 reply from Rick Lillie
[rlillie@CSUSB.EDU]
Hi Bob,
I am reading Dear Mr.
Buffett, What an Investor Learns 1,269 Miles from Wall Street, by Janet
Tavakoli. I am just about finished with the book. I am thinking about giving
a copy of the book to students who perform well in my upper-level financial
reporting classes.
I agree with the reviewer’s
comments about Tavakoli’s book. Her explanations are clear and concise and
do not require expertise in finance or financial derivatives in order to
understand what she (or Warren Buffet) says. She explains the underlying
problems of the financial meltdown with ease. Tavakoli does not blow you
over with “finance BS.” She does in print what Steve Kroft does in the 60
Minutes story.
Tavakoli delivers a unique
perspective throughout the book. She looks through the eyes of Warren
Buffett and explains issues as Buffett sees them, while peppering the
discussion with her experience and perspective.
The reviewer is correct.
Tavakoli lets the finance world, along with accountants, attorneys, bankers,
Congress, and regulators, have it with both barrels!
Tavakoli’s book is the
highlight of my summer reading.
Best wishes,
Rick Lillie
Rick Lillie, MAS, Ed.D., CPA
Assistant Professor of Accounting Coordinator - Master of Science in
Accountancy (MSA) Program Department of Accounting and Finance College of
Business and Public Administration CSU San Bernardino 5500 University Pkwy,
JB-547 San Bernardino, CA. 92407-2397
Telephone Numbers: San
Bernardino Campus: (909) 537-5726 Palm Desert Campus: (760) 341-2883, Ext.
78158
For technical details see the following book:
Structured Finance and Collateralized Debt Obligations: New Developments in
Cash and Synthetic Securitization (Wiley Finance) by Janet M. Tavakoli
(2008)
FBI Arrest in What Appears to Be the World's Largest Case Involving
Insider Information
More and more keeps coming out, including revelations of wiretapping
"8 trades the insiders allegedly made The government's case against the
Galleon crew includes transactions in companies like Google, AMD, Hilton and
Sun," by Michael Copeland, Fortune, October 19, 2009 ---
Click Here
http://money.cnn.com/2009/10/19/markets/insider_trading_arrests.fortune/?postversion=2009101912
The government's case in what it is calling the
largest insider trading case involving a U.S. hedge fund contains a detailed
list of trades involving household-name companies.
Investigators have pieced together a case that
alleges more than $25 million in illegal gains based on trading in 2006-09
on companies including Advanced Micro Devices (AMD, Fortune 500), Akamai (AKAM),
Clearwire (CLWR), Google (GOOG, Fortune 500), Hilton, Polycom (PLCM) and Sun
Microsystems (JAVA, Fortune 500), among others.
The six people charged include hedge fund
billionaire Raj Rajaratnam, founder of Galleon Group; Robert Moffat, IBM's
(IBM, Fortune 500) top hardware executive and an oft-discussed CEO
candidate; Mark Curland and Danielle Chiesi, executives of the hedge fund
New Castle Partners; Anil Kumar, a director at consulting firm McKinsey &
Co.; and Rajiv Goel, an executive in Intel's treasury department.
Just what did they allegedly do? Using information
gleaned from wiretapped conversations between the accused and others, along
with the statements of an apparent informant, SEC investigators have pieced
together a series of episodes alleging to show how the defendants used
inside information and well-timed trades to turn million-dollar profits.
Those charged have yet to enter pleas in the case.
Jim Waldman, a lawyer for Rajaratman, told the Wall Street Journal that the
hedge fund chief "is innocent. We're going to fight the charges." Lawyers
for some of the other accused said their clients are shocked by the charges
and deny wrongdoing.
What follows is a condensed account of eight major
trades the suspects made and the inside information they capitalized on,
according to the the SEC investigation and complaint. At the center of some
of the trades is an unnamed "Tipper A," a person who gathered a great deal
of information on companies for Rajaratnam, and whose identity presumably
will be made public as the case unfolds in court.
Polycom beats the Street
On Jan. 10, 2006, the
unnamed source identified in the SEC's complaint as "Tipper A" told
Galleon's Rajaratnam that, based on information received from a Polycom
insider, revenues at the video-conferencing company for the fourth-quarter
of 2005 were about to beat Wall Street estimates. Polycom was set to
announce its earnings more than two weeks later.
Rajaratnam sent an
instant message to his trader instructing him to "buy 60 [thousand shares]
PLCM" for certain Galleon Tech funds. All told, from Jan. 10 through Jan.
25, the date of the Polycom earnings release, Rajaratnam and Galleon bought
245,000 shares of Polycom and 500 Polycom call-option contracts. Polycom did
beat the Street, and collectively, the Galleon Tech funds made over $570,000
in connection with their Polycom trades based on Tipper A's tip.
The same scenario was
repeated for Polycom's first-quarter 2006 earnings, the complaint says.
Galleon made $165,000 on the information. Tipper A made $22,000.
The Hilton takeover
Tipper A allegedly
obtained confidential information in advance of a July 3, 2007, announcement
that a private equity group would be buying Hilton for $47.50 per share, a
premium of $11.45 over the July 3 closing price. Tipper A obtained the
information from an analyst who, at the time, was working at Moody's, a
rating agency that was evaluating Hilton's debt in connection with the
planned buyout. Tipper A bought call option contracts based on the
information, and passed on the tip to Rajaratnam.
On July 3, Rajaratnam and
Galleon bought 400,000 shares of Hilton in the Galleon Tech funds. That
evening, the Hilton transaction was announced. Tipper A sold all of the
Hilton call option contracts for a profit of more than $630,000, the
complaint says. To compensate the source for the Hilton tip, Tipper A paid
the source $10,000. The Galleon Tech funds sold their Hilton shares after
the July 3 announcement for a profit of more than $4 million.
Google Misses
Around July 10, 2007, a
PR consultant to Google allegedly told Tipper A that Google's second-quarter
earnings per share would be down about 25 cents. The Street had estimated
yet another strong quarter for the search giant, which was scheduled to
report earnings July 19.
Two days later Tipper A
bought put options in Google and passed along details of the pending Google
miss to Rajaratnam. He and Galleon began buying Google put options for the
Galleon Tech funds, and continued buying them through July 19. In addition,
Galleon funds bought other options betting on a fall in Google shares and
sold short Google stock beginning July 17.
On July 19, Google
announced its earnings results, disclosing that its earnings-per-share was
indeed 25 cents lower than the prior quarter. Google's share price fell from
over $548 per share to almost $520 per share. The Galleon Tech funds'
profits from the Google tip were almost $8 million. Tipper A sold all of the
put options the day after the July 19 announcement for a profit of over
$500,000.
Trading in Intel
Rajaratnam allegedly tapped former Wharton classmate
and Intel executive Rajiv Goel just before Intel's (INTL)
scheduled fourth-quarter 2006 earnings announcement to get inside
information on the world's largest chipmaker. On Jan. 8, 2007, Rajaratnam
contacted Intel's Goel. The next day, Rajaratnam bought 1 million shares of
Intel at $21.08 per share. On Jan, 11, he bought 500,000 more at $21.65 per
share.
Goel and Rajaratnam
communicated again multiple times over the Martin Luther King Day weekend
that followed. On Tuesday, Jan. 16, the day the markets reopened, Rajaratnam
reversed course, selling the Galleon Tech funds' entire 1.5 million share
long position in Intel at $22.03 per share, and making a profit of a little
over $1 million
Later that day, after the
markets closed, Intel released its fourth-quarter 2006 earnings. Although
the company's earnings beat analysts' projections, its guidance was below
expectations. Intel's stock price fell nearly 5% on the news, but Rajaratnam
was already out of the stock.
According to Intel
officials, Goel has been placed on administrative leave pending the court
case.
Clearwire Gets a Partner
In early February 2008, Goel allegedly tipped
Rajaratnam that there was a pending joint venture between wireless broadband
company Clearwire and Sprint (S,
Fortune 500). Intel
was a huge shareholder in Clearwire. Over the next three months, Galleon
Tech funds bought and sold Clearwire shares on three occasions. Each time,
the Galleon Tech funds traded in advance of news reports relating to the
deal between Clearwire and Sprint, and shortly after calls between Goel and
Rajaratnam. Overall, the Galleon Tech funds realized gains of about $780,000
on their Clearwire trading between February and May 2008. On May 8, the
joint venture between Sprint and Clearwire was publicly announced.
As payback for Goel's
tips, Rajaratnam (or someone acting on his behalf) executed trades in Goel's
personal brokerage account based on inside information concerning Hilton and
PeopleSupport (the government notes that a Galleon director sits on the
PeopleSupport's board of directors though no charges of wrongdoing have been
brought against that person), which resulted in nearly $250,000 in profits
for Goel.
Shorting Akamai
Another hedge fund
executive, New Castle's Danielle Chiesi, is an acquaintance of Rajaratnam.
When an Akamai executive told her that the Internet infrastructure company
would trend lower in the company's second-quarter 2008 guidance to
investors, the government claims she passed along the information to
Rajaratnam. The consensus among Akamai's management was that Akamai's stock
price would decline in the wake of the lowered guidance scheduled for July
30.
Chiesi and the Akamai
source spoke multiple times between July 2 and July 24. Chiesi told what she
had learned from the Akamai source to her colleague at New Castle, Mark
Kurland. On July 25, several New Castle funds took short positions in Akamai
shares. The positions grew through July 30. Rajaratnam's Galleon funds also
built up a short position during the same period.
In its second-quarter
2008 earnings announcement on July 30, Akamai's results disappointed
investors. The stock fell nearly 20% following the announcement. New Castle
made $2.4 million. The Galleon Tech funds took home more than $3.2 million.
IBM knows Sun
In January 2009, IBM was conducting due diligence on Sun Microsystems in
preparation for an offer to buy it (Sun was ultimately bought by Oracle (ORCL,
Fortune 500)).
As part of that process, Sun opened its books to IBM, providing its
second-quarter 2009 results in advance of the scheduled Jan. 27
announcement.
Because much of Sun's
business is hardware, IBM's top hardware executive Robert Moffat was
involved in the evaluation of Sun. Moffat allegedly had access to Sun's
earnings results. He and Chiesi were also friends and contacted each other
repeatedly during January 2009. The frequency of contact between the two
increased just prior to the Sun earnings release, investigators say.
On Jan. 26, New Castle
began acquiring a substantial long position in Sun. On Jan. 27, after the
market close, Sun reported earnings that exceeded Wall Street's estimates,
posting a two-cent per-share profit when analysts had expected a loss. Sun
shares soared 21% on the news. New Castle made almost $1 million.
AMD gets out of manufacturing
On June 1, 2008, McKinsey
& Co. began advising Advanced Micro Devices over its negotiations with two
Abu Dhabi sovereign entities. One, a joint venture with the Abu Dhabi
government, Advanced Technology Investment Co., would take over AMD's chip
manufacturing. The other, an Abu Dhabi sovereign wealth fund, Mubadala
Investment Co., would provide a large investment in AMD (in the end, it
would total $314 million). According to the SEC, Anil Kumar was one of the
McKinsey team briefed on the negotiations. Kumar also knew Rajaratnam.
On Aug. 14, Kumar learned
that the two deals were finally getting done. The next day he told
Rajaratnam, investigators say. Almost immediately, Rajaratnam and Galleon
increased their long position in AMD by buying more than 2.5 million shares
in Galleon funds and continuing to build their long position until just
before the announcement of the AMD transactions. Rajaratnam and Galleon
bought 4 million AMD shares on Sept. 25 and 26, and 1.65 million more on
Oct. 3. On Oct. 8, the deals were announced publicly. AMD's stock price
increased by about 25%. All told, the value of Galleon's entire position in
AMD increased approximately $9.5 million in Oct. 6-7.
However, the allegedly ill-gotten gain was wiped out by the financial crisis
of the time. Because the Galleon Tech funds had accumulated much of their
AMD position beginning in August, before the crisis sent stock prices,
including AMD's, tumbling in September and October, the funds lost money on
the overall trade
The Deep Shah Insiders Leak at Moody's: What $10,000 Bought
Leaks such as this are probably impossible to stop
What disturbs me is that the Blackstone Group would exploit investors based up
such leaks
"Moody's Analysts Are Warned to Keep Secrets," by Serena Ing, The Wall
Street Journal, October 20, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125599951161895543.html?mod=article-outset-box
"Billionaire among 6 nabbed in inside trading
case Wall Street wake-up call: Hedge fund boss, 5 others charged in $25M-plus
insider trading case," by Larry Neumeister and Candice Choi, Yahoo
News, October 16, 2009 ---
Click Here
One of America's wealthiest
men was among six hedge fund managers and corporate executives arrested
Friday in a hedge fund insider trading case that authorities say generated
more than $25 million in illegal profits and was a wake-up call for Wall
Street.
Raj Rajaratnam, a portfolio
manager for Galleon Group, a hedge fund with up to $7 billion in assets
under management, was accused of conspiring with others to use insider
information to trade securities in several publicly traded companies,
including Google Inc.
U.S. Magistrate Judge
Douglas F. Eaton set bail at $100 million to be secured by $20 million in
collateral despite a request by prosecutors to deny bail. He also ordered
Rajaratnam, who has both U.S. and Sri Lankan citizenship, to stay within 110
miles of New York City.
U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara
told a news conference it was the largest hedge fund case ever prosecuted
and marked the first use of court-authorized wiretaps to capture
conversations by suspects in an insider trading case.
He said the case should
cause financial professionals considering insider trades in the future to
wonder whether law enforcement is listening.
"Greed is not good," Bharara
said. "This case should be a wake-up call for Wall Street."
Joseph Demarest Jr., the
head of the New York FBI office, said it was clear that "the $20 million in
illicit profits come at the expense of the average public investor."
The Securities and Exchange
Commission, which brought separate civil charges, said the scheme generated
more than $25 million in illegal profits.
Robert Khuzami, director of
enforcement at the SEC, said the charges show Rajaratnam's "secret of
success was not genius trading strategies."
"He is not the master of the
universe. He is a master of the Rolodex," Khuzami said.
Galleon Group LLP said in a
statement it was shocked to learn of Rajaratnam's arrest at his apartment.
"We had no knowledge of the investigation before it was made public and we
intend to cooperate fully with the relevant authorities," the statement
said.
The firm added that Galleon
"continues to operate and is highly liquid."
Rajaratnam, 52, was ranked
No. 559 by Forbes magazine this year among the world's wealthiest
billionaires, with a $1.3 billion net worth.
According to the Federal
Election Commission, he is a generous contributor to Democratic candidates
and causes. The FEC said he made over $87,000 in contributions to President
Barack Obama's campaign, the Democratic National Committee and various
campaigns on behalf of Hillary Rodham Clinton, U.S. Sen. Charles Schumer and
New Jersey U.S. Sen. Robert Menendez in the past five years. The Center for
Responsive Politics, a watchdog group, said he has given a total of $118,000
since 2004 -- all but one contribution, for $5,000, to Democrats.
The Associated Press has
learned that even before his arrest, Rajaratnam was under scrutiny for
helping bankroll Sri Lankan militants notorious for suicide bombings.
Papers filed in U.S.
District Court in Brooklyn allege that Rajaratnam worked closely with a
phony charity that channeled funds to the Tamil Tiger terrorist
organization. Those papers refer to him only as "Individual B." But U.S. law
enforcement and government officials familiar with the case have confirmed
that the individual is Rajaratnam.
At an initial court
appearance in U.S. District Court in Manhattan, Assistant U.S. Attorney Josh
Klein sought detention for Rajaratnam, saying there was "a grave concern
about flight risk" given Rajaratnam's wealth and his frequent travels around
the world.
His lawyer, Jim Walden,
called his client a "citizen of the world," who has made more than $20
million in charitable donations in the last five years and had risen from
humble beginnings in the finance profession to oversee hedge funds
responsible for nearly $8 billion.
Walden promised "there's a
lot more to this case" and his client was ready to prepare for it from home.
Rajaratnam lives in a $10 million condominium with his wife of 20 years,
their three children and two elderly parents. Walden noted that many of his
employees were in court ready to sign a bail package on his behalf.
Rajaratnam -- born in Sri
Lanka and a graduate of University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of
Business -- has been described as a savvy manager of billions of dollars in
technology and health care hedge funds at Galleon, which he started in 1996.
The firm is based in New York City with offices in California, China, Taiwan
and India. He lives in New York.
According to a criminal
complaint filed in U.S. District Court in Manhattan, Rajaratnam obtained
insider information and then caused the Galleon Technology Funds to execute
trades that earned a profit of more than $12.7 million between January 2006
and July 2007. Other schemes garnered millions more and continued into this
year, authorities said.
Bharara said the defendants
benefited from tips about the earnings, earnings guidance and acquisition
plans of various companies. Sometimes, those who provided tips received
financial benefits and sometimes they just traded tips for more inside
information, he added.
The timing of the arrests
might be explained by a footnote in the complaint against Rajaratnam. In it,
an FBI agent said he had learned that Rajaratnam had been warned to be
careful and that Rajaratnam, in response, had said that a former employee of
the Galleon Group was likely to be wearing a "wire."
The agent said he learned
from federal authorities that Rajaratnam had a ticket to fly from Kennedy
International Airport to London on Friday and to return to New York from
Geneva, Switzerland next Thursday.
Also charged in the scheme
are Rajiv Goel, 51, of Los Altos, Calif., a director of strategic
investments at Intel Capital, the investment arm of Intel Corp., Anil Kumar,
51, of Santa Clara, Calif., a director at McKinsey & Co. Inc., a global
management consulting firm, and Robert Moffat, 53, of Ridgefield, Conn.,
senior vice president and group executive at International Business Machines
Corp.'s Systems and Technology Group.
The others charged in the
case were identified as Danielle Chiesi, 43, of New York City, and Mark
Kurland, 60, also of New York City.
According to court papers,
Chiesi worked for New Castle, the equity hedge fund group of Bear Stearns
Asset Management Inc. that had assets worth about $1 billion under
management. Kurland is a top executive at New Castle.
Kumar's lawyer, Isabelle
Kirshner, said of her client: "He's distraught." He was freed on $5 million
bail, secured in part by his $2.5 million California home.
Kerry Lawrence, an attorney
representing Moffat, said: "He's shocked by the charges."
Bail for Kurland was set at
$3 million while bail for Moffat and Chiesi was set at $2 million each.
Lawyers for Moffat and Chiesi said their clients will plead not guilty. The
law firm representing Kurland did not immediately return a phone call for
comment.
A message left at Goel's
residence was not immediately returned. He was released on bail after an
appearance in California.
A criminal complaint filed
in the case shows that an unidentified person involved in the insider
trading scheme began cooperating and authorities obtained wiretaps of
conversations between the defendants.
In one conversation about a
pending deal that was described in a criminal complaint, Chiesi is quoted as
saying: "I'm dead if this leaks. I really am. ... and my career is over.
I'll be like Martha (expletive) Stewart."
Stewart, the homemaking
maven, was convicted in 2004 of lying to the government about the sale of
her shares in a friend's company whose stock plummeted after a negative
public announcement. She served five months in prison and five months of
home confinement.
Prosecutors charged those
arrested Friday with conspiracy and securities fraud.
A separate criminal
complaint in the case said Chiesi and Moffat conspired to engage in insider
trading in the securities of International Business Machines Corp.
According to another
criminal complaint in the case, Chiesi and Rajaratnam were heard on a
government wiretap of a Sept. 26, 2008, phone conversation discussing
whether Chiesi's friend Moffat should move from IBM to a different
technology company to aid the scheme.
"Put him in some company
where we can trade well," Rajaratnam was quoted in the court papers as
saying.
The complaint said Chiesi
replied: "I know, I know. I'm thinking that too. Or just keep him at IBM,
you know, because this guy is giving me more information. ... I'd like to
keep him at IBM right now because that's a very powerful place for him. For
us, too."
According to the court
papers, Rajaratnam replied: "Only if he becomes CEO." And Chiesi was quoted
as replying: "Well, not really. I mean, come on. ... you know, we nailed
it."
Continued in article
"Arrest of Hedge Fund Chief Unsettles the
Industry," by Michael J. de la Merced and Zachery Kouwe, The New York Times,
October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/10/19/business/19insider.html?_r=1
The firm made no secret that
its investors included technology executives. Among them was Anil Kumar, a
McKinsey director who did consulting work for Advanced Micro Devices and was
charged in the scheme. Another defendant, Rajiv Goel, is an Intel executive
who is accused of leaking information about the chip maker’s earnings and an
investment in Clearwire.
Prosecutors also say that a
Galleon executive on the board of PeopleSupport, an outsourcing company,
regularly tipped off Mr. Rajaratnam about merger negotiations with a
subsidiary of Essar Group of India. Regulatory filings by PeopleSupport last
year identified the director as Krish Panu, a former technology executive.
He was not charged on Friday.
Galleon has previously
been accused of wrongdoing by regulators. In 2005, it paid more than $2
million to settle an S.E.C. lawsuit claiming it had conducted an illegal
form of short-selling.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Question
Do you ever get the feeling while we debate accounting theory and standards that
we're just fiddling while investors burn?
"Is stock market still a chump's game? Small
investors won't have a fair shot until a presumption of integrity is restored.
It's not clear that Obama's proposed remedy will resolve the conflicts," by
Eliot Spitzer, Microsoft News, August 19, 2009 ---
http://articles.moneycentral.msn.com/Investing/Extra/is-stock-market-still-a-chumps-game.aspx
Link forwarded by Steve Markoff
[smarkoff@KIMSTARR.ORG]
One of America's great
accomplishments in the last half-century was the so-called "democratization"
of the financial markets.
No longer just for the upper
crust, investing became a way for the burgeoning middle class to accumulate
wealth. Mutual funds exploded in size and number, 401k plans made savings
and investing easy, and the excitement of participating in the growth of our
economy gripped an ever larger percentage of the population.
Despite a backdrop of
doubters -- those who knowingly asserted that outperforming the average was
an impossibility for the small investor -- there was a growing consensus
that the rules were sufficient to protect the mom-and-pop investor from the
sharks that swam in the water.
That sense of fair play in
the market has been virtually destroyed by the bubble burstings and market
drops of the past few years.
Recent rebounds
notwithstanding, most people now are asking whether the system is
fundamentally rigged. It's not just that they have an understandable
aversion to losing their life savings when the market crashes; it's that
each of the scandals and crises has a common pattern: The small investor was
taken advantage of by the piranhas that hide in the rapidly moving currents.
And underlying this pattern is
a simple theme: conflicts of interest that violated the duty the market
players had to their supposed clients.
It is no wonder that
cynicism and anger have replaced what had been the joy of participation in
the capital markets.
Take a quick run through a
few of the scandals:
-
Analysts at major
investment banks promote stocks they know to be worthless, misleading
the investors who rely on their advice yet helping their
investment-banking colleagues generate fees and woo clients.
-
Ratings agencies slap AAA
ratings on debt they know to be dicey in order to appease the issuers --
who happen to pay the fees of the agencies, violating the rating
agency's duty to provide the marketplace with honest evaluations.
-
Executives receive outsized
and grotesque compensation packages -- the result of the perverted
recommendations of compensation consultants whose other business depends
upon the goodwill of the very CEOs whose pay they are opining upon, thus
violating the consultants' duty to the shareholders of the companies for
whom they are supposedly working.
-
Mutual funds charge
exorbitant fees that investors have to absorb -- fees that dramatically
reduce any possibility of outperforming the market and that are set by
captive boards of captive management companies, not one of which has
been replaced for inadequate performance, violating their duty to guard
the interests of the fund investors for whom they supposedly work.
-
"High-speed trading"
produces not only the reality of a two-tiered market but also the
probability of front-running -- that is, illegally trading on
information not yet widely known -- that eats into the possible profits
of the retail clients supposedly being served by these very same market
players, violating the obligation of the banks to get their clients
"best execution" without stepping between their customers and the best
available price.
-
AIG (AIG,
news,
msgs) is bailed out, costing taxpayers
tens of billions of dollars, even though (as we later learned) the big
guys knew that AIG was going down and were able to hedge and cover their
positions. Smaller investors are left holding the stock, and all of us
are left picking up the tab.
The unifying theme is
apparent: Access to information and advice, the very lifeblood of a level
playing field, is not where it needs to be. The small investor still doesn't
have a fair shot.
While there have been
case-specific remedies, the aggregate effect of all the scandals is still to
deny the market the most essential of ingredients: the presumption of
integrity.
The issue confronting those
who wish to solve this problem is that there really is no simple fix.
Bob Jensen's threads on the economic crisis
are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Alpha Return on Investment ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alpha_(investment)
What the professional investors don't tell
you ---
I downloaded this video ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/FinancialRounds.flv
From the Financial Rounds Blog on September 4,
2009 ---
http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/
When I teach
investments, there's always a section on market efficiency. A key point I
try to make is that any test of market efficiency suffers from the "joint
hypothesis" problem - that the test is not tests market efficiency, but also
assumes that you have the correct model for measuring the benchmark
risk-adjusted return.
In other words, you can't say that you have "alpha" (an abnormal return)
without correcting for risk.
Falkenblog makes exactly this point:
In my book
Finding Alpha I describe these strategies, as
they are built on the fact that alpha is a residual return, a
risk-adjusted return, and as 'risk' is not definable, this gives people
a lot of degrees of freedom. Further, it has long been the case that
successful people are good at doing one thing while saying they are
doing another.
Even better, he's got a pretty
good video on the topic (it also touches on other topics). Enjoy.
You can watch the video under September 4, 2009
at
http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/
I downloaded this video ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/FinancialRounds.flv
Bob Jensen's threads on Return on Investment
(ROI) are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on market efficiency (EMH)
are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Instead of adding more regulating
agencies, I think we should simply make the FBI tougher on crime and the IRS
tougher on cheats
Our Main Financial Regulating Agency:
The SEC Screw Everybody Commission
One of the biggest regulation failures in history is the way the SEC failed to
seriously investigate Bernie Madoff's fund even after being warned by Wall
Street experts across six years before Bernie himself disclosed that he was
running a $65 billion Ponzi fund.
CBS Sixty Minutes on June 14, 2009 ran a
rerun that is devastatingly critical of the SEC. If you’ve not seen it, it may
still be available for free (for a short time only) at
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=5088137n&tag=contentMain;cbsCarousel
The title of the video is “The Man Who Would Be King.”
Between 2002 and 2008 Harry Markopolos
repeatedly told (with indisputable proof) the Securities and Exchange Commission
that Bernie Madoff's investment fund was a fraud. Markopolos was ignored and, as
a result, investors lost more and more billions of dollars. Steve Kroft reports.
Markoplos makes the SEC look truly
incompetent or outright conspiratorial in fraud.
I'm really surprised that the SEC
survived after Chris Cox messed it up so many things so badly.
As Far as Regulations Go
An annual
report issued by the Competitive Enterprise Institute (CEI) shows that the U.S.
government imposed $1.17 trillion in new regulatory costs in 2008. That almost
equals the $1.2 trillion generated by individual income taxes, and amounts to
$3,849 for every American citizen. According the 2009 edition of Ten Thousand
Commandments: An Annual Snapshot of the Federal Regulatory State, the government
issued 3,830 new rules last year, and The Federal Register, where such rules are
listed, ballooned to a record 79,435 pages. “The costs of federal regulations
too often exceed the benefits, yet these regulations receive little official
scrutiny from Congress,” said CEI Vice President Clyde Wayne Crews, Jr., who
wrote the report. “The U.S. economy lost value in 2008 for the first time since
1990,” Crews said. “Meanwhile, our federal government imposed a $1.17 trillion
‘hidden tax’ on Americans beyond the $3 trillion officially budgeted” through
the regulations.
Adam Brickley, "Government Implemented Thousands of New Regulations
Costing $1.17 Trillion in 2008," CNS News, June 12, 2009 ---
http://www.cnsnews.com/public/content/article.aspx?RsrcID=49487
Jensen Comment
I’m a long-time believer that industries being regulated end up controlling the
regulating agencies. The records of Alan Greenspan (FED) and the SEC from Arthur
Levitt to Chris Cox do absolutely nothing to change my belief ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
How do industries leverage the
regulatory agencies?
The primary control mechanism is to have high paying jobs waiting in industry
for regulators who play ball while they are still employed by the government. It
happens time and time again in the FPC, EPA, FDA, FAA, FTC, SEC, etc. Because so
many people work for the FBI and IRS, it's a little harder for industry to
manage those bureaucrats. Also the FBI and the IRS tend to focus on the worst of
the worst offenders whereas other agencies often deal with top management of the
largest companies in America.
Being Honest About Being
Dishonest
Democrats openly admit that most of the stimulus money is going to counties that
voted for Obama
A new study released by USA Today also finds that
counties that voted for Obama received about twice as much stimulus money per
capita as those that voted for McCain. "The stimulus bill is designed to help
those who have been hurt by the economic downturn.... Do you see disparity out
there in where the money is going? Certainly," a Democratic congressional
staffer knowledgeable about the process told FOXNews.com.
John Lott, "ANALYSIS: States Hit
Hardest by Recession Get Least Stimulus Money," Fox News, July 19,
2009---
http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,533841,00.html
The Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll,
The Nation, May 26, 2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
The legislation's guidelines for crafting the
rescue plan were clear: the TARP should protect home values and consumer
savings, help citizens keep their homes and create jobs. Above all, with the
government poised to invest hundreds of billions of taxpayer dollars in
various financial institutions, the legislation urged the bailout's
architects to maximize returns to the American people.
That $700 billion bailout has since
grown into a more than $12 trillion commitment by
the US government and the Federal Reserve. About
$1.1 trillion
of that is taxpayer money--the TARP money and an additional $400 billion
rescue of mortgage companies Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The TARP now
includes twelve separate programs, and recipients range from megabanks like
Citigroup and JPMorgan Chase to automakers Chrysler and General Motors.
Seven months in, the bailout's impact is
unclear. The Treasury Department has used the
recent "stress test" results it applied to
nineteen of the nation's largest banks to suggest that the worst might be
over; yet the
International Monetary Fund, as well as economists
like New York University professor and economist Nouriel Roubini and New
York Times columnist Paul Krugman
predict greater losses in US markets, rising unemployment and
generally tougher economic times ahead.
What cannot be disputed, however, is the
financial bailout's biggest loser: the American taxpayer. The US government,
led by the Treasury Department, has done little, if anything, to maximize
returns on its trillion-dollar, taxpayer-funded investment. So far, the
bailout has favored rescued financial institutions by
subsidizing their
losses to the tune of $356 billion,
shying away from much-needed management changes and--with the exception of
the automakers--letting companies take taxpayer money without a coherent
plan for how they might return to viability.
The bailout's perks have been no less
favorable for private investors who are now picking over the economy's
still-smoking rubble at the taxpayers' expense. The newer bailout programs
rolled out by Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner give private equity firms,
hedge funds and other private investors significant leverage to buy "toxic"
or distressed assets, while leaving taxpayers stuck with the lion's share of
the risk and potential losses.
Given the lack of transparency and
accountability, don't expect taxpayers to be able to object too much. After
all, remarkably little is known about how TARP recipients have used the
government aid received. Nonetheless, recent government
reports,
Congressional testimony and
commentaries offer those patient enough to pore over hundreds of pages of
material glimpses of just how Wall Street friendly the bailout actually is.
Here, then, based on the most definitive data and analyses available, are
six of the most blatant and alarming ways taxpayers have been scammed by the
government's $1.1-trillion, publicly funded bailout.
1. By
overpaying for its TARP investments, the Treasury Department provided
bailout recipients with generous subsidies at the taxpayer's expense.
When the Treasury Department ditched its
initial plan to buy up "toxic" assets and instead invest directly in
financial institutions, then-Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson Jr. assured
Americans that they'd get a fair deal. "This is an investment, not an
expenditure, and there is no reason to expect this program will cost
taxpayers anything," he
said in October 2008.
Yet the Congressional Oversight Panel
(COP), a five-person group tasked with ensuring that the Treasury Department
acts in the public's best interest, concluded in its
monthly report for February that
the department had significantly overpaid by tens of billions of dollars for
its investments. For the ten largest TARP investments made in 2008, totaling
$184.2 billion, Treasury received on average only $66 worth of assets for
every $100 invested. Based on that shortfall, the panel calculated that
Treasury had received only $176 billion in assets for its $254 billion
investment, leaving a $78 billion hole in taxpayer pockets.
Not all investors subsidized the
struggling banks so heavily while investing in them. The COP report notes
that private investors received much closer to fair market value in
investments made at the time of the early TARP transactions. When, for
instance,
Berkshire Hathaway invested $5 billion in Goldman Sachs
in September, the Omaha-based company received
securities worth $110 for each $100 invested. And when
Mitsubishi invested in Morgan Stanley
that same month, it received securities worth
$91 for every $100 invested.
As of May 15, according to the
Ethisphere TARP Index, which
tracks the government's bailout investments, its various investments had
depreciated in value by almost $147.7 billion. In other words, TARP's losses
come out to almost $1,300 per American taxpaying household.
2. As the
government has no real oversight over bailout funds, taxpayers remain in the
dark about how their money has been used and if it has made any difference.
While the Treasury Department can make
TARP recipients report on just how they spend their government bailout
funds, it has chosen not to do so. As a result, it's unclear whether
institutions receiving such funds are using that money to increase
lending--which would, in turn, boost the economy--or merely to fill in holes
in their balance sheets.
Neil M. Barofsky, the special inspector
general for TARP, summed the situation up this way in his office's April
quarterly report to Congress: "The American people have a right to know how
their tax dollars are being used, particularly as billions of dollars are
going to institutions for which banking is certainly not part of the
institution's core business and may be little more than a way to gain access
to the low-cost capital provided under TARP."
This lack of transparency makes the
bailout process highly susceptible to fraud and corruption.
Barofsky's report stated that twenty separate
criminal investigations were already underway involving corporate fraud,
insider trading and public corruption. He also
told the Financial Times
that his office was investigating whether banks manipulated their books to
secure bailout funds. "I hope we don't find a single bank that's cooked its
books to try to get money, but I don't think that's going to be the case."
Economist Dean Baker, co-director of the
Center for Economic and Policy Research in Washington, suggested to
TomDispatch in an interview that the opaque and complicated nature of the
bailout may not be entirely unintentional, given the difficulties it raises
for anyone wanting to follow the trail of taxpayer dollars from the
government to the banks. "[Government officials] see this all as a Three
Card Monte, moving everything around really quickly so the public won't
understand that this really is an elaborate way to subsidize the banks,"
Baker says, adding that the public "won't realize we gave money away to some
of the richest people."
3. The
bailout's newer programs heavily favor the private sector, giving investors
an opportunity to earn lucrative profits and leaving taxpayers with most of
the risk.
Under Treasury Secretary Geithner, the
Treasury Department has greatly expanded the financial bailout to troubling
new programs like the Public-Private Investment Program (PPIP) and the Term
Asset-Backed-Securities Loan Facility (TALF). The PPIP, for example,
encourages private investors to buy "toxic" or risky assets on the books of
struggling banks. Doing so, we're told, will get banks lending again because
the burdensome assets won't weigh them down. Unfortunately, the incentives
the Treasury Department is offering to get private investors to participate
are so generous that the government--and, by extension, American
taxpayers--are left with all the downside.
Joseph Stiglitz, the Nobel-prize winning
economist,
described the PPIP program in a
New York Times op-ed this way:
Consider an asset that
has a 50-50 chance of being worth either zero or $200 in a year's time. The
average "value" of the asset is $100. Ignoring interest, this is what the
asset would sell for in a competitive market. It is what the asset is
'worth.' Under the plan by Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, the
government would provide about 92 percent of the money to buy the asset but
would stand to receive only 50 percent of any gains, and would absorb almost
all of the losses. Some partnership!
Assume that one of the
public-private partnerships the Treasury has promised to create is willing
to pay $150 for the asset. That's 50 percent more than its true value, and
the bank is more than happy to sell. So the private partner puts up $12, and
the government supplies the rest--$12 in "equity" plus $126 in the form of a
guaranteed loan.
If, in a year's time,
it turns out that the true value of the asset is zero, the private partner
loses the $12, and the government loses $138. If the true value is $200, the
government and the private partner split the $74 that's left over after
paying back the $126 loan. In that rosy scenario, the private partner more
than triples his $12 investment. But the taxpayer, having risked $138, gains
a mere $37."
Worse still, the PPIP can be easily
manipulated for private gain. As economist
Jeffrey Sachs has described it, a
bank with worthless toxic assets on its books could actually set up its
own public-private fund to bid on those assets. Since no true bidder
would pay for a worthless asset, the bank's public-private fund would win
the bid, essentially using government money for the purchase. All the
public-private fund would then have to do is quietly declare bankruptcy and
disappear, leaving the bank to make off with the government money it
received. With the PPIP deals set to begin in the coming months, time will
tell whether private investors actually take advantage of the program's
flaws in this fashion.
The Treasury Department's TALF program
offers equally enticing possibilities for potential bailout profiteers,
providing investors with a chance to double, triple or even quadruple their
investments. And like the PPIP, if the deal goes bad, taxpayers absorb most
of the losses. "It beats any financing that the private sector could ever
come up with," a
Wall Street trader commented
in a recent Fortune magazine story. "I almost want to say it is
irresponsible."
4. The
government has no coherent plan for returning failing financial institutions
to profitability and maximizing returns on taxpayers' investments.
Compare the treatment of the auto industry
and the financial sector, and a troubling double standard emerges. As a
condition for taking bailout aid, the government required Chrysler and
General Motors to present
detailed plans on how the
companies would return to profitability. Yet the Treasury Department
attached minimal conditions to the billions injected into the largest
bailed-out financial institutions. Moreover, neither Geithner nor Lawrence
Summers, one of President Barack Obama's top economic advisors, nor the
president himself has articulated any substantive plan or vision for how the
bailout will help these institutions recover and, hopefully, maximize
taxpayers' investment returns.
The Congressional Oversight Panel
highlighted the absence of such a comprehensive plan in its
January report. Three months into
the bailout, the Treasury Department "has not yet explained its strategy,"
the report stated. "Treasury has identified its goals and announced its
programs, but it has not yet explained how the programs chosen constitute a
coherent plan to achieve those goals."
Today, the department's endgame for the
bailout still remains vague. Thomas Hoenig, president of the Federal Reserve
Bank of Kansas City,
wrote in the Financial Times
in May that the government's response to the financial meltdown has been "ad
hoc, resulting in inequitable outcomes among firms, creditors, and
investors." Rather than perpetually prop up banks with endless taxpayer
funds, Hoenig suggests, the government should allow banks to fail. Only
then, he believes, can crippled financial institutions and systems be fixed.
"Because we still have far to go in this crisis, there remains time to
define a clear process for resolving large institutional failure. Without
one, the consequences will involve a series of short-term events and far
more uncertainty for the global economy in the long run."
The healthier and more profitable bailout
recipients are once financial markets rebound, the more taxpayers will earn
on their investments. Without a plan, however, banks may limp back to
viability while taxpayers lose their investments or even absorb further
losses.
5. The
bailout's focus on Wall Street mega-banks ignores smaller banks serving
millions of American taxpayers that face an equally uncertain future.
The government may not have a long-term
strategy for its trillion-dollar bailout, but its guiding principle, however
misguided, is clear: what's good for Wall Street will be best for the rest
of the country.
On the day the mega-bank stress tests were
officially released, another set of stress-test results came out to much
less fanfare. In its
quarterly report on the health of individual banks and the banking industry
as a whole, Institutional Risk
Analytics (IRA), a respected financial services organization, found that the
stress levels among more than 7,500 FDIC-reporting banks nationwide had
risen dramatically. For 1,575 of the banks, net incomes had turned negative
due to decreased lending and less risk-taking.
The conclusion IRA drew was telling: "Our
overall observation is that US policy makers may very well have been
distracted by focusing on 19 large stress test banks designed to save Wall
Street and the world's central bank bondholders, this while a trend is
emerging of a going concern viability crash taking shape under the radar."
The report concluded with a question: "Has the time come to shift the policy
focus away from the things that we love, namely big zombie banks, to tackle
things that are truly hurting us?"
6. The bailout
encourages the very behaviors that created the economic crisis in the first
place instead of overhauling our broken financial system and helping the
individuals most affected by the crisis.
As Joseph Stiglitz explained in the New
York Times, one major cause of the economic crisis was bank
overleveraging. "Using relatively little capital of their own," he wrote,
banks "borrowed heavily to buy extremely risky real estate assets. In the
process, they used overly complex instruments like collateralized debt
obligations." Financial institutions engaged in overleveraging in pursuit of
the lucrative profits such deals promised--even if those profits came with
staggering levels of risk.
Sound familiar? It should, because in the
PPIP and TALF bailout programs the Treasury Department has essentially
replicated the very over-leveraged, risky, complex system that got us into
this mess in the first place: in other words, the government hopes to repair
our financial system by using the flawed practices that caused this crisis.
Then there are the institutions deemed
"too big to fail." These financial giants--among them AIG, Citigroup and
Bank of America-- have been kept afloat by billions of dollars in bottomless
bailout aid. Yet reinforcing the notion that any institution is "too big to
fail" is dangerous to the economy. When a company like AIG grows so large
that it becomes "too big to fail," the risk it carries is systemic, meaning
failure could drag down the entire economy. The government should force "too
big to fail" institutions to slim down to a safer, more modest size;
instead, the Treasury Department continues to subsidize these financial
giants, reinforcing their place in our economy.
Of even greater concern is the message the
bailout sends to banks and lenders--namely, that the risky investments that
crippled the economy are fair game in the future. After all, if banks fail
and teeter at the edge of collapse, the government promises to be there with
a taxpayer-funded, potentially profitable safety net.
The handling of the bailout makes at least
one thing clear, however. It's not your health that the government is
focused on, it's theirs-- the very banks and lenders whose convoluted
financial systems provided the underpinnings for staggering salaries and
bonuses, while bringing our economy to the brink of another Great
Depression.
Bob Jensen's threads how your money was put to word
(fraudulently) to pay for the mistakes of the so-called professionals of finance
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Bob Jensen's threads on why the infamous "Bailout" won't
work ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#BailoutStupidity
"SEC Charges Four With Fraud," by
Kathy Shwiff, The Wall Street Journal, July 15, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124751046687234157.html#mod=todays_us_money_and_investing
The Securities and Exchange
Commission charged Seattle securities lawyer David Otto, three other
individuals and two companies with conducting a fraudulent "pump-and-dump"
scheme in which they secretly unloaded more than $1 million in "penny
stocks" of a company touting a nonexistent antiaging product.
The complaint says the
defendants violated antifraud and other provisions of federal securities
laws. The SEC is seeking disgorgement and financial penalties.
The agency said misleading
news releases and Web profiles touting beverages and nutritional supplements
pushed the stock price of Seattle-based MitoPharm up more than four times to
above $2.30 although MitoPharm's products were in the developmental stage.
Two key products didn't exist, according to the complaint.
The SEC said Mr. Otto sold
his shares for more than $1 million while Houston-based stock promoter
Charles Bingham generated proceeds of $300,000 before heavy selling caused
the price to fall to a nickel by November 2007.
The SEC's complaint, filed
in federal court in Seattle, charges Mr. Otto, associate Todd Van Siclen of
Seattle, Mr. Bingham and his company, Wall Street PR Inc., along with
MitoPharm and its chief executive, Pak Peter Cheung of Vancouver.
Mr. Otto's attorney,
Jeff Coopersmith said Mr. Otto committed no intentional violation of
securities law. Mr. Bingham's attorney, Ronald Kaufman, said his client is
as much a victim as any other shareholder. Mr. Bingham said his firm lost
money on the work it did for MitoPharm, adding he had no way of knowing the
products, which were being manufactured in China, weren't as described. The
other defendants couldn't be reached for comment.
Bob Jensen's threads on securities frauds are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#SecuritiesFraud
"Insider Trading Inside the SEC," by Joe
Weisenthal, Business Insider, May 15, 2009 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/insider-trading-at-the-sec-2009-5
Kotz, who told Congress last year he was examining
whether frequent trades by the pair broke agency
rules, referred the case to the U.S. Attorney’s
Office in Washington after finding evidence the bets
might amount to insider trading, he wrote in the
March 3 report released by Senator
Charles Grassley.
Both lawyers still work for the agency and denied
improper conduct.
The report faults the agency for inadequately
monitoring trades by employees and relying on an
“honor system.” The lawyers frequently discussed
stocks at work, traded in at least one company under
investigation and didn’t properly disclose some
transactions, it says. One lawyer made 247 trades in
the two years ending January 2008, and the other
made 14.
ead the whole thing >
Question
What are hedge funds, especially after Bernie Madoff made them so famous?
When people ask me this question, my initial
response is that a hedge fund no longer necessarily has anything to do with
financial risk hedging. Rather a hedge fund is merely a "private" investment
"club" that does not offer shares to the general public largely because it would
then subject itself to more SEC, stock exchange, and other regulators. Having
said this, it's pretty darn easy for anybody with sufficient funds to get into
such a "private" club. Minimum investments range from $10,000 to $1,000,000 or
higher.
Since Bernie Madoff made hedge funds so famous,
the public tends to think that a hedge fund is dangerous, fraudulent, and a back
street operation that does not play be the rules. Certainly hedge funds emerged
in part to avoid being regulated. Sometimes they are risky due to high leverage,
but some funds skillfully hedge to manage risk and are
much safer than mutual funds. For example, some hedge funds have shrewd
hedging strategies to control risk in interest rate and/or foreign currency
trading.
Most hedge funds are not fraudulent. In general,
however, it's "buyer beware" for hedge fund investors.
I would never invest in a hedge fund that is not
audited by a very reliable CPA auditing firm. Not all CPA auditing firms are
reliable (Bernie Madoff proved you can engage a fraudulent auditor operating out
of a one-room office). Hence, the first step in evaluating a hedge fund is to
investigate its auditor. The first step in evaluating an auditor is to determine
if the auditing firm is wealthy enough to be a serious third party in law suits
if the hedge fund goes belly up.
But the recent multimillion losses of Carnegie
Mellon, the University of Pittsburgh, and other university endowment funds that
invested in a verry fraudulent hedge fund purportedly audited by Deloitte
suggests that the size and reputation of the auditing firm is not, by itself,
sufficient protection against a criminal hedge fund (that was supposedly given a
clean opinion by Deloitte in financial reports circulated to the victims of the
fraud).
When learning about hedge funds, you may want to
begin at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_Fund
"What is a hedge fund and how is it different
from a mutual fund?" by Andy Samuels, Business and Finance 101
Examiner, June 10, 2009 ---
Click Here
Jim Mahar pointed out this link.
Having migrated away from
their namesake, hedge funds no longer focus primarily on “hedging”
(attempting to reduce risk) because hedge funds are now focused almost
blindly on one thing: returns.
Having been referred
to as “mutual funds for the super rich” by
investopedia.com, hedge funds are very similar to
mutual funds in that they pool money together from many investors. Hedge
funds, like
mutual funds, are also managed by a financial
professionals, but differ because they are geared toward wealthier
individuals.
Hedge funds, unlike
mutual funds, employ a wider array of ivesting techniques, which are
considered more aggresive. For example, hedge funds often use
leverage to amplify their returns (or losses if
things go wrong).
The other key
difference between hedge funds and mutual funds is the amount of regulation
involved. Hedge funds are relatively unregulated because investors in hedge
funds are assumed to be more sophisticated investors, who can both afford
and understand the potential losses. In fact, U.S. laws require that the
majority of investors in the fund are
accredited.
Most hedge funds draw in investors because of
the trustworthy reputations of the executives of the fund. Word-of-mouth praise
and affiliations are often the key to success. Bernie Madoff succeed in luring
customers based on two leading factors: (1) His esteemed reputation on
Wall Street and (2) His highly regarded connections in the Jewish community
where he drew in most of his victims.
A Bit of History
German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations to Curb Hedge Funds
Germany and the United States are parting company
again, this time over Chancellor Gerhard Schröder's call for international
regulations to govern hedge funds. Treasury Secretary John W. Snow, speaking
here Thursday at the end of a five-country European tour, said the United
States opposed "heavy-handed" curbs on markets. He said that he was not
familiar with the German proposals, but left little doubt about how
Washington would react. "I think we ought to be very careful about
heavy-handed regulation of markets because it stymies financial innovation,"
Mr. Snow said after a news conference here to sum up his visit. Noting that
the Securities and Exchange Commission has proposed that hedge funds be
required to register themselves, he said he preferred the "light touch
rather than the heavy regulatory burden."
Mark Landler, "U.S. Balks at German Chancellor's Call for Global Regulations
to Curb Hedge Funds," The New York Times, June 17, 2005 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/17/business/worldbusiness/17hedge.html?
An investing balloon that will one day burst
The numbers are mind-boggling: 15 years ago,
hedge funds managed less than $40 billion. Today, the figure is
approaching $1 trillion. By contrast, assets in mutual funds grew at an
impressive but much slower rate, to $8.1 trillion from $1 trillion, during
the same period. The number of hedge fund firms has also grown - to 3,307
last year, up 74 percent from 1,903 in 1999. During the same period, the
number of funds created - a manager can start more than one fund at a time
- has surged 209 percent, with 1,406 funds introduced in 2004, according
to Hedge Fund Research, based in Chicago.
Jenny Anderson and Riva D. Atlas, "If I Only Had a Hedge Fund,"
The New York Times, The New York Times, March 27, 2005 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2005/03/27/business/yourmoney/27hedge.html
Jensen Comment: The name "hedge fund" seems to imply that
risk is hedged. Nothing could be further from the case. Hedge
funds do not have to hedge risks, Hedge funds should instead be
called private investment clubs. If structured in a certain way they
can avoid SEC oversight.
Remember how the Russian
space program worked in the 1960s? The only flights that got publicized
were the successful ones. Hedge funds are like that. The ones asking
for your money have terrific records. You don't hear about the ones that
blew up. That fact should strongly color your view of hedge funds with
terrific records.
Forbes, January 13, 2005 ---
http://snipurl.com/ForbesJan_13
US hedge funds prior to 2005 were exempted from
Securities and Exchange Commission reporting requirements, as well as from
regulatory restrictions concerning leverage or trading strategies. They
now must register with the SEC except under an enormous loophole for funds
that cannot liquidate in less than two years.
The Loophole: Locked-up
funds don't require oversight. That means more risk for investors.
"Hedge Funds Find an Escape Hatch," Business Week,
December 27, 2004, Page 51 ---
Securities
& Exchange Commission Chairman William H. Donaldson recently
accomplished a major feat when he got the agency to pass a controversial
rule forcing hedge fund advisers to register by 2006. Unfortunately,
just weeks after the SEC announced the new rule on Dec. 2, many hedge
fund managers have already figured out a simple way to bypass it.
The easy out is
right on page 23 of the new SEC rule: Any fund that requires investors
to commit their money for more than two years does not have to register
with the SEC. The SEC created that escape hatch to benefit
private-equity firms and venture capitalists, which typically make
long-term investments and have been involved in few SEC enforcement
actions. By contrast, hedge funds, some of which have recently been
charged with defrauding investors, typically have allowed investors to
remove their money at the end of every quarter. Now many are considering
taking advantage of the loophole by locking up customers' money for
years.
Bob Jensen's threads on frauds are linked at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud.htm
In particular see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
Video 1: "Nobelist Daniel Kahneman On Behavioral Economics (Awesome)!"
Simoleon Sense, June 5, 2009 ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/video-nobelist-daniel-kahneman-on-behavioral-economics-awesome/
Introduction (Via Fora.Tv)
Nobel
Prize-winning psychologist Daniel Kahneman addresses the
Georgetown class of 2009 about the merits of behavioral
economics.
He deconstructs the assumption that people always act
rationally, and explains how to promote rational
decisions in an irrational world.
Topics Covered:
1. The
Economic Definition Of Rationality
2.
Emphasis on Rationality in Modern Economic Theory
3. Examples of Irrational Behavior (watch this part)
4. How
to encourage rational decisions
Speaker Background (Via Fora.Tv)
Daniel
Kahneman - Daniel Kahneman is Eugene Higgins Professor
of Psychology and Professor of Public Affairs Emeritus
at Princeton University. He was educated at The Hebrew
University in Jerusalem and obtained his PhD in
Berkeley. He taught at The Hebrew University, at the
University of British Columbia and at Berkeley, and
joined the Princeton faculty in 1994, retiring in 2007.
He is best known for his contributions, with his late
colleague Amos Tversky, to the psychology of judgment
and decision making, which inspired the development of
behavioral economics in general, and of behavioral
finance in particular. This work earned Kahneman the
Nobel Prize in Economics in 2002 and many other honors
Video 2: Nancy Etcoff is part of a new
vanguard of cognitive researchers asking: What makes us happy? Why do we like
beautiful things? And how on earth did we evolve that way?
Simoleon Sense, June 10, 2009
http://www.simoleonsense.com/science-of-happiness/
"Must Read: Why People Fall Victim To Scams,"
Simoleon Sense, March 18, 2009 ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/must-read-why-people-fall-victim-to-scams/
The paper is at
http://www.oft.gov.uk/shared_oft/reports/consumer_protection/oft1070.pdf
A fraudulent market manipulation contributed to
the Wall Street meltdown
Phantom Shares and Market Manipulation (Bloomberg News
video on naked short selling) ---
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4490541725797746038
Securities Fraud ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Securities_fraud
Securities fraud, also
known as investment fraud, is a practice in which
investors are deceived and manipulated, resulting in losses.[1]
Generally speaking, securities fraud consists of deceptive
practices in the stock and commodity markets, and occurs
when investors are enticed to part with their money based on
untrue statements.
Securities fraud frequently includes theft of
capital from investors and misstatements on a public
company's financial reports. The term also encompasses a
wide range of other actions, including insider trading.
Sometimes the losses caused
by securities fraud are difficult to quantify, but real. For
example, insider trading is believed to raise the cost of
capital for securities issuers, thus decreasing overall
economic growth.
This
white collar crime has become increasingly frequent as
the
Internet and
World Wide Web are giving criminals greater access to
prey. The trading volume in the
United States
securities and commodities markets, having grown
dramatically in the 1990s, has led to an increase in
fraud and misconduct by
investors,
executives,
shareholders, and other market participants.
Securities regulators and other prominent groups
estimate civil securities fraud totals approximately $40
billion per year. Fraudulent schemes perpetrated in the
securities and commodities markets can ultimately have a
devastating impact on the viability and operation of these
markets.
According to the
FBI, securities fraud includes false information on a
company's financial statement and
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings; lying
to corporate auditors; insider trading; stock manipulation
schemes, and embezzlement by stockbrokers.
Overview ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Securities_fraud
-
1
Types of securities fraud
-
1.1
Internet fraud
-
1.2
Insider trading
-
1.3
Microcap fraud
-
1.4
Accountant fraud
-
1.5
Boiler rooms
-
2
Pervasiveness of
securities fraud
-
3
Characteristics of victims
and perpetrators
-
4
Other effects of
securities fraud
-
5
Related subjects
-
6
See also
-
7
References
|
The Way Financial
Media Fraud Works
Video from YouTube
(not sure how long it will be online)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dwUXx4DR0wo
From Jim Mahar's Blog on March 152, 2009 ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/
While
there was much hype in the days leading
up to the show, the actual interview was
pretty good. Jon Stewart vs Jim Cramer.
Here is the
link from The DailyShow
for the entire
episode.
It is also available (at least
temporarily) on
YouTube
Jon Stewart vs Jim
Cramer Interview Fight on Daily Show
---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LceizefhP4k
Some talking
points:
* Stewart's main point seems to be that
while Cramer and CNBC claim to be
looking out for investors, in actuality
they are are nothing more than
entertainment at best and accomplices at
worst.
* It is interesting to see the
discussion on Short Selling and the way
that Cramer (and by inference other
hedge fund managers) essentially lied to
drive the price down. I would have to
think the SEC might be interested in
this.
* Stewart maintains that the financial
media plays a role in governance. They
dropped the ball.
* Cramer was good in admitting that
success (year after year of 30% returns)
changes our view and we forget that
things go wrong.
* Line of the day from Stewart: "We are
both snake oil salesmen, but I let
people know I sell snake oil.:
* Line of the day from Cramer: "No one
should be spared in this environment."
The whole interview (unedited) is also
available. Here is the 3rd part:
Video
from YouTube (not sure how long it will
be online)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dwUXx4DR0wo
Bernard Madoff, former Nasdaq Stock Market chairman and
founder of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC, was arrested and charged
with securities fraud Thursday in what federal prosecutors called a Ponzi scheme
that could involve losses of more than $50 billion.
It is bigger than Enron, bigger than Boesky and bigger than
Tyco
"Madoff Scandal: 'Biggest Story of the Year'," Seeking
Alpha, December 12, 2008 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/110402-madoff-scandal-biggest-story-of-the-year?source=wildcard
According to
RealMoney.com columnist Doug Kass,
general partner and investment manager of hedge fund Seabreeze Partners
Short LP and Seabreeze Partners Short Offshore Fund, Ltd., today's
late-breaking report of an alleged massive fraud at a well known investment
firm could be "the biggest story of the year." In his view,
it is bigger than
Enron, bigger than Boesky and bigger than Tyco.
It attacks at the core of investor confidence -- because, if true,
and this could happen ... investors might think that almost anything
imaginable could happen to the money they have entrusted to their fiduciaries.
Here are some excerpts
from the Bloomberg report, entitled
"Madoff Charged in $50 Billion Fraud at Advisory Firm":
Bernard Madoff,
founder and president of Bernard Madoff Investment Securities, a
market-maker for hedge funds and banks, was charged by federal
prosecutors in a $50 billion fraud at his advisory business.
Madoff, 70, was
arrested today at 8:30 a.m. by the FBI and appeared before U.S.
Magistrate Judge Douglas Eaton in Manhattan federal court. Charged
in a criminal complaint with a single count of securities fraud, he
was granted release on a $10 million bond guaranteed by his wife and
secured by his apartment. Madoff’s wife was present in the
courtroom.
"It’s all just
one big lie," Madoff told his employees on Dec. 10, according to a
statement by prosecutors. The firm, Madoff allegedly said, is
"basically, a giant Ponzi scheme." He was also sued by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Madoff’s New
York-based firm was the 23rd largest market maker on Nasdaq in
October, handling a daily average of about 50 million shares a day,
exchange data show. The firm specialized in handling orders from
online brokers in some of the largest U.S. companies, including
General Electric Co (GE). and Citigroup Inc. (C).
...
SEC Complaint
The SEC in its
complaint, also filed today in Manhattan federal court, accused
Madoff of a "multi-billion dollar Ponzi scheme that he perpetrated
on advisory clients of his firm."
The SEC said it’s
seeking emergency relief for investors, including an asset freeze
and the appointment of a receiver for the firm. Ira Sorkin, another
defense lawyer for Madoff, couldn’t be immediately reached for
comment.
...
Madoff, who owned
more than 75 percent of his firm, and his brother Peter are the only
two individuals listed on regulatory records as "direct owners and
executive officers."
Peter Madoff was
a board member of the St. Louis brokerage firm A.G. Edwards Inc.
from 2001 through last year, when it was sold to Wachovia Corp (WB).
$17.1 Billion
The Madoff firm
had about $17.1 billion in assets under management as of Nov. 17,
according to NASD records. At least 50 percent of its clients were
hedge funds, and others included banks and wealthy individuals,
according to the records.
...
Madoff’s Web site
advertises the "high ethical standards" of the firm.
"In an era of
faceless organizations owned by other equally faceless
organizations, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC harks
back to an earlier era in the financial world: The owner’s name is
on the door," according to the Web site. "Clients know that Bernard
Madoff has a personal interest in maintaining the unblemished record
of value, fair-dealing, and high ethical standards that has always
been the firm’s hallmark."
...
"These guys were
one of the original, if not the original, third market makers," said
Joseph Saluzzi, the co-head of equity trading at Themis Trading LLC
in Chatham, New Jersey. "They had a great business and they were
good with their clients. They were around for a long time. He’s a
well-respected guy in the industry."
The case is U.S.
v. Madoff, 08-MAG-02735, U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York (Manhattan)
Continued in article
And here is the
SEC press release
Also see
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
What was the auditing firm of Bernard Madoff
Investment Securities, the auditor who gave a clean opinion, that's been
insolvent for years?
Apparently, Mr Madoff said the business had been
insolvent for years and, from having $17 billion of assets under management at
the beginning of 2008, the SEC said: “It appears that virtually all assets of
the advisory business are gone”. It has now emerged that Friehling & Horowitz,
the auditor that signed off the annual financial statement for the investment
advisory business for 2006, is under investigation by the district attorney in
New York’s Rockland County, a northern suburb of New York City.
"The $50bn scam: How Bernard Madoff allegedly cheated investors," London
Times, December 15, 2008 ---
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article5345751.ece
It was at the Manhattan
apartment that Mr Madoff apparently confessed that the business was in fact
a “giant Ponzi scheme” and that the firm had been insolvent for years.
To cap it all, Mr Madoff
told his sons he was going to give himself up, but only after giving out the
$200 - $300 million money he had left to “employees, family and friends”.
All the company’s remaining
assets have now been frozen in the hope of repaying some of the companies,
individuals and charities that have been unfortunate enough to invest in the
business.
However, with the fraud
believed to exceed $50 billion, whatever recompense investors could receive
will be a drop in the ocean.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Where were the auditors?
What surprised me is the size of this alleged fraud
"This is huge," said David Rosenfeld,
associate regional director of the SEC's New York Regional Office.
"This is a truly egregious fraud of immense proportions."
"Carnegie Mellon and Pitt Accuse 2 Investment Managers of
$114-Million Fraud," by Scott Carlson, Chronicle of Higher Education,
February 26, 2009 ---
Click Here
|
The University of Pittsburgh and
Carnegie Mellon University are suing two investment managers who
allegedly took $114-million from the institutions and spent it on
cars, horses, houses for their wives, and even teddy bears.
The two managers, Paul Greenwood and
Stephen Walsh, are said to have taken a total of more than
$500-million from the universities and other investors through their
company, Westridge Capital Management, and they have also been
charged with fraud by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The
universities named several associates of Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh
in the lawsuit.
According to the complaint, the
universities became alarmed after the National Futures Association,
a nonprofit organization that investigates member firms, tried to
audit Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh’s company. The association
determined that that Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh had taken hundreds
of millions in loans from the investment funds. On February 12 the
association suspended their membership after repeatedly trying, and
failing, to contact them.
That step spurred the universities
to try to locate their money. On February 18 they contacted the
Securities and Exchange Commission and sought an investigation.
According to their lawsuit, Carnegie Mellon had invested $49-million
and the University of Pittsburgh had invested $65-million.
Today’s
Pittsburgh Post-Gazette
listed some of the things that Mr.
Greenwood and Mr. Walsh had purchased with their investors’ money:
rare books, Steiff teddy bears at up to $80,000 each, a horse farm,
cars, and a $3-million residence for Mr. Walsh’s ex-wife.
Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh were
also handling money for retirement funds for teachers and public
employees in Iowa, North Dakota, and Sacramento County, California.
In the Post-Gazette, David Rosenfeld, an associate regional
director of the SEC’s New York Regional
Office, said the case represented “a truly egregious fraud of
immense proportions.”
Mr. Walsh, it appears, had ties to
another university as well. He is a member of the foundation board
at the State University of New York at Buffalo, from which he
graduated in 1966 with a political-science degree. In a written
statement, officials at Buffalo said that he had not been an active
board member for the past two years and that foundation policy
forbade investing university money with any member of the board. |
"Pitt, CMU money managers arrested in fraud FBI says they
misappropriated $500 million for lavish lifestyles," by Jonathon Silver,
Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, February 26, 2009 ---
http://www.post-gazette.com/pg/09057/951834-85.stm
Two East Coast investment managers sued
for fraud by the University of Pittsburgh and Carnegie Mellon University
misappropriated more than $500 million of investors' money to hide losses
and fund a lavish lifestyle that included purchases of $80,000 collectible
teddy bears, horses and rare books, federal authorities said yesterday.
As Pitt and Carnegie Mellon were busy
trying to learn whether they will be able to recover any of their combined
$114 million in investments through Westridge Capital Management, the FBI
yesterday arrested the corporations' managers.
Paul Greenwood, 61, of North Salem, N.Y.,
and Stephen Walsh, 64, of Sands Point, N.Y., were charged in Manhattan -- by
the same office prosecuting the Bernard L. Madoff fraud case -- with
securities fraud, wire fraud and conspiracy.
Both men also were sued in civil court by
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, which alleged that the partners misappropriated more
than $553 million and "fraudulently solicited" $1.3 billion from investors
since 1996.
The Accused
Paul Greenwood and Stephen Walsh are
accused of misappropriating millions from investors. Here is a look at some
of their biggest personal purchases:
• HOME: Mr. Greenwood, a horse
breeder, owned a horse farm in North Salem, N.Y., an affluent community
that counts David Letterman as a resident.
• BEARS: Mr. Greenwood owns as many as
1,350 Steiff toys, including teddy bears costing as much as $80,000.
• DIVORCE: Mr. Walsh bought his
ex-wife a $3 million condominium as part of their divorce settlement.
"This is huge," said David Rosenfeld,
associate regional director of the SEC's New York Regional Office. "This is
a truly egregious fraud of immense proportions."
Lawyers for the defendants either could
not be reached or had no comment.
Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh, longtime
associates and former co-owners of the New York Islanders hockey team, ran
Westridge Capital Management and a number of affiliated funds and entities.
As late as this month, the partners
appeared to be doing well. Mr. Greenwood told Pitt's assistant treasurer
Jan. 21 that they had $2.8 billion under management -- though that number is
now in question. And on Feb. 2, Pitt sent $5 million to be invested.
But in the course of less than three
weeks, Westridge's mammoth portfolio imploded in what federal authorities
called an investment scam meant to cover up trading losses and fund
extravagant purchases by the partners.
An audit launched Feb. 5 by the National
Futures Association proved key to uncovering the alleged deceit and
apparently became the linchpin of the case federal prosecutors are building.
That audit came about in an indirect way.
The association, a self-policing membership body, had taken action against a
New York financier. That led to a man named Jack Reynolds, a manager of the
Westridge Capital Management Fund in which CMU invested $49 million; and Mr.
Reynolds led to Westridge.
"We just said we better take a look at
Jack Reynolds and see what's happening, and that led us to Westridge and WCM,
so it was a domino effect," said Larry Dyekman, an association spokesman.
"We're just not sure we have the full picture yet."
Mr. Reynolds has not been charged by
federal authorities, but he is named as a defendant in the lawsuit that was
filed last week by Pitt and CMU.
"Greenwood and Walsh refused to answer any
of our questions about where the money was or how much there was," Mr.
Dyekman continued.
"This is still an ongoing investigation,
and we can't really say at this point with any finality how much has been
lost."
The federal criminal complaint traces the
alleged illegal activity to at least 1996.
FBI Special Agent James C. Barnacle Jr.
said Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh used "manipulative and deceptive devices,"
lied and withheld information as part of a scheme to defraud investors and
enrich themselves.
The complaint refers to a public
state-sponsored university called "Investor 1" whose details match those
given by Pitt in its lawsuit.
The SEC's Mr. Rosenfeld said the fraud
hinged not so much on the partners' investment strategy but on the fact that
they are believed to have simply spent other people's money on themselves.
"They took it. They promised the investors
it would be invested. And instead of doing that they misappropriated it for
their own use," Mr. Rosenfeld said.
Not only do federal authorities believe
Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh used new investors' funds to cover up prior
losses in a classic Ponzi scheme, they used more than $160 million for
personal expenses including:
• Rare books bought at auction;
• Steiff teddy bears purchased for up to
$80,000 at auction houses including Sotheby's;
• A horse farm;
• Cars;
• A residence for Mr. Walsh's ex-wife,
Janet Walsh, 53, of Florida, for at least $3 million;
• Money for Ms. Walsh and Mr. Greenwood's
wife, Robin Greenwood, 57, both of whom are defendants in the SEC suit. More
than $2 million was allegedly wired to their personal accounts by an unnamed
employee of the partners.
"Defendants treated investor money -- some
of which came from a public pension fund -- as their own piggy bank to
lavish themselves with expensive gifts," said Stephen J. Obie, the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission's acting director of enforcement.
It is not clear how Pitt and CMU got
involved with Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh. But there is at least one
connection involving academia. The commission suit said Mr. Walsh
represented to potential investors that he was a member of the University at
Buffalo Foundation board and served on its investment committee.
Mr. Walsh is a 1966 graduate of the State
University of New York at Buffalo where he majored in political science.
He was a trustee of the University at
Buffalo Foundation, but the foundation did not have any investments in
Westridge or related firms.
Universities, charitable organizations,
retirement and pension funds are among the investors who have done business
with Mr. Greenwood and Mr. Walsh.
Among those investors are the Sacramento
County Employees' Retirement System, the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement
System and the North Dakota Retirement and Investment Office, which handles
$4 billion in investments for teachers and public employees.
The North Dakota fund received about $20
million back from Westridge Capital Management, but has an undetermined
amount still out in the market, said Steve Cochrane, executive director.
Mr. Cochrane said Westridge Capital was
cooperative in returning what money it could by closing out their position
and sending them the money.
"I dealt with them exclusively all these
years," Mr. Cochrane said.
"They always seemed to be upfront and
honest. I think they're as stunned and as victimized as we are, is my
guess."
He said Westridge Capital had done an
excellent job over the years.
The November financial statement indicated
that the one-year return from Westridge Capital was a negative 11.87
percent, but the five-year annualized rate of return was a positive 8.36
percent.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bernard Madoff's Gangster Family Seems to Have Been Overlooked by
Investors
"Pretty v. Ugly at the University," University Diaries Blog, Inside Higher
Ed, February 24, 2009 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/university_diaries
Bernard Madoff is a
classic Mafia-style gangster. He comes from gangsters - his mother was a
crook. Investigators are looking into his
father-in-law. A lot of his friends and investors
are crooks. He was born a crook, has always been a crook.
"The FBI believes
Madoff may never have properly invested any of the money entrusted to him,"
writes Stephen Foley in
The Independent. That's <em>never</em>. Madoff is
in his seventies.
Psychopathically evil,
Madoff makes an exception - again, Mafia-style - for his closest family and
friends. His last act before turning himself in was writing big checks to
the inner circle.
Tomorrow,
Harry Markopolos will tell Congress how easy it
was, ten years ago, for him to prove that Madoff was a crook, and how
difficult it was for him to convince the SEC, or anyone else, of this
obvious truth.
An ugly story, isn't
it.... Ugh. Let us turn to the verdant paths of Brandeis University, and
walk to the door of
its art museum, where
pretty canvases hang on the walls and rekindle our sense of the beauty of
the world and the goodness of mankind.
Yet all of this beauty will
soon be shuttered, because that ugly world is all over Brandeis. It's all
over a number of other universities, too -- Yeshiva, Bard, NYU, all the
schools who loved charitable Bernie Madoff and his charitable friends.
Madoff, after all, was a
philanthropist.
Not that he, as the word
suggests, loves people. He hates people.
But he (and
benefactors like
Carl Shapiro, his closest business associate) gave
lots of money to pretty places like universities, places that stand for
love, not hate, and beauty, not ugliness. Why did he do that?
For the same reason many
other crooks do it. To get their names on buildings, and, much more
importantly, to launder their images. Madoff's been cleaning himself up for
public consumption all his life, and there's nothing like gifts to
universities to do oneself up <em>real</em> good.
University Diaries has
covered, over the years, many amusing stories of universities using the
latest in stone-blasting technology to get the names of crooks off of
buildings the crooks endowed. At any given time, some university in this
country is using power tools on its walls in a desperate effort to
dissociate itself from scum. Here's
the latest case. One of the most amusing was
Dennis Kozlowski at Seton Hall.
Even if it doesn't
call for power tools, the problem of taking crooks' money can be just as
troublesome, as with the University of Missouri-Columbia's
Kenneth L. Lay Chair in International Economics.
Sometimes things call for
quick-action internet prowess. Recall how, deep in the pre-exposure night,
Yeshiva University deleted from its webpages the once-sainted names of
Bernard Madoff and his partner, Ezra Merkin.
Our wretched economy will
continue to reveal the reputation-laundering enterprise some of our
universities have been running.
Just as every Madoff
associate or victim claims to be a deceived innocent, so these campuses will
tell us they never suspected a thing.
The farce would be fun to
watch if it weren't so incredibly destructive.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on security frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"Argentina Has a Bond It Wants to Sell You:
Deadbeat nations should be kept out of U.S. capital markets," by Mark Shapiro
and Nancy Soderberg, The Wall Street Journal, February 27, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123569777717089081.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
In 2001, Argentina defaulted on $81
billion in sovereign bonds. Four years later it presented a unilateral,
nonnegotiable restructuring plan worth about 25 cents on the dollar. When
half of its foreign lenders said "no thanks," Buenos Aires repudiated their
claims.
Since Argentina had earlier agreed to
waive sovereign immunity and accept the jurisdiction and judgments of New
York courts, more than 160 lawsuits were filed. But the governments of
Nestor Kirchner and of his wife and successor, Christina Fernandez, have
ignored numerous court judgments. Judge Thomas Griesa has repeatedly
condemned their conduct, noting in 2005 that "I have not heard one single
word from the [Argentine] Republic except ways to avoid paying those
judgments." Nothing has changed since then.
If Argentina gets away with its misdeeds
-- offering terrible terms for restructuring its debt and then repudiating
its obligations to those who object -- the likelihood of additional defaults
could increase substantially. If that occurs, it would inflict another
serious blow to a global financial system in crisis.
Already, Buenos Aires's scofflaw behavior
is being imitated. Citing Argentina's example, Ecuador recently defaulted on
sovereign debts issued in the U.S., though it has the means to meet its
obligations. The default drove down the market price of the bonds. The
Correa government then entered the American secondary market with a massive
repurchase program, scooping up much of its own debt at a very steep
discount.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Question
Is the history of Arthur Levitt Jr. at the SEC so pure?
He does charge out at $900 per hour ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arthur_Levitt
When he was Director of the SEC, Arthur Levitt
and his Chief SEC Accountant gave the large auditing firms considerable trouble
(unlike SEC Chairman Harvey Pitt). But to my knowledge Levitt was pretty much
hands off on free-wheeling Wall Street financial institutions and is now
probably given too much credence in terms of cleaning up the mess after Chris
Cox was the disastrous head of the SEC ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#SEC
Leavitt was easily duped by his close friend
Bernie Madoff, probably not separating church and state when Levitt was head of
the SEC and Madoff was committing fraud (for over 28 years of phony stock trades
in his investment fund that Levitt, Pitt, and Cox left unregulated to the point
of not even requiring audits by registered auditing firms).
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting
Weekly Review on January 23, 2009
Good and Bad Ideas on How to Thwart
Another Madoff
by Kevin Rosenberg, Paul L
Comstock, Eunice Bet-Mansour, Ph.D., and Porter Landreth
The Wall Street Journal
Jan 10, 2009
Click here to view the full article
on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Auditing, Fraudulent Financial Reporting, SEC,
Securities and Exchange Commission
SUMMARY: These letters to the editor express a range of
opinions on another op-ed piece by Arthur Levitt Jr., former
Chairman of the SEC. In Levitt's January 5 Op-Ed piece, he
stated that he "never saw an instance where credible information
about misconduct was not followed up by the agency."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Understanding the role of the SEC and
the skill set needed to fulfill its mission are the primary uses
of this article.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Who is Arthur Levitt? Summarize his
recent opinion-page piece that led to these letters in response.
2. (Introductory) What concerns the CPA, Kevin
Rosenberg, who describes the types of audit and accounting firms
associated with recent financial reporting frauds and failures?
3. (Advanced) One op-ed writer, Paul L. Comstock,
argues that "the SEC can only do so much to protect without
paralyzing our capital markets." But does Eunice Bet-Mansour,
Ph.D., necessarily call for a greater quantity of regulatory
steps to avoid another Ponzi scheme or fraud such as that
committed by Mr. Madoff?
4. (Advanced) What level of skill set does Dr. Bet-Mansour
say is needed among SEC staffers? What level of education
provides this analytical skill set? In your answer, consider the
level of education held by Harry Markopoulos.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
How the SEC Can Prevent More
Madoffs
by Arthur Levitt, Jr.
Jan 05, 2009
Online Exclusive
|
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Madoff Chasers Dug for Years, to No Avail
by Kara
Scannell
Jan 05, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Auditing,
Fraudulent Financial Reporting, SEC, Securities and Exchange
Commission
SUMMARY: "I
think the reality is the [SEC] enforcement program needs some
systematic review at this point, and it is not a review which
should start with judgments," said, Joel Seligman, president of
the University of Rochester, in the related article. "You want
to know what went wrong." The main article describes a series of
detailed investigations into Madoff investment management
practices that failed to uncover the biggest Ponzi scheme in
history.
CLASSROOM
APPLICATION: Auditing classes can use the article to discuss
fraud investigations versus overall financial statement audits,
evidential matter, and the importance of overall financial
statement analysis to assess reasonability of reported results.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What auditing expertise is needed by
Securities and Exchange Commission staff members to properly
perform their functions related to the matter of Bernard L.
Madoff Securities Investment LLC?
2. (Introductory) Author of the lead article Kara
Scannell writes that "regulatory gaps abound in the paper trail
generated by the SEC's scrutiny of Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Securities." What were the regulatory gaps?
3. (Introductory) What reasonableness test was used by
Harry Markopolous to make the assessment that "Madoff Securities
is the world's largest Ponzi Scheme," as he wrote in a letter to
the SEC. Did the SEC follow up on this accusation?
4. (Advanced) One accusation by an outsider that the
SEC did specifically pursue, according to the article, was to
determine whether Mr. Madoff was "front-running" for favored
clients. Design an audit test to assess that question, including
in your answer a definition of the term.
5. (Advanced) Review the audit test drafted in answer
to question 4. Is it likely that your test would uncover the
type of fraud Madoff committed? Why or why not?
6. (Advanced) What audit steps did the SEC undertake in
its review of January 2005 customer accounts, according to the
article? What audit steps did they possibly overlook? How might
these steps have uncovered fraud?
7. (Introductory) In 1992, the SEC's enforcement
division sued two Florida accountants for selling unregistered
investment securities managed by Madoff. "With no investors
found to be harmed, the SEC concluded there was no fraud." Why
were the investors not shown to be harmed?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED
ARTICLES:
SEC Nominee to Face Tough Questions at Confirmation Hearing
by Sarah N. Lynch
Jan 07, 2009
Online Exclusive
|
"Madoff Chasers Dug for Years, to No Avail: Regulators
Probed at Least 8 Times Over 16 Years; Congress Starts Review of SEC Today," by
Kara Scannell, The Wall Street Journal, January 5, 2008 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123111743915052731.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities
LLC was examined at least eight times in 16 years by the Securities and
Exchange Commission and other regulators, who often came armed with
suspicions.
SEC officials followed up on emails from a
New York hedge fund that described Bernard Madoff's business practices as
"highly unusual." The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the
industry-run watchdog for brokerage firms, reported in 2007 that parts of
the firm appeared to have no customers.
Mr. Madoff was interviewed at least twice
by the SEC. But regulators never came close to uncovering the alleged $50
billion Ponzi scheme that investigators now believe began in the 1970s.
The serial regulatory failures will be on
display Monday when Congress holds a hearing to probe why the alleged fraud
went undetected. Among the key witnesses is SEC Inspector General David Kotz,
who was asked last month by the agency's chairman, Christopher Cox, to
investigate the mess.
The situation is even more awkward because
SEC examiners seemed to be looking in the right places, yet still were
unable to unmask the alleged scheme. For example, investigators were led
astray by concerns that Mr. Madoff, now under house arrest, was placing
orders for favored clients ahead of others to get a better price, a practice
known as "front running." Front running isn't thought to have played a role
in the firm's collapse.
Concern that the SEC lacks the expertise
to keep up with fraudsters is the latest criticism of the agency, which saw
the Wall Street investment banks it oversees get pummeled or vanish
altogether in 2008. With Congress likely to take a hard look at how to
structure oversight of financial markets, the SEC is struggling to maintain
its clout.
The failure to stop Mr. Madoff also is an
embarrassment for Mary Schapiro, the Finra chief who has been nominated by
President-elect Barack Obama as the next SEC chairman. Finra was involved in
several investigations of Mr. Madoff's firm, concluding in 2007 that it
violated technical rules and failed to report certain transactions in a
timely way.
Ms. Schapiro declined to comment. Mr. Cox
has previously acknowledged mistakes by the SEC. The agency declined to
comment.
Regulatory gaps abound in the paper trail
generated by the SEC's scrutiny of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities,
according to a review of the documents. Many of the details haven't been
reported previously.
For years, Mr. Madoff told regulators he
wasn't running an investment-advisory business. By saying he instead managed
accounts for hedge funds, Mr. Madoff was able to avoid regular reviews of
his advisory business.
In 1992, Mr. Madoff had a brush with the
SEC's enforcement division, which had sued two Florida accountants for
selling unregistered securities that paid returns of 13.5% to 20%. The SEC
believed at the time it had uncovered a $440 million fraud.
"We went into this thinking it could be a
major catastrophe," Richard Walker, then-chief of the SEC's New York office,
told The Wall Street Journal at the time.
The SEC probe turned up money that had
been managed by Mr. Madoff. He said he didn't know the money had been raised
illegally.
With no investors found to be harmed, the
SEC concluded there was no fraud. But the scheme indicated Mr. Madoff was
managing money on behalf of other people.
In 1999 and 2000, the SEC sent examiners
into Mr. Madoff's firm to review its trading practices. SEC officials
worried the firm wasn't properly displaying orders to others in the market,
violating a trading rule. In response, Mr. Madoff outlined new procedures to
address the findings.
Continued in article
A Tale of Four Investors
Forwarded by Dennis Beresford
Four investors made different
investment decisions 10 years ago. Investor one was extremely risk
averse so he put $1 million in a safe deposit box. Today he still
has $1 million. Investor two was a bit less risk averse so she
bought $1 million of 6% Fanny Mae Preferred. She put the $15,000
she received in dividends each quarter in a safe deposit box. After
receiving 40 dividends, she recently sold her investment for $20,000
so she now has $620,000 in her safe deposit box. Investor three was
less risk averse so he bought and held a $1 million well diversified
U.S. stock portfolio which he recently sold for $1 million, putting
the $1 million in his safe deposit box. Investor four had a friend
who knew someone who was able to invest her $1 million with Bernie
Madoff. Like clockwork, she received a $10,000 check each and every
month for 120 months. She cashed all the checks, putting the money
in her safe deposit box. She was outraged to learn that she will no
longer receive her monthly checks. Even worse, she lost all her
principal. She only has $1,200,000 in her safe deposit box. She
hopes the government will bail her out.
Lawrence D. Brown J. Mack Robinson Distinguished Professor of Accounting Georgia State University December 18, 2008
Robert Edward Rubin (born August 29, 1938)
is Director and Senior Counselor of Citigroup where he was the architect of
Citigroup's strategy of taking on more risk in debt markets, which by the end of
2008 led the firm to the brink of collapse and an eventual government rescue
[1]. From November to December 2007, he served temporarily as Chairman of
Citigroup.[2][3] From 1999 to present, he earned $115 million in pay at
Citigroup[4]. He served as the 70th United States Secretary of the Treasury
during both the first and second Clinton administrations.
Wikipedia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robert_Rubin
A new Citigroup scandal is engulfing
Robert Rubin and his former disciple Chuck Prince for their roles in an alleged
Ponzi-style scheme that's now choking world banking. Director Rubin and ousted
CEO Prince - and their lieutenants over the past five years - are named in a
federal lawsuit for an alleged complex cover-up of toxic securities that spread
across the globe, wiping out trillions of dollars in their destructive paths.
Paul Tharp, "'PONZI SCHEME' AT CITI SUIT SLAMS RUBIN," The New York Post,
December 5, 2008 ---
http://www.nypost.com/seven/12042008/business/ponzi_scheme_at_citi_142511.htm
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Why Madoff's Hedge Fund Could Be Audited by Non-registered
Auditors
We all know that Bernie Madoff's brokerage firm was
audited by an obscure 3-person accounting firm that is not registered with the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. This was permitted because the SEC
exempted privately owned brokerage firms from the SOX requirement that firms are
audited by registered accountants. Floyd Norris reports, in today's NY Times,
that the SEC has now quietly rescinded that exemption. As a result, firms that
audit broker-dealers for fiscal years that end December 2008 or later will have
to be registered. However, under another SOX provision, PCAOB is allowed to
inspect only audits of publicly held companies. NYTimes,
Oversight for Auditor of Madoff.
"Why an Obscure Accounting Firm Could Audit Madoff's Records," Securities Law
Professor Blog, January 9, 2008 ---
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
"SEC Goes After Another
Ponzi Scheme," Securities Law Professor Blog,
January 8, 2009 ---
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
Another Ponzi scheme -- is the SEC seeking
atonement for failure to uncover the Madoff fraud?
The SEC announced today that it has filed
an emergency civil enforcement action to
halt an ongoing affinity fraud and Ponzi scheme orchestrated by
Buffalo-based Gen-See Capital
Corporation a/k/a Gen Unlimited ("Gen-See") and its owner and president,
Richard S. Piccoli. According to the Commission's complaint, the defendants
have raised millions of dollars from investors by promising steady,
"guaranteed" returns, ranging from 7.1% to 8.3% per annum, and no fees or
commissions. In November 2008 alone, the defendants raised over $500,000
from investors. The defendants have relied heavily on advertisements in
newsletters published by churches and dioceses. The complaint further
alleges that the defendants told investors that their money was invested in
"high quality" residential mortgages that the defendants were able to
purchase at a discount. The defendants did not invest the funds as promised,
but instead used new investor funds to make payments to earlier investors.
In addition, the complaint alleges that Gen-See's offering and sale of
securities to the public was not registered with the Commission.
The Commission seeks, among other
emergency relief, a temporary restraining order (i) enjoining the defendants
from future violations of the federal securities laws; (ii) freezing the
defendants' assets; (iii) directing the defendants to provide verified
accountings; and (iv) prohibiting the destruction, concealment or alteration
of documents. In addition to this emergency relief, the Commission seeks
preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and civil money penalties
against the defendants as well as disgorgement by the defendants of their
ill-gotten gains plus prejudgment interest.
"SEC Takes Action to Halt
Ponzi Scheme,"
Securities Law Professor Blog, January 7, 2009 ---
http://lawprofessors.typepad.com/securities/
The SEC filed an emergency action to halt
an estimated $50 million Ponzi scheme conducted by Joseph S.
Forte (“Forte”) and Joseph Forte,
L.P. (“Forte LP”), of Broomall, Pennsylvania. According to the Commission’s
complaint, from at least February 1995 to the present, Forte has been
operating a Ponzi scheme in which he fraudulently obtained approximately $50
million from as many as 80 investors through the sale of securities in the
form of limited partnership interests. The federal district court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania issued an order granting a preliminary
injunction, freezing assets, compelling an accounting, and imposing other
emergency relief. Without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Commission’s complaint, Forte and Forte LP consented to the entry of the
order.
The Commission’s complaint alleges that in
late December 2008, Forte admitted to federal authorities that from at least
1995 through December 2008, he had been conducting a Ponzi scheme. Forte,
who has never been registered with the Commission in any capacity, told
investors that he would invest the limited partnership funds in a securities
futures trading account in the name of Forte LP that would trade in futures
contracts, including S&P 500 stock index futures (“trading program”). Forte
has admitted that he misrepresented and falsified Forte LP’s trading
performance from the very first quarter. From 1995 through September 30,
2008, the defendants reported to investors annual returns ranging from
18.52% to as high as 37.96%. However, from January 1998 through October
2008, the Forte LP trading account had net trading losses of approximately
$3.3 million.
Greenspan's Disastrous Agency Problem
In political science and economics, the principal-agent problem or agency
dilemma treats the difficulties that arise under conditions of incomplete and
asymmetric information when a principal hires an agent. Various mechanisms may
be used to try to align the interests of the agent with those of the principal,
such as piece rates/commissions, profit sharing, efficiency wages, performance
measurement (including financial statements), the agent posting a bond, or fear
of firing. The principal-agent problem is found in most employer/employee
relationships, for example, when stockholders hire top executives of
corporations. Numerous studies in political science have noted the problems
inherent in the delegation of legislative authority to bureaucratic agencies.
The implementation of legislation (such as laws and executive directives) is
open to bureaucratic interpretation, creating opportunities and incentives for
the bureaucrat-as-agent to deviate from the intentions or preferences of the
legislators. Variance in the intensity of legislative oversight also serves to
increase principal-agent problems in implementing legislative preferences.
Wikipedia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agency_theory
Not only have individual
financial institutions become less vulnerable to shocks from underlying risk
factors, but also the financial system as a whole has become more resilient.
Alan Greenspan in 2004 as quoted by Peter S.
Goodman, Taking a Good Look at the Greenspan Legacy," The New York Times,
October 8, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/09/business/economy/09greenspan.html?em
The problem is not that the
contracts failed, he says. Rather, the people using them got greedy. A lack
of integrity spawned the crisis, he argued in a speech a week ago at
Georgetown University, intimating that those peddling derivatives were not
as reliable as “the pharmacist who fills the prescription ordered by our
physician.”
But others hold a starkly
different view of how global markets unwound, and the role that Mr.
Greenspan played in setting up this unrest.
“Clearly, derivatives are a
centerpiece of the crisis, and he was the leading proponent of the
deregulation of derivatives,” said Frank Partnoy, a law professor at the
University of San Diego and an expert on financial regulation.
The derivatives market is
$531 trillion, up from $106 trillion in 2002 and a relative pittance just
two decades ago. Theoretically intended to limit risk and ward off financial
problems, the contracts instead have stoked uncertainty and actually spread
risk amid doubts about how companies value them.
If Mr. Greenspan had acted
differently during his tenure as Federal Reserve chairman from 1987 to 2006,
many economists say, the current crisis might have been averted or muted.
Over the years, Mr. Greenspan
helped enable an ambitious American experiment in letting market forces run
free. Now, the nation is confronting the consequences.
Derivatives were created to
soften — or in the argot of Wall Street, “hedge” — investment losses. For
example, some of the contracts protect debt holders against losses on
mortgage securities. (Their name comes from the fact that their value
“derives” from underlying assets like stocks, bonds and commodities.) Many
individuals own a common derivative: the insurance contract on their homes.
On a grander scale, such
contracts allow financial services firms and corporations to take more
complex risks that they might otherwise avoid — for example, issuing more
mortgages or corporate debt. And the contracts can be traded, further
limiting risk but also increasing the number of parties exposed if problems
occur.
Throughout the 1990s, some
argued that derivatives had become so vast, intertwined and inscrutable that
they required federal oversight to protect the financial system. In meetings
with federal officials, celebrated appearances on Capitol Hill and heavily
attended speeches, Mr. Greenspan banked on the good will of Wall Street to
self-regulate as he fended off restrictions.
Ever since housing began to
collapse, Mr. Greenspan’s record has been up for revision. Economists from
across the ideological spectrum have criticized his decision to let the
nation’s real estate market continue to boom with cheap credit, courtesy of
low interest rates, rather than snuffing out price increases with higher
rates. Others have criticized Mr. Greenspan for not disciplining
institutions that lent indiscriminately.
But whatever history ends up
saying about those decisions, Mr. Greenspan’s legacy may ultimately rest on
a more deeply embedded and much less scrutinized phenomenon: the spectacular
boom and calamitous bust in derivatives trading.
Bob Jensen's timeline of derivatives
scandals and the evolution of accounting standards for accounting for
derivatives financial instruments can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
"‘I made a mistake,’ admits
Greenspan," by Alan Beattie and James Politi, Financial Times, October
23, 2008 ---
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/aee9e3a2-a11f-11dd-82fd-000077b07658.html?nclick_check=1
“I made a
mistake in presuming that the self-interest of organisations, specifically
banks and others, was such that they were best capable of protecting their
own shareholders,” he said.
In the second of two days of
tense hearings on Capitol Hill, Henry Waxman, chairman of the House of
Representatives, clashed with current and former regulators and with
Republicans on his own committee over blame for the financial crisis.
Mr Waxman said Mr Greenspan’s
Federal Reserve – along with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
US Treasury – had propagated “the prevailing attitude in Washington... that
the market always knows best.”
Mr Waxman blamed the Fed for
failing to curb aggressive lending practices, the SEC for allowing credit
rating agencies to operate under lax standards and the Treasury for opposing
“responsible oversight” of financial derivatives.
Christopher Cox, chairman of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, defended himself, saying that
virtually no one had foreseen the meltdown of the mortgage market, or the
inadequacy of banking capital standards in preventing the collapse of
institutions such as Bear Stearns.
Mr Waxman accused the SEC
chairman of being wise after the event. “Mr Cox has come in with a long list
of regulations he wants... But the reality is, Mr Cox, you weren’t doing
that beforehand.”
Mr Cox blamed the fact that
congressional responsibility was divided between the banking and financial
services committees, which regulate banking, insurance and securities, and
the agriculture committees, which regulate futures.
“This jurisdictional split
threatens to for ever stand in the way of rationalising the regulation of
these products and markets,” he said.
Mr Greenspan accepted that
the crisis had “found a flaw” in his thinking but said that the kind of
heavy regulation that could have prevented the crisis would have damaged US
economic growth. He described the past two decades as a “period of euphoria”
that encouraged participants in the financial markets to misprice
securities.
He had wrongly assumed that
lending institutions would carry out proper surveillance of their
counterparties, he said. “I had been going for 40 years with considerable
evidence that it was working very well”.
Continued in the article
Jensen Comment
In other words, he assumed the agency theory model that corporate employees, as
agents of their owners and creditors, would act hand and hand in the best
interest for themselves and their investors. But agency theory has a flaw in
that it does not understand Peter Pan.
Peter Pan, the manager of Countrywide Financial on Main Street, thought he had
little to lose by selling a fraudulent mortgage to Wall Street. Foreclosures
would be Wall Street’s problems and not his local bank’s problems. And he got
his nice little commission on the sale of the Emma Nobody’s mortgage for
$180,000 on a house worth less than $100,000 in foreclosure. And foreclosure was
almost certain in Emma’s case, because she only makes $12,000 waitressing at the
Country Café. So what if Peter Pan fudged her income a mite in the loan
application along with the fudged home appraisal value? Let Wall Street or Fat
Fannie or Foolish Freddie worry about Emma after closing the pre-approved
mortgage sale deal. The ultimate loss, so thinks Peter Pan, will be spread over
millions of wealthy shareholders of Wall Street investment banks. Peter Pan is
more concerned with his own conventional mortgage on his precious house just two
blocks south of Main Street. This is what happens when risk is
spread even farther than Tinkerbell can fly!
Also see how corporate executives cooked the books ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Manipulation
The Saturday Night Live Skit on the Bailout ---
http://patdollard.com/2008/10/it-is-here-the-banned-snl-skit-cannot-hide-from-louie/
|
Bankers (Men in Black)
bet with their
bank's capital, not their own. If the bet goes right, they get a
huge bonus; if it misfires, that's the shareholders' problem.
Sebastian Mallaby.
Council on Foreign Relations, as quoted by Avital Louria Hahn,
"Missing: How Poor Risk-Management Techniques Contributed to
the Subprime Mess," CFO
Magazine, March 2008, Page 53 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10755469/c_10788146?f=magazine_featured
Jensen Comment
Now that the Government is going to bail out these speculators with
taxpayer funds makes it all the worse. I received an email
message claiming that if you had purchased $1,000 of AIG
stock one year ago, you would have $42 left; with Lehman, you
would have $6.60 left; with Fannie or Freddie, you would have
less than $5 left. But if you had purchased $1,000 worth of beer
one year ago, drank all of the beer, then turned in the cans for
the aluminum recycling REFUND, you would have had $214. Based on
the above, the best current investment advice is to drink
heavily and recycle. It's called the 401-Keg. Why let others
gamble your money away when you can piss it away on your own? |
Selling New
Equity to Pay Dividends: Reminds Me About the South Sea Bubble of
1720 ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_Sea_bubble
"Fooling Some
People All the Time"
"Melting into
Air: Before the financial system went bust, it went postmodern," by
John Lanchester, The New Yorker, November 10, 2008 ---
http://www.newyorker.com/arts/critics/atlarge/2008/11/10/081110crat_atlarge_lanchester
This is also why the
financial masters of the universe tend not to write books. If you have been
proved—proved—right, why bother? If you need to tell it, you can’t truly
know it. The story of David Einhorn and Allied Capital is an example of a
moneyman who believed, with absolute certainty, that he was in the right,
who said so, and who then watched the world fail to react to his irrefutable
demonstration of his own rightness. This drove him so crazy that he did what
was, for a hedge-fund manager, a bizarre thing: he wrote a book about it.
The story began on May
15, 2002, when Einhorn, who runs a hedge fund called Greenlight Capital,
made a speech for a children’s-cancer charity in Hackensack, New Jersey. The
charity holds an annual fund-raiser at which investment luminaries give
advice on specific shares. Einhorn was one of eleven speakers that day, but
his speech had a twist: he recommended shorting—betting against—a firm
called Allied Capital. Allied is a “business development company,” which
invests in companies in their early stages. Einhorn found things not to like
in Allied’s accounting practices—in particular, its way of assessing the
value of its investments. The mark-to-market
accounting that Einhorn favored is based on the
price an asset would fetch if it were sold today, but many of Allied’s
investments were in small startups that had, in effect, no market to which
they could be marked. In Einhorn’s view, Allied’s way of pricing its
holdings amounted to “the you-have-got-to-be-kidding-me method of
accounting.” At the same time, Allied was
issuing new equity, and, according to Einhorn,
the revenue from this could be used to fund the dividend payments that were
keeping Allied’s investors happy. To Einhorn,
this looked like a potential Ponzi scheme.
The next day, Allied’s stock
dipped more than twenty per cent, and a storm of controversy and
counter-accusations began to rage. “Those engaging in the current
misinformation campaign against Allied Capital are cynically trying to take
advantage of the current post-Enron environment by tarring a great and
honest company like Allied Capital with the broad brush of a Big Lie,”
Allied’s C.E.O. said. Einhorn would be the first to admit that he wanted
Allied’s stock to drop, which might make his motives seem impure to the
general reader, but not to him. The function of hedge funds is, by his
account, to expose faulty companies and make money in the process. Joseph
Schumpeter described capitalism as “creative destruction”: hedge funds are
destructive agents, predators targeting the weak and infirm. As Einhorn
might see it, people like him are especially necessary because so many
others have been asleep at the wheel. His book about his five-year battle
with Allied, “Fooling Some of the People All of the Time” (Wiley;
$29.95), depicts analysts, financial journalists, and the S.E.C. as being
culpably complacent. The S.E.C. spent three years investigating Allied. It
found that Allied violated accounting guidelines, but noted that the company
had since made improvements. There were no penalties. Einhorn calls the
S.E.C. judgment “the lightest of taps on the wrist with the softest of
feathers.” He deeply minds this, not least because the complacency of the
watchdogs prevents him from being proved right on a reasonable schedule: if
they had seen things his way, Allied’s stock price would have promptly
collapsed and his short selling would be hugely profitable. As it was,
Greenlight shorted Allied at $26.25, only to spend the next years watching
the stock drift sideways and upward; eventually, in January of 2007, it hit
thirty-three dollars.
All this has a great
deal of resonance now, because, on May 21st of this year, at the same
charity event, Einhorn announced that Greenlight had shorted another stock,
on the ground of the company’s exposure to financial derivatives based on
dangerous subprime loans. The company was Lehman Brothers. There was little
delay in Einhorn’s being proved right about that one: the toppling company
shook the entire financial system. A global
cascade of bank implosions ensued—Wachovia, Washington Mutual, and the
Icelandic banking system being merely some of the highlights to date—and a
global bailout of the entire system had to be put in train.
The short sellers were proved right, and also came to
be seen as culprits; so was mark-to-market accounting, since it caused
sudden, cataclysmic drops in the book value of companies whose holdings had
become illiquid. It is therefore the perfect moment for a short-selling
advocate of marking to market to publish his account. One can only speculate
whether Einhorn would have written his book if he had known what was going
to happen next. (One of the things that have happened is that, on September
30th, Ciena Capital, an Allied portfolio company to whose fraudulent lending
Einhorn dedicates many pages, went into bankruptcy; this coincided with a
collapse in the value of Allied stock—finally!—to a price of around six
dollars a share.) Given the esteem with which Einhorn’s profession is
regarded these days, it’s a little as if the assassin of Archduke Franz
Ferdinand had taken the outbreak of the First World War as the timely moment
to publish a book advocating bomb-throwing—and the book had turned out to be
unexpectedly persuasive.
SEC = Suckers Endup Cheated
David Albrecht, Bowling Green University"
The Performance of the
SEC is shameful: In 2005 the SEC was warned that Madoff was
running a Ponzi scheme
Due-diligence firms use the fees collected from their clients to
hire professionals to meticulously review hedge firms for signs of
deceit. One such firm is Aksia LLC. After painstakingly
investigating the operations of Madoff's operation, they found
several red flags. A brief summary of some of the red flags
uncovered by Aksia can be found here. Shockingly,
Aksia even
uncovered a letter to the SEC dating from 2005 which claimed that
Madoff was running a Ponzi scheme.
As a result of
its investigation, Aksia advised all of its clients not to invest
their money in Madoff's hedge fund. This is a perfect case study
showing that the SEC is incapable of protecting investors as well as
free-market institutions can. The SEC is becoming increasingly
irrelevant and people are beginning to take notice. It failed to
save investors from the house of cards made up of mortgage-backed
securities, credit default swaps, and collateralized debt
obligations that resulted from the housing bubble. Now it has failed
to protect thousands more individuals and charities from something
as simple and old as a Ponzi scheme!
Briggs Armstrong, "Madoff
and the Failure of the SEC," Ludwig Von Mises Institutue, December
18, 2008 ---
http://mises.org/story/3260
The chairman
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a longtime proponent of deregulation,
acknowledged on Friday that failures in a voluntary supervision program for Wall
Street’s largest investment banks had contributed to the global financial
crisis, and he abruptly shut the program down. The S.E.C.’s oversight
responsibilities will largely shift to the Federal Reserve, though the
commission will continue to oversee the brokerage units of investment banks.
Also Friday, the S.E.C.’s inspector general released a report strongly
criticizing the agency’s performance in monitoring Bear Stearns before it
collapsed in March. Christopher Cox, the commission chairman, said he agreed
that the oversight program was “fundamentally flawed from the beginning.” “The
last six months have made it abundantly clear that voluntary regulation does not
work,” he said in a statement. The program “was fundamentally flawed from the
beginning, because investment banks could opt in or out of supervision
voluntarily. The fact that investment bank holding companies could withdraw from
this voluntary supervision at their discretion diminished the perceived mandate”
of the program, and “weakened its effectiveness,” he added.
"S.E.C. Concedes Oversight Flaws Fueled Collapse," by Stephen Labaton, The
New York Times, September 26, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/27/business/27sec.html?_r=1&hp&oref=slogin
Bernard Madoff, former Nasdaq Stock Market chairman and
founder of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC, was arrested and charged
with securities fraud Thursday in what federal prosecutors called a Ponzi scheme
that could involve losses of more than $50 billion.
It is bigger than Enron, bigger than Boesky and bigger than
Tyco
"Madoff Scandal: 'Biggest Story of the Year'," Seeking Alpha,
December 12, 2008 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/110402-madoff-scandal-biggest-story-of-the-year?source=wildcard
According to
RealMoney.com columnist Doug Kass,
general partner and investment manager of hedge fund Seabreeze
Partners Short LP and Seabreeze Partners Short Offshore Fund,
Ltd., today's late-breaking report of an alleged massive fraud
at a well known investment firm could be "the biggest story of
the year." In his view,
it is bigger
than Enron, bigger than Boesky and bigger than Tyco.
It attacks at the core of investor confidence --
because, if true, and this could happen ... investors
might think that almost anything imaginable could happen
to the money they have entrusted to their fiduciaries.
Here are some excerpts
from the Bloomberg report, entitled
"Madoff Charged in $50 Billion Fraud at Advisory Firm":
Bernard Madoff,
founder and president of Bernard Madoff Investment
Securities, a market-maker for hedge funds and banks,
was charged by federal prosecutors in a $50 billion
fraud at his advisory business.
Madoff, 70,
was arrested today at 8:30 a.m. by the FBI and appeared
before U.S. Magistrate Judge Douglas Eaton in Manhattan
federal court. Charged in a criminal complaint with a
single count of securities fraud, he was granted release
on a $10 million bond guaranteed by his wife and secured
by his apartment. Madoff’s wife was present in the
courtroom.
"It’s all just
one big lie," Madoff told his employees on Dec. 10,
according to a statement by prosecutors. The firm,
Madoff allegedly said, is "basically, a giant Ponzi
scheme." He was also sued by the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
Madoff’s New
York-based firm was the 23rd largest market maker on
Nasdaq in October, handling a daily average of about 50
million shares a day, exchange data show. The firm
specialized in handling orders from online brokers in
some of the largest U.S. companies, including General
Electric Co (GE). and Citigroup Inc. (C).
...
SEC Complaint
The SEC in its
complaint, also filed today in Manhattan federal court,
accused Madoff of a "multi-billion dollar Ponzi scheme
that he perpetrated on advisory clients of his firm."
The SEC said
it’s seeking emergency relief for investors, including
an asset freeze and the appointment of a receiver for
the firm. Ira Sorkin, another defense lawyer for Madoff,
couldn’t be immediately reached for comment.
...
Madoff, who
owned more than 75 percent of his firm, and his brother
Peter are the only two individuals listed on regulatory
records as "direct owners and executive officers."
Peter Madoff
was a board member of the St. Louis brokerage firm A.G.
Edwards Inc. from 2001 through last year, when it was
sold to Wachovia Corp (WB).
$17.1 Billion
The Madoff
firm had about $17.1 billion in assets under management
as of Nov. 17, according to NASD records. At least 50
percent of its clients were hedge funds, and others
included banks and wealthy individuals, according to the
records.
...
Madoff’s Web
site advertises the "high ethical standards" of the
firm.
"In an era of
faceless organizations owned by other equally faceless
organizations, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities
LLC harks back to an earlier era in the financial world:
The owner’s name is on the door," according to the Web
site. "Clients know that Bernard Madoff has a personal
interest in maintaining the unblemished record of value,
fair-dealing, and high ethical standards that has always
been the firm’s hallmark."
...
"These guys
were one of the original, if not the original, third
market makers," said Joseph Saluzzi, the co-head of
equity trading at Themis Trading LLC in Chatham, New
Jersey. "They had a great business and they were good
with their clients. They were around for a long time.
He’s a well-respected guy in the industry."
The case is
U.S. v. Madoff, 08-MAG-02735, U.S. District Court for
the Southern District of New York (Manhattan)
Continued in article
And here is the
SEC press release:
What was the auditing firm of Bernard Madoff Investment
Securities, the auditor who gave a clean opinion, that's been
insolvent for years?
Apparently, Mr Madoff said the business had
been insolvent for years and, from having $17 billion of assets
under management at the beginning of 2008, the SEC said: “It appears
that virtually all assets of the advisory business are gone”. It has
now emerged that Friehling & Horowitz,
the auditor that signed off the annual financial statement for the
investment advisory business for 2006, is under investigation by the
district attorney in New York’s Rockland County, a northern suburb
of New York City.
"The $50bn scam: How Bernard Madoff allegedly cheated investors," London
Times, December 15, 2008 ---
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article5345751.ece
It was at the Manhattan apartment that
Mr Madoff apparently confessed that the business was in fact a
“giant Ponzi scheme” and that the firm had been insolvent for
years.
To cap it all, Mr Madoff told his sons
he was going to give himself up, but only after giving out the
$200 - $300 million money he had left to “employees, family and
friends”.
All the company’s remaining assets have
now been frozen in the hope of repaying some of the companies,
individuals and charities that have been unfortunate enough to
invest in the business.
However, with the fraud believed to
exceed $50 billion, whatever recompense investors could receive
will be a drop in the ocean.
"Bernie Madoff's Victims: The List (as known thus far) ,"
by Henry Blodget, Clusterstock, December 14, 2008 ---
http://clusterstock.alleyinsider.com/2008/12/bernie-madoff-hosed-client-list
Jensen Question
How could such sophisticated investors be so naive? At a minimum,
investors should consider whether the auditing firm has deep
pockets. Bernie's auditors,
Friehling & Horowitz,
probably do not have any pockets at all in order to streamline for
speed while fleeing the scene.
"Madoff's auditor... doesn't audit? The three-person firm that
apparently certified Madoff's books has been telling a key
accounting industry group for years that it doesn't conduct audits,"
by Alyssa Abkowitz, CNN, December 18, 2008 ---
http://money.cnn.com/2008/12/17/news/companies/madoff.auditor.fortune/index.htm?postversion=2008121808
The three-person auditing firm that
apparently certified the books of Bernard Madoff Investment
Securities, the shuttered home of an alleged multibillion-dollar
Ponzi scheme, is drawing new scrutiny.
Already under investigation by local
prosecutors for its potential role in the scandal, the firm,
Friehling & Horowitz, is now also being investigated by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the
prestigious body that sets U.S. auditing standards for private
companies.
The problem: The auditing firm has been
telling the AICPA for 15 years that it doesn't conduct audits.
The AICPA, which has more than 350,000
individual members, monitors most firms that audit private
companies. (Public-company auditors are overseen, as the name
suggests, by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board,
which was created in 2003 in response to accounting scandals
involving WorldCom and Enron.)
Some 33,000 firms enroll in the AICPA's
peer review program, in which experienced auditors assess each
firm's audit quality every year. Forty-four states require
accountants to undergo reviews to maintain their licenses to
practice.
Friehling & Horowitz is enrolled in the
program but hasn't submitted to a review since 1993, says AICPA
spokesman Bill Roberts. That's because the firm has been
informing the AICPA -- every year, in writing -- for 15 years
that it doesn't perform audits.
Meanwhile, Friehling & Horowitz has
reportedly done just that for Madoff. For example, the firm's
name and signature appears on the "statement of financial
condition" for Madoff Securities dated Oct. 31, 2006. "The plain
fact is that this group hasn't submitted for peer review and
appears to have done an audit," Roberts says. AICPA has now
launched an "ethics investigation," he says.
As it happens, New York is one of only
six states that does not require accounting firms to be
peer-reviewed. But on the heels of the Madoff revelations, on
Tuesday, the New York State senate passed legislation that
requires such a process. (The bill now awaits Gov. David
Paterson's signature.) "We've not been regulated in the fashion
we should've inside the state," says David Moynihan,
president-elect of the New York State Society of Certified
Public Accountants.
David Friehling, the only active
accountant at Friehling & Horowitz, according to the AICPA,
might seem like an odd person to flout the institute's rules. He
has been active in affiliated groups: Friehling is the immediate
past president of the Rockland County chapter of the New York
State Society of Certified Public Accountants and sits on the
chapter's executive board.
Friehling, who didn't return calls
seeking comment, is rarely seen at his office, according to
press reports. The 49-year-old, whose firm is based 30 miles
north of Manhattan in New City, N.Y., operates out of a
13-by-18-foot office in a small plaza.
A woman who works nearby told Bloomberg
News that a man who dresses casually and drives a Lexus appears
periodically at Friehling & Horowitz's office for about 10 to 15
minutes at a stretch and then leaves. (State automobile records
indicate that Friehling owns a Lexus RX.) The Rockland County
District Attorney's Office has opened an investigation to see if
the firm committed any state crimes.
People who know Friehling, through the
state accounting chapter and through the Jewish Community Center
in Rockland County (where he's a board member) were reluctant to
discuss him. Most members of both boards wouldn't comment except
to say they were surprised by Friehling's connection to Madoff.
"He's nothing but the nicest guy in the
world," says David Kirschtel, chief executive of JCC Rockland.
"I've never had any negative dealings with him."
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
December 19, 2008
SEC to Probe Its Ties to Madoffs
by Aaron
Lucchetti, Kara Scannell and Amir Efrati
The Wall Street Journal
Dec 17, 2008
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting,
Auditing, SEC, Securities and Exchange Commission
SUMMARY: "Bernard
Madoff was trying to raise funds for his investment empire as
recently as early this month, as redemptions were about to
prompt an unraveling of an apparent $50 billion investment
scam....According to a criminal complaint [filed] Dec.
11,...clients during the first week of December had requested
about $7 billion of assets from their accounts...[and] Mr.
Madoff...was struggling to meet those obligations....The sharp
downturn in stocks this year may have sealed the firm's demise,
since it hurt the ability for Mr. Madoff to keep recruiting new
clients." Madoff's sons, Andrew and Mark Madoff, contacted the
FBI through their attorney to after allegedly being told by
their father that the family business "was a giant Ponzi scheme"
totaling $50 billion. The SEC has made "an extraordinary
admission that [it] was aware of numerous red flags raised about
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC but failed to take
them seriously enough."
CLASSROOM
APPLICATION: Financial reporting and auditing classes may
use this case for discussing ethics and audit procedures.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a Ponzi scheme? Why would
recent market losses lead to the collapse of such a fraud?
2. (Introductory) How did Bernard L. Madoff attract
investors to his scheme?
3. (Advanced) What "red flags" did the SEC and others
miss that would have brought down the fraud earlier? You may use
related articles to help answer this question.
4. (Advanced) What should records of a legitimate
investment advisory firm show? How would you envision "a phony
set of records used to cover up [the] alleged $50 billion fraud"
would appear?
5. (Advanced) What audit steps are designed to identify
frauds, such as the one Mr. Madoff has allegedly perpetrated?
Why might such audit procedures fail to uncover fraud?
6. (Introductory) What is the role of the U.S. SEC? How
does this fraud reflect on the SEC's performance of its role in
the U.S. financial system?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED
ARTICLES:
Fairfield Group forced to Confront Its Madoff Ties
by Carrick Mollenkamp, Cassell Bryan-Low and Thomas Catan
Dec 17, 2008
Page: A10
Impact on Jewish Charities is Catastrophic
by Eleanor Laise and Dennis K. Berman
Dec 16, 2008
Online Exclusive
|
"SEC to Probe Its Ties to Madoffs ," by Aaron Lucchetti, Kara Scannell and
Amir Efrati, The Wall Street Journal, December 17, 2008 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122947343148212337.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
The Securities and Exchange Commission will examine
the relationship between a former official at the agency and a niece of
financier Bernard L. Madoff, after the SEC's chief admitted "apparent
multiple failures" to oversee the firm at the center of an alleged $50
billion Ponzi scheme.
In an extraordinary admission that the SEC was
aware of numerous red flags raised about Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Securities LLC, but failed to take them seriously enough, SEC Chairman
Christopher Cox ordered a review of the agency's oversight of the New York
securities-trading and investment-management firm.
The review will include whether relationships between SEC officials and Mr.
Madoff or his family members had any impact on the agency's oversight.
"I am gravely concerned" by the agency's regulation
of the firm, Mr. Cox said.
Mr. Madoff's niece, Shana Madoff, married a former
SEC attorney named Eric Swanson last year. Mr. Swanson worked at the SEC for
10 years, including as a senior inspections and examination official, before
leaving in 2006. Ms. Madoff is a compliance lawyer at the securities firm.
Among Mr. Swanson's duties was supervising the
SEC's inspection program in charge of trading oversight at stock exchanges
and electronic-trading platforms, according to a press release from Bats
Trading Inc., an electronic stock exchange that hired Mr. Swanson as general
counsel earlier this year.
Neither person is named in the SEC statement as a
target of the probe, which is being led by the agency's inspector general,
David Kotz. But Mr. Kotz said in an interview that he intended to examine
the relationship between Mr. Madoff's niece and Mr. Swanson.
In a statement Tuesday night, a spokesman for Mr.
Swanson acknowledged that "the compliance team he helped supervise made an
inquiry about Bernard Madoff's securities operation," without being more
specific. He said the couple began dating in 2006, and were married in 2007.
A second representative of Mr. Swanson said the
romantic relationship with Ms. Madoff began "years after" the regulatory
scrutiny in which Mr. Swanson was involved. Mr. Swanson will "fully
cooperate" with the SEC investigation, the representative said.
Ms. Madoff couldn't be reached for comment.
Mr. Cox's statements represent a strong rebuke of
an agency already facing criticism of its response to the credit crisis. Mr.
Cox said an initial review of SEC oversight of Mr. Madoff's firm found that
"credible and specific allegations" made as far back as 1999 "were
repeatedly brought to the attention of SEC staff, but were never recommended
to the Commission for action."
Mr. Cox wasn't specific about the past claims that
were inadequately investigated. But around 2000, Harry Markopolos, at the
time an executive at a rival firm to Mr. Madoff's, contacted the SEC with
suspicions about Mr. Madoff's business. "Madoff Securities is the world's
largest Ponzi scheme," Mr. Markopolos wrote in a letter to the agency. Mr.
Markopolos pursued his accusations for years, dealing with the SEC's
regional offices in New York and Boston, according to documents reviewed by
The Wall Street Journal.
In 2005, the SEC's inspections division in New York
examined Mr. Madoff's business operations, concluding there was a violation
of technical trading rules, according to the SEC. The agency's enforcement
staff in New York completed an investigation in 2007 without recommending
action.
Late Tuesday, Lori Richards, director of the SEC's
inspection and examinations division, detailed Mr. Swanson's role in
oversight of Mr. Madoff's firm, saying he was a member of a team that looked
at the securities-trading business in 1999 and 2004. "He did not participate
in the 2005 exam," she said.
Ms. Richards added that the SEC "has very strict
rules prohibiting SEC staff from participating in matters involving firms
where they have a personal interest. Subsequently, Mr. Swanson did not work
on any other examination matters involving the Madoff firm before leaving
the agency."
Mr. Cox's criticisms of the agency came as
investigators searching the offices of Mr. Madoff's firm in New York City
discovered what they described as phony sets of records used to cover up its
alleged $50 billion fraud, even as it became clear that Mr. Madoff was
trying to attract new investors as recently as early December.
Those potential investors included the Pritzkers,
one of America's wealthiest families, people familiar with the matter say.
Mr. Madoff's efforts didn't result in an investment from the family.
Meantime, a financial firm with ties to Mr. Madoff
is being drawn into the probe by regulators. The Massachusetts Secretary of
State has subpoenaed Cohmad Securities Corp., which was closely affiliated
with Mr. Madoff and advisers who helped bring investors to his business.
No one answered calls placed to two phone numbers
for Cohmad in New York on Tuesday.
Investigators, hunkered down in the 17th-floor
office where they believe Mr. Madoff carried out what he allegedly described
to his sons as a $50 billion fraud, have found what appear to be "falsified
records," according to Stephen Harbeck of Securities Investor Protection
Corp., the securities-industry nonprofit group helping to oversee the firm's
liquidation. These include a set of books that doesn't accurately reflect
the assets held by the firm, he said.
"Some customer statements do not reflect securities
in the firm's possession," Mr. Harbeck said.
The firm's records are in disarray, and the company
has officially ceased operations, Mr. Harbeck said. According to Mr. Cox,
Mr. Madoff "kept several sets of books and false documents, and provided
false information involving his advisory activities to investors and to
regulators."
The alleged scam is widely expected to cause
billions of dollars in losses for banks, hedge funds, well-known investors
and charities around the world, some of whom have been wiped out. Investors
and other affected parties have disclosed combined exposure of more than $25
billion.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Heavy Insider
Trading ---
http://investing.businessweek.com/research/stocks/ownership/ownership.asp?symbol=ALD
Allied's
independent auditor is KPMG
KPMG has a lot of problems
with litigation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's
threads on the collapse of the Banking System are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Bob Jensen's
threads on fraud are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Also see Fraud Rotten at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bob Jensen's
threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
Also see the theory of fair value accounting at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#FairValue
History of Fraud in America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on earnings management and creative
accounting to cook the books ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Manipulation
Keeping Score on the SEC in 2008
"The SEC in 2008: A Very Good Year? A terrific one, the
commission says, tallying a fiscal-year record in insider-trading cases, and the
second-highest number of enforcement cases overall. But what would John McCain
say?" by Stephen Taub and Roy Harris, CFO.com, October 22, 2008 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/12465408/c_12469997
It was a great year for Securities and
Exchange Commission enforcement, according to the SEC. In a fiscal-year-end
summary, it notes, for example, that it brought the highest number ever of
insider trading cases.
And altogether, it took the second-highest
number of enforcement actions in agency history.
"The SEC's role in policing the markets
and protecting investors has never been more critical," said Linda Chatman
Thomsen, director of the SEC's Division of Enforcement. "The dedicated
enforcement staff has been working around the clock to investigate and
punish wrongdoing."
The celebration of these records and
near-records, however, comes during a time of widespread charges of what
critics call lax policing by the regulator. They question its performance
before the powderkeg of subprime mortgage lending, amid loose standards
within major financial institutions, exploded into the worst global
financial crisis since the Great Depression. Just a month ago, Republican
presidential candidate John McCain promoted the replacement of SEC Chairman
Christopher Cox, while many legislators have supported folding the SEC and
other agencies into one larger, more encompassing financial regulator.
But this day, at least, was one for the
SEC proudly to recount the 671 enforcement actions it took during the most
recent fiscal year. And it made special note of how insider trading cases
jumped more than 25 percent over the previous year.
Among those trading cases, the SEC seemed
to prize most highly the charges against former Dow Jones board member David
Li, and three other Hong Kong residents, in a $24-million insider-trading
enforcement action, along with the charging of the former chairman and CEO
of a division of Enron Corp. with illegally selling hundreds of thousands of
shares of Enron stock based on nonpublic information.
Market manipulation cases surged more than
45 percent. They included charges against a Wall Street short seller for
spreading false rumors, and charging 10 insiders or promoters of publicly
traded companies who made stock sales in exchange for illegal kickbacks.
Among the major fraud cases, the SEC sued
two Bear Stearns hedge fund managers for fraudulently misleading investors
about the financial state of the firm's two largest hedge funds. The
regulator also charged five former employees of the City of San Diego for
failing to disclose to the investing public buying the city's municipal
bonds that there were funding problems with its pension and retiree health
care obligations and those liabilities had placed the city in serious
financial jeopardy.
Illegal stock-option backdating was also a
big focus of the agency in 2008. The SEC charged eight public companies and
27 executives with providing false information to investors based on
improper accounting for backdated stock option grants.
The SEC said that another growth area
involved cases against U.S. companies that use corporate funds to bribe
foreign officials, an activity precluded by the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act. In 2008, the SEC filed 15 FCPA cases. Since January 2006, the SEC has
brought 38 FCPA enforcement actions — more than were brought in all prior
years combined since FCPA became law in 1977.
Bob Jensen's threads on creative
accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Manipulation
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/AccountingTricks.htm
Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private
Companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing
Failures, and the Evolution of International Accounting Standards ----
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
White Collar Fraud Site ---
http://www.whitecollarfraud.com/
Note the column of links on the left.
Online Searching for Law, Accounting, and Finance ---
http://securities.stanford.edu/
Stanford University Law School Securities Class Action Clearinghouse
---
http://securities.stanford.edu/
Securities Law Archives ---
http://www.bespacific.com/mt/archives/cat_securities_law.html
Securities and Exchange Commission ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/U.S._Securities_and_Exchange_Commission
Accounting Fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Question
Why are so many Ivy League alumni behind bars?
From Bloomberg.com July 3, 2008 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=awkNQpGwkfkU&refer=us
No matter which prison former Refco Inc.
Chief Executive Officer Phillip Bennett serves the 16-year sentence he
received today in Manhattan federal court, chances are he will be the only
one there with a master's degree from Cambridge University in England.
The head of what was once the biggest
independent U.S. futures broker, Bennett also was ordered to forfeit $2.4
billion in assets for what prosecutors said was ``among the very worst''
white-collar crimes. He faced a possible life sentence after pleading guilty
to bank fraud and money laundering.
Bennett, 60, joins at least a dozen other
wealthy corporate executives with degrees from elite institutions such as
Harvard University and the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School
who've been incarcerated for white-collar crimes this decade. Exceptional
intelligence, self-confidence and feeling special, common among those
educated at such schools, can turn into deviousness, arrogance and
entitlement, said Tom Donaldson, a professor of ethics and law at Wharton in
Philadelphia.
``If the devil exists, he no doubt has a
high IQ and an Ivy League degree,'' Donaldson said. ``It's clear that having
an educational pedigree is no prophylactic against greed and bad behavior.''
Imprisoned executives with Ivy League
degrees include Jeffrey Skilling, 54, former CEO of Enron Corp. (Harvard
Business School); Timothy Rigas, 52, former chief financial officer of
Adelphia Communications Corp. (Wharton); and William Sorin, 59, former
general counsel of New York-based Comverse Technology Inc. (Harvard Law
School).
Elite Schools
Some of these convicted executives have
multiple degrees. Conrad Black, the former CEO of Chicago-based Hollinger
International Inc., now serving a 6 1/2-year sentence for stealing $6.1
million from the company, has two bachelor's degrees from Carleton
University, a master's degree from McGill University and a law degree from
Laval University, all in Canada.
``There is a correlation between going to
an elite school and ending up as a CEO,'' said Edwin Hartman, a professor of
business ethics at New York University's Stern School of Business. ``Look at
the list of the heads of the 400 elite companies. They certainly didn't go
to no-name state schools.''
A top-level education may also cultivate
arrogance, said Maurice Schweitzer, who teaches information management at
Wharton.
`They Feel Special'
``We tell our students at premier
institutions that they are special, and they certainly feel special,''
Schweitzer said. ``We have famous faculty and great resources. They are
surrounded by accomplished peers, and recruiters flock to them.''
Massachusetts-based Harvard University
spokeswoman Rebecca Rollins said the school didn't have an immediate
comment.
Wrongdoing in the executive suite is more
about character flaws than alma maters, said Andrew Weissmann, a former
federal prosecutor who led the U.S. Justice Department task force that
investigated the collapse of Enron.
``Just because you went to a good school
doesn't mean you have a good moral compass,'' Weissmann said.
Moreover, some of the executives convicted
since the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was passed in 2002 in response to corporate
corruption didn't attend elite schools. HealthSouth Corp. founder Richard
Scrushy, 55, sentenced to almost 7 years in prison for bribery, has a
bachelor's degree from the University of Alabama in Birmingham. Former Tyco
International Ltd. CEO L. Dennis Kozlowski, convicted of stealing $137
million from the company and in prison for 8 1/3 to 25 years, has a
bachelor's degree from Seton Hall University.
Risk Takers
Executives with top educations may end up
trading their pin stripes for prison jumpsuits because they're driven to
excel.
``People who succeed in corporate America
are risk-takers,'' said Anthony Barkow, a former federal prosecutor and
Harvard Law School graduate who is now a New York University Law School
professor. ``They're smart, confident and sometimes even arrogant. That's
what it takes to succeed. Risk-takers get closer to the line and sometimes
cross it.''
Graduates from top-tier universities may
feel so special, they think law doesn't apply to them, Wharton's Schweitzer
said.
``We encourage our students to explore and
think outside the box,'' Schweitzer said. ``In general, this approach is
very constructive, but it may prompt people to be less likely to recognize
an ethical dilemma.''
Morgenthau's Warning
Current and former prosecutors who've
handled white-collar cases said the defendants' most common trait was
avarice.
``It doesn't matter if you graduated from
the best schools in the world and had every privilege accorded to you or
not,'' said Campbell, a member of the Enron Task Force with degrees from
Yale University and the University of Chicago School of Law. ``Greed is a
strong motivation, and it can cause you to make mistakes.''
Robert Morgenthau, the Manhattan District
Attorney who is a graduate of Amherst College and Yale Law School, issued
this warning:
``No matter what your position is in life
or where you went to school, if you commit a crime in our jurisdiction,
we'll be happy to prosecute you.''
Question
What are do so many executives cheat in recent years?
Answer
See Question 1 and Answer 1 at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's "Congress to the Core" threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
"Merrill Lynch Settlement With SEC Worth Up
to $7B," SmartPros, August 25, 2008 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x62971.xml
Federal regulators said
Friday that investors who bought risky auction-rate securities from Merrill
Lynch & Co. before the market for those bonds collapsed will be able to
recover up to $7 billion under a new agreement.
The largest U.S. brokerage
will buy back the securities from thousands of investors under a settlement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, New York Attorney General
Andrew Cuomo and other state regulators over its role in selling the
high-risk bonds to retail investors. Under that deal, announced Thursday,
Merrill agreed to hasten its voluntary buyback plan by repurchasing $10
billion to $12 billion of the securities from investors by Jan. 2.
Merrill also agreed to pay a
$125 million fine in a separate accord with state regulators.
The $330 billion market for
auction-rate securities collapsed in mid-February.
The SEC's estimate of a $7
billion recovery is based on its projection of the eventual amount of the
bonds that will be cashed in by the affected investors, who bought them
before Feb. 13. The $10 billion to $12 billion is the total amount that
Merrill is committing to buy back. The firm has to offer redemptions to all
investors, though not all may cash in the securities.
The SEC said the new
agreement will enable retail investors, small businesses and charities who
purchased the securities from Merrill "to restore their losses and
liquidity."
New York-based Merrill
neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing in agreeing to the federal
settlement, which is subject to approval by SEC commissioners.
The firm wasn't fined under
the accord, but the SEC said Merrill "faces the prospect" of a penalty after
completing its obligations under the agreement. The amount of the penalty,
if any, would take into account the extent of Merrill's misconduct in
marketing and selling auction-rate securities, and an assessment of whether
it fulfilled its obligations, the SEC said.
"Merrill Lynch's conduct
harmed tens of thousands of investors who will have the opportunity to get
their money back through this agreement," Linda Thomsen, the agency's
enforcement director, said in a statement. "We will continue to aggressively
investigate wrongdoing in the marketing and sale of auction-rate
securities."
Merrill, Goldman Sachs Group
Inc. and Deutsche Bank on Thursday brought to eight the number of global
banks that have settled a five-month investigation into claims they misled
customers into believing the securities were safe.
The auction-rate securities
market involved investors buying and selling instruments that resembled
regular corporate debt, except the interest rates were reset at regular
auctions - some as frequently as once a week. A number of companies and
retail clients invested in the securities because, thanks to the regular
auctions, they could treat their holdings as liquid, almost like cash.
Major issuers included
companies that financed student loans and municipal agencies like the Port
Authority of New York and New Jersey. When big banks ceased backstopping the
auctions with supporting bids because of concerns about credit exposure, the
bustling market collapsed. That left some issuers paying double-digit
interest rates because of the terms under which they issued the securities.
Regulators have been
investigating the collapse in the market to determine who was responsible
for its demise and whether banks knowingly misrepresented the safety of the
securities when selling them to investors.
Jensen Comment
It's unbelievable how many huge frauds there are in which Merrill Lynch has been
an active participant. For example, do a word search for "Merrill" in this
document that you are reading now.
"Market and Political/Regulatory Perspectives on the Recent Accounting
Scandals," by Ray Ball at the University of Chicago, SSRN, September 17,
2008 --- (free download) ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1272804
Not surprisingly, the recent accounting
scandals look different when viewed from the perspectives of the
political/regulatory process and of the market for corporate governance and
financial reporting. We do not have the opportunity to observe a world in
which either market or political/regulatory processes operate independently,
and the events are recent and not well-researched, so untangling their
separate effects is somewhat conjectural. This paper offers conjectures on
issues such as: What caused the scandalous behavior? Why was there such a
rash of accounting scandals at one time? Who killed Arthur Andersen – the
SEC, or the market? Did fraudulent accounting kill Enron, or just keep it
alive for too long? What is the social cost of financial reporting fraud?
Does the US in fact operate a “principles-based” or a “rules-based”
accounting system? Was there market failure? Or was there regulatory
failure? Or both? Was the Sarbanes-Oxley Act a political and regulatory
over-reaction?
Jensen Comment
Although Professor Ball is best known for empirical research of capital markets
data, the above article is best described as a commentary of his personal
opinion. On many issues I agree with him, but on some issues I disagree.
Would market forces have killed Enron even if there was no criminal case
for document destruction?
Ray Ball (opinion with no supporting
evidence)
I conclude that market forces, left to their
own devices, would have closed Andersen.
Bob Jensen (agrees completely with
supporting evidence)
I don't think there's any doubt that Andersen would've folded due
to market forces of a succession of failed audits for which it did not
change its fundamental behavior and questions of auditor independence after
losing a succession of failed audit lawsuits prior to Enron. For example, it
continued to hire hire the in-charge auditor of Waste Management even after
his felony conviction.
When the Securities and Exchange Commission
found evidence in e-mail messages that a senior partner at Andersen had
participated in the fraud at Waste Management, Andersen did not fire him.
Instead, it put him to work revising the firm's document-retention policy.
Unsurprisingly, the new policy emphasized the need to destroy documents and
did not specify that should stop if an S.E.C. investigation was threatened.
It was that policy David Duncan, the Andersen partner in charge of Enron
audits, claimed to be following when he shredded Andersen's reputation.
Floyd Norris, "Will Big Four Audit Firms Survive in a World of Unlimited
Liability?," The New York Times, September 10, 2004
Although Ray Ball does not cite the empirical evidence, there is empirical
evidence that ultimately, due to a succession of incompetent or fraudulent
audits, having Andersen as an auditor raised a client's cost of capital.
"The Demise of Arthur Andersen," by Clifford F. Thies, Ludwig Von Mises
Institute, April 12, 2002 ---
http://www.mises.org/fullstory.asp?control=932&FS=The+Demise+of+Arthur+Andersen
From Yahoo.com, Andrew and I downloaded
the daily adjusted closing prices of the stocks of these companies (the
adjustment taking into account splits and dividends). I then constructed
portfolios based on an equal dollar investment in the stocks of each of
the companies and tracked the performance of the two portfolios from
August 1, 2001, to March 1, 2002. Indexes of the values of these
portfolios are juxtaposed in Figure 1.
From August 1, 2001, to November 30,
2001, the values of the two portfolios are very highly correlated. In
particular, the values of the two portfolios fell following the
September 11 terrorist attack on our country and then quickly recovered.
You would expect a very high correlation in the values of truly matched
portfolios. Then, two deviations stand out.
In early December 2001, a wedge
temporarily opened up between the values of the two portfolios. This
followed the SEC subpoena. Then, in early February, a second and
persistent wedge opened. This followed the news of the coming DOJ
indictment. It appears that an
Andersen signature (relative to a "Final Four" signature) costs a
company 6 percent of its market capitalization.
No wonder corporate clients--including several of the companies that
were in the Andersen-audited portfolio Andrew and I constructed--are
leaving Andersen.
Prior to the demise of Arthur Andersen,
the Big 5 firms seemed to have a "lock" on reputation. It is possible
that these firms may have felt free to trade on their names in search of
additional sources of revenue. If that is what happened at Andersen, it
was a big mistake. In a free market, nobody has a lock on anything.
Every day that you don’t earn your reputation afresh by serving your
customers well is a day you risk losing your reputation. And, in a
service-oriented economy, losing your reputation is the kiss of death.
Did (undetected) fraudulent accounting keep Enron alive too long?
Ray Ball
It is difficult to escape the conclusion
that market forces caused Enron’s bankruptcy, for the simple reason that it
had invested enormous sums and by 2000 was not generating profits.
Conversely, its accounting transgressions kept the company alive for some
period (perhaps one or two years) longer than would have occurred if it had
reported its true profitability. The welfare loss arose from keeping an
unprofitable company alive longer than optimal, and wasting capital and
labor that were better used elsewhere.
Bob Jensen (disagrees with the power
of GAAP in the case of Enron)
I think Ray Ball is attributing too much to financial reports of
past transactions. Even if Enron's financial reports were "true" in terms of
conformance with GAAP, the market may well have kept Enron alive because of
profit potential of some of the huge, albeit presently losing, ventures. The
counter example here is the more legitimate reporting losses in Amazon.com
for almost its entire history and the willingness of investors to "bet on
the come" of Amazon's ventures in spite of the reported losses in
conformance with GAAP. Furthermore, Enron's executives were so skilled at
sales pitches, I think Enron might've actually kept going much, much longer
if it conformed to GAAP and simply pitched its sweet-sounding ventures and
political connections in Washington DC. Enron was primarily brought down by
fraud that commenced to appear in the media and the pending lawsuits that
formed overhead due to the fraud.
Who killed Enron – the SEC or the market?
Ray Ball
It is difficult to escape the conclusion that
market forces caused Enron’s bankruptcy, for the simple reason that it had
invested enormous sums and by 2000 was not generating profits. Conversely,
its accounting transgressions kept the company alive for some period
(perhaps one or two years) longer than would have occurred if it had
reported its true profitability. The welfare loss arose from keeping an
unprofitable company alive longer than optimal, and wasting capital and
labor that were better used elsewhere.
Bob Jensen (disagrees because losing
divisions could've been dropped in favor of continued operations of highly
profitable divisions)
What Ray does not seek out is the first tip of the demise of Enron.
The single event that commenced Enron's dominos to fall has to be the
reporting of illegal related party transactions by a Wall Street Journal
Reporter. Once these became known, the SEC had to act and commenced a
chain of events from which Enron could not possibly survive in terms of
lawsuits and market reactions with lawsuit risks that bore down on the
market prices of Enron shares.
After John Emshwiller's WSJ report, determining whether the market or
the SEC brought down Enron is a chicken versus egg question!
Eichenwald states the following on pp. 490-492 in Conspiracy of Fools ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#22
|
It was section
eight, called "Related Party Transactions," that got John
Emshwiller's juices flowing.
After being
assigned to follow the Skilling resignation, Emshwiller had put in a
request for an interview, then scrounged up a copy of Enron's most
recent SEC filing in search of any nuggets.
What he found
startled him. Words about some partnerships run by an unidentified
"senior officer." Arcane stuff, maybe, but the numbers were huge.
Enron reported more than $240 million in revenues in the first six
months of the year from its dealings with them.
One fact struck
Emshwiller in particular. This anonymous senior officer, the filing
said, had just sold his financial interest in the partnerships.
Now, it said, the partnerships were no longer related to Enron.
The senior
officer had just sold his interest, Skilling had just resigned. The
connection seemed obvious.
Could Enron have
actually allowed Jeff Skilling to run partnerships that were doing
massive business with the company? Now that, Emshwiller
thought, would be a great story.
Emshwiller was
back on the phone with Mark Palmer. With no better explanation for
Skilling's resignation, he said, the Journal was going to dig
through everything it could find. Right now he was focusing on
these partnerships. Were those run by Skilling?
"No, that's not
Skilling," Palmer replied, almost nonchalantly. "That's Andy
Fastow."
A pause. "Who's
Andy Fastow?" Emshwiller asked.
The message was
slipped to Skilling later that day. A Journal reporter was
pushing for an explanation of his departure and now was rooting
around, looking for anything he could find. Probably best just to
give the paper a call.
Emshwiller was
at his desk when the phone rang.
"Hi," a soft
voice said. "It's Jeff Skilling."
It was a
startling moment. Emshwiller had been on the hunt, and suddenly the
quarry just walked in and lay down on the floor, waiting for him to
fire. So he did: why was Skilling quitting his job?
"It's all pretty
mundane," Skilling replied. He'd worked hard and accomplished a lot
but now had the freedom to move on. His voice was distant, almost
depressed.
He and been
ruminating about it for a while, Skilling went on, but had wanted to
stay on at the company until the California situation eased up.
Then, he took the conversation in a new direction.
"The stock price
has been very disappointing to me," Skilling said. "The stock is
less than half of what it was six months ago. I put a lot of
pressure on myself. I felt I must not be communicating well
enough."
Skilling rambled
as Emshwiller took it down. India. California. Expense cuts. The
good shape of Enron.
"Had the stock
price not done what it did..." He paused. "I don't think I would
have felt the pressure to leave if the stock price had stayed up."
What?
Had Emshwiller heard that right? Was all this stuff about "personal
reasons" out the window? Had Skilling thrown in the towel because
of the stock price?
"What was that,
Mr. Skilling?" Emshwiller asked.
The employees at
Enron owned lots of shares, Skilling said. They were worried,
always asking him about the direction of the price. He found it
very frustrating.
"Are you saying
that you don't think you would have quit if the stock price had
stayed up?"
Skilling was
silent for several seconds.
"I guess so," he
finally mumbled.
Minutes later,
Emshwiller burst into his boss's office. "You're not gong to
believe what Skilling just told me!"
|
What are the incentives to commit fraud?
Ray Ball
My view, based on mainly anecdotal experience,
is that non-financial motives are more powerful than is commonly believed,
and sometimes are the dominant reason for committing accounting fraud. An
important motivator seems to be maintaining the esteem of one’s
peers,ranging from co-workers to the public at large. Enron executives
reportedly were celebrities in Houston, and in important places like the
White House.
Bob Jensen (disagrees as to level of
importance of non-financial motives except in isolated instances such as
possibly Ken Lay)
Although there are instances where non-financial motives may have
been powerful, I believe that they generally pale when compared to the
financial reasons for committing all types of financial fraud, including
accounting fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
Was Sarbanes-Oxley Necessary?
Ray Ball (who is generally critical of the
need for Sarbanes-Oxley relative to market forces without such regulation
and fraud penalties)
Markets need rules, and rely on trust. U.S.
financial markets historically had very effective rules by world standards,
the rules were broken, and there were immense consequences for the
transgressors.
Bob Jensen (strongly disagrees)
One need only look how the market-based system worldwide moved in
cycles of being Congress to the core among the major corporations, investment
banks, insurance companies, and credit rating companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
After getting caught these firms simply moved on to new schemes
without fear of market forces.
Nowhere is the wild west of market-based fraud more evident than in the
timeline history of derivative financial instruments frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
|
Frank Partnoy,
Page 283 of a Postscript entitled "The Return"
F.I.A.S.C.O. : The Inside Story of a Wall Street Trader by Frank
Partnoy - 283 pages (February 1999) Penguin USA (Paper); ISBN:
0140278796
Perhaps we don'
think we deserve a better chance. We play the lottery in record
numbers, despite the 50 percent cut (taken by the government). We
flock to riverboat casinos, despite substantial odds against
winning. Legal and illegal gambling are growing just as fast as the
financial markets, Las Vegas is our top tourist destination in the
U.S., narrowly edging out Atlantic City. Are the financial markets
any different? In sum, has our culture become so infused with the
gambling instinct that we would afford investors only that bill of
rights given a slot machine player: the right to pull the handle,
their right to pick a different machine, the right to leave the
casino, abut not the right to a fair game.
|
|
Infectious
Greed: How Deceit and Risk Corrupted the Financial Markets
(Henry Holt and Company, 2003, Page 17, ISBN 0-8050-7510-0)
In February 1985, the
United States Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB)
--- the private group that established
most accounting standards (in the U.S.) --- asked whether banks
should begin including swaps on their balance sheets, the financial
statements that recorded their assets and liabilities . . .since the
early 1980s banks had not included swaps as assets or liabilities .
. . the banks' argument was deeply flawed. The right to receive
money on a swap was a valuable asset, and the obligation to pay
money on a swap was a costly liability.
But bankers knew that
the fluctuations in their swaps (swap value volatility) would worry
their shareholders, and they were determined to keep swaps off their
balance sheets (including mere disclosures as footnotes), FASB's
inquiry about banks' treating swaps as off-balance-sheet --- a term
that would become widespread during the 1991s --- mobilized and
unified the banks, which until that point had been competing
aggressively and not cooperating much on regulatory issues. All
banks strongly opposed disclosing more information about their
swaps, and so they threw down their swords and banded together a
serveral high-level meetings. |
|
Infectious
Greed: How Deceit and Risk Corrupted the Financial Markets
(Henry Holt and Company, 2003, Page 77, ISBN 0-8050-7510-0)
The process of
transferring receivables to a new company and issuing new bonds
became known as
securitization,
which became a major part of the
structured finance industry . . . One of the most significant
innovations in structured finance was a deal called the
Collateralized Bond Obligation,
or CBO. CBOs are one of the threads that
run through the past fifteen years of financial markets, ranging
from Michael Milken to First Boston to Enron and WorldCom. CBOs
would mutate into various types of
credit derivatives ---
financial instruments tied to the creditworthiness of companies ---
which would play and important role in the aftermath of the collapse
of numerous companies in 2001and 2002.
. . .
In simple terms, here
is how a CBO works. A bank transfers a portfolio of junk bonds to a
Special Purpose Entity,
typically a newly created company, partnership, or trust domiciled
in a balmy tax haven, such as the Cayman Islands. This entity then
issues several securities, backed by bonds, effectively splitting
the junk bonds into pieces. Investors (hopefully) buy the pieces.
. . .
The first CBO was
TriCapital Ltc., a $420 million deal sold in July 1988. There were
about $900 million CBOs in 1988, and almost $ $3 billion in 1989.
Notwithstanding the bad press junk bonds had been getting, analysts
from all three of the credit-rating agencies began pushing CBOs.
Ther were very profitable for the rating agencies, which received
fees for rating the various pieces.
. . .
With the various
types of structured-finance deals, a trend began of companies using
Special Purpose Entities
(SPEs)
to hide risks. From an accounting perspective, the key question was
whether a company that owned particular financial assets needed to
disclose those assets in its financial statements even after it
transferred them to an SPE. Just as derivatives dealers had argued
that swaps should not be included in their balance sheets,
financial companies began arguing that their
interest in SPEs did not need to be disclosed
. . . In 1991. the acting chief accountant of the SEC, concerned
that companies might abuse this accounting standard, wrote a letter
saying the outside investment had to be at least three percent
(a requirement that helped implode Enron and its auditor
Andersen because the three percent investments were phony): |
|
Infectious
Greed: How Deceit and Risk Corrupted the Financial Markets
(Henry Holt and Company, 2003, Page 229, ISBN 0-8050-7510-0)
Third, financial
derivatives were now everywhere --- and largely unregulated.
Increasingly, parties were using financial engineering to take
advantage of the differences in legal rules among jurisdictions, or
to take new risks in new markets. In 1994, The Economist
magazine noted, "Some financial innovation is driven by wealthy
firms and individuals seeking ways of escaping from the regulatory
machinery that governs established financial markets." With such
innovation, the regulators' grip on financial markets loosened
during the mid-to-late 1990s . . . After Long-Term Capital
(Management) collapsed, even Alan Greenspan admitted that financial
markets had been close to the brink.
The decade was
peppered with financial debacles, but these faded quickly from
memory even as they increased in size and complexity. The billion
dollar-plus scandals included some colorful characters (Robert
Citron of Orange County, Nick Leeson of Barings, and John Meriwether
of Long-Term Capital Management), but even as each new scandal
outdid the others in previously unimaginable ways, the markets
merely hic-coughed and then started going up again. It didn't seem
that anything serious was wrong, and their ability to shake off a
scandal made markets seem even more under control.
Frank Portnoy, Infectious Greed (Henry Holt and Company,
2003, Page 2, ISBN 0-8050-7510-0). |
Société Générale Tradung Fraud in France
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 14,
2010
Rogue French Trader Sentenced to 3 Years
by: David Gauthier-Villars
Oct 06, 2010
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Banking, Internal Auditing, Internal Controls, International
Auditing
SUMMARY: Judge Dominique Plauthe heard the case against Jérôme Kerviel, the
French bank trader who amassed €4.9 billion in losses, equal to $7.2
billion, by making huge unauthorized trades that he hid for months until
discovery in January 2008. Many had expected that Société Générale would
have taken some of the blame for these losses. The bank "...itself
acknowledged in 2008 that it didn't have the right control systems in place
to correctly surpervise Mr. Kerviel." His lawyers argued "...that Société
Générale turned a blind eye on his illicit behavior as long as he was making
money." But Judge Plauthe "pointed his finger entirely at Mr. Kerviel,
calling him 'the unique mastermind, initiator and operator of a fraudulent
system.'"Mr. Kerviel has been sentenced to three years in prison and ordered
to repay his former employer the €4.9 billion-a sum impossible for him to
ever repay. Société Générale has said it will not ask Mr. Kerviel "...to
give up salary, savings, or assets...[but] would, however, seek any revenue
'derived from the fraud,' including money Mr,. Kerviel made on his book
'Caught in a Downward Spiral'."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This case illustrates the need for tight internal
controls to prevent unauthorized activity causing substantial losses. It
also makes clear that it is difficult to detect fraud when a perpetrator is
intent on covering it
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) How did a lone trader wrack up huge losses for the French
bank Société Générale?
2. (Introductory) How did M. Kerviel cover up his activities?
3. (Advanced) What types of controls are designed to detect the steps that
M. Kerviel took to commit unauthorized trading?
4. (Advanced) Why would a bank be concerned about the fact that it "missed a
€ 1.4 billion gain" as well as the huge losses?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
French Bank Rocked by Rogue Trader
by David Gauthier-Villars, Carrick Mollenkamp and Alistair MacDonald
Jan 25, 2008
Page: A1
"Rogue French Trader Sentenced to 3 Years Kerviel Is Ordered to Repay Société
Générale $6.7 Billion," by by: David Gauthier-Villars, The Wall Street
Journal, October 6, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703726404575533392217262322.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
A French court sentenced former Société Générale
trader Jérôme Kerviel to three years in prison for his role in one of the
world's biggest-ever trading scandals and ordered him to repay his former
employer €4.9 billion ($6.71 billion)—a sum it would take him 180,000 years
to pay at his current salary.
Mr. Kerviel's lawyer announced he is filing an
appeal that will likely take another 18 months to work through the courts.
Societe Generale's attorney said the bank would not actually expect the
former trader—who now works for a computer-consulting firm—to reimburse the
money or force him to give up his current paycheck or home.
Still, the ruling is a welcome development for
France's second-largest bank, as it lays the entire blame of the 2008
trading debacle on Mr. Kerviel. For years, the low-level trader managed to
hide risky trading, at one time making an unauthorized bet of €50 billion.
Throughout the trial, Mr. Kerviel and his lawyers
argued that Société Générale turned a blind eye on his illicit behavior as
long as he was making money. Société Générale itself acknowledged in 2008
that it didn't have the right control systems in place to correctly
supervise Mr. Kerviel. For this lack of oversight, the bank has already paid
€4 million in fines to France's banking regulator.
Though Société Générale wasn't a defendant in the
trial, many had expected the court to pin some of the responsibility on the
bank.
Judge Dominique Pauthe, however, pointed his finger
entirely at Mr. Kerviel, calling him "the unique mastermind, initiator and
operator of a fraudulent system."
In convicting Mr. Kerviel of breach of trust,
forgery, and unauthorized computer use, the judge also handed Mr. Kerviel a
lifetime trading ban. The prison sentence handed to Mr Kerviel is for five
years, of which two years were suspended.
As the judge read the ruling before a packed court,
Mr. Kerviel sat impassive. "Jerome is disgusted," his lawyer, Olivier
Metzner later told reporters.
"This ruling says the bank is responsible of
nothing and that Jerome Kerviel is responsible for the excesses of the
banking system."
For Société Générale, the ruling is likely to help
bank executives' efforts to draw a line under the scandal and clean up its
image. The bank's management team has changed since the scandal, and new
control systems have been introduced to its trading floors.
The bank's lawyer, Jean Veil, said that even if the
verdict were to be upheld on appeal, Société Générale wouldn't ask Mr.
Kerviel to give up salary, savings or assets. The bank would, however, seek
any revenue "derived from the fraud," including money Mr. Kerviel made on
his book "Caught in a Downward Spiral," which chronicles the affair, Mr.
Veil said. Mr. Kerviel sold about 50,000 copies of his book at €19.90
apiece, according to his French publisher Flammarion.
Outside the courtroom, many French analysts and
politicians criticized the verdict, saying Mr. Kerviel had been made a
scapegoat at a time when the banking system is trying to atone for its role
in the global financial crisis.
"Mr. Kerviel only did what he was paid for:
speculate," Pierre Laurent, head of France's Communist Party said in a
statement. "He was a cog in a machine and his guilt cannot be detached from
the whole system."
In January 2008, Société Générale shocked world
markets when it disclosed it had suffered a net loss of €4.9 billion after
unwinding a series of wild bets placed by Mr. Kerviel. As the probe got
under way, Mr. Kerviel immediately acknowledged to engaging in years of
unauthorized trades, but said that he was just trying to make money for the
bank.
Over the years, Mr. Kerviel had been able to defeat
multiple layers of control at the bank using apparently simple techniques:
He fabricated emails, promised bottles of champagne to back-office
supervisors and gave evasive answers when questioned about anomalies in his
trading books.
During the trial, Mr. Kerviel argued that the vague
nature of his answers should have alerted supervisors. But the court said
Mr. Kerviel couldn't blame others.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This is a blatant illustration of how lightly white collar criminals are let off
relative to other criminals. It seems to me that, aside from violent crimes,
punishments should be doled out on the basis of the amount stolen ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Jérôme Kerviel's duties included arbitraging equity derivatives and equity
cash prices and commenced a crescendo of fake trades. This is an interesting
fraud case to study, but I doubt whether auditors themselves can be credited
with discovery of the fraud. It is a case of poor internal controls, but there
are all sorts of suggestions that the bank was actually using Kerviel to cover
its own massive losses. Kerviel did not personally profit from his fraud,
although he may have been anticipating a bonus due to his "profitable"
fake-trade arbitraging.
Société Générale ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soci%C3%A9t%C3%A9_G%C3%A9n%C3%A9rale
On January 24, 2008, the bank announced that a
single futures trader at the bank had fraudulently lost the bank €4.9billion
(an equivalent of $7.2billionUS), the largest such loss in history.
The company did not name the trader,
but other sources identified him as
Jérôme Kerviel, a
relatively junior
futures
trader who allegedly
orchestrated a series of bogus transactions that spiraled out of control
amid turbulent markets in 2007 and early 2008.
Partly due to the loss, that same day two
credit rating agencies reduced the bank's long
term debt ratings: from AA to AA- by Fitch; and from Aa1/B
to Aa2/B- by Moody's (B and B- indicate the bank's
financial strength ratings).
Executives said the trader acted alone and that he
may not have benefited directly from the fraudulent deals. The bank
announced it will be immediately seeking 5.5 billion euros in financing. On
the eve and afternoon of January 25, 2008, Police raided the Paris
headquarters of Société Générale and Kerviel's apartment in the western
suburb of
Neuilly, to seize his computer files. French
presidential aide Raymond Soubie stated that Kerviel dealt with $73.3
billion (more than the bank's
market capitalization of $52.6 billion). Three
union officials of Société Générale employees said Kerviel had family
problems.
On January 26, 2008, the Paris prosecutors'
office stated that Jerome Kerviel, 31, in Paris, "is not on the run. He will
be questioned at the appropriate time, as soon as the police have analysed
documents provided by Société Générale." Kerviel was placed under custody
but he can be detained for 24 hours (under French law, with 24 hour
extension upon prosecutors' request). Spiegel-Online stated that he may have
lost 2.8 billion dollars on 140,000 contracts earlier negotiated due to DAX
falling 600 points.
The alleged fraud was much larger than the
transactions by Nick Leeson that brought down
Barings Bank
Main article:
January 2008 Société Générale trading loss incident
Other notable trading losses
April 10 message from Jagdish Gangolly
[gangolly@GMAIL.COM]
Francine,
1. In France, accountants and
auditors are regulated by different ministries; accountants by Ministry of
Finance, and auditors by the Ministry of Justice. Only auditors can perform
statutory audits. All auditors are accountants, but not necessarily the
other way round.
I am not sure there is a
fundamental difference when it comes to apportionment of blame and so on,
except that the ominous and heavy hand of the state pervades in France; even
the codes assigned to the items in the national chart of accounts is
specified in French law (in the so called Accounting Plan).
2. I do not think the
accountants/auditors were involved in the Societe Generale case. The
unauthorised trades were detected and the positions closed all within two
days or so. Unfortunately us US taxpayers were left holding the bag in the
long run; we paid $11 billion for the credit default swaps to SG.
Jagdish
--
Jagdish S. Gangolly
Department of Informatics
College of Computing & Information
State University of New York at Albany
Harriman Campus, Building 7A, Suite 220
Albany, NY 12222
Phone: 518-956-8251, Fax: 518-956-8247
April 11, 2010 reply from Francine McKenna
[retheauditors@GMAIL.COM]
Societe Generale was not
resolved that quickly. In the MF Global "rogue trading scandal" the
positions were closed overnights because the trades were in wheat which is
exchange traded and cleared by the CME. Societe General trader was working
with primarily non-exchange traded derivatives. They did not see it right
away and counterparties who could complain about margin calls did not exist.
The banks internal audit group
was ignored (like AIG) and the auditors gave a bank that had poor internal
controls and the ability for any controls to be overridden easily, a clean
bill of health.
Thanks for further
clarification of the French approach. I did not know they had accountants
and auditors but that makes it seem even more like the barristers and
solicitors division...
http://retheauditors.com/2008/10/14/what-the-auditors-saw-an-update-on-societe-generale/
http://retheauditors.com/2008/03/03/mf-global-socgen-and-rogue-traders-dont-fall-for-the-simple-answers/
April 11, 2010 reply from Tom Selling
[tom.selling@GROVESITE.COM]
To refresh memories, the auditors (two Big Four
firms) of Société Générale were involved in the aftermath, by exploiting a
questionable loophole in IFRS. Société Générale chose to lump Kerviel's 2008
trading losses in 2007's income statement, thus netting the losses of the
later year with his gains of the previous year. There is no disputing that
the losses occurred in 2008, yet the company's position is that application
of specific IFRS rules (very simply, marking derivatives to market) would,
for reasons unstated, result in a failure of the financial statements to
present a "true and fair view."
See Floyd Norris’s column in NYT:
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/03/07/business/07norris.html?ref=business
Best,
Tom
Bob Jensen's threads on brokerage trading frauds are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Remember when the 2007/2008 severe economic collapse was caused by "street
events":
Fraud on Main Street
Issuance of "poison" mortgages (many
subprime)
that lenders knew could never be repaid by borrowers.
Lenders didn't care about loan defaults because they sold the poison mortgages
to suckers like Fannie and Freddie.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
For low income borrowers the Federal Government forced Fannie and Freddie to buy
up the poisoned mortgages ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Rubble
Math Error on Wall Street
Issuance of CDO portfolio bonds laced with a portion of
healthy mortgages and a portion of poisoned mortgages.
The math error is based on an assumption that risk of poison can be diversified
and diluted using a risk diversification formula.
The risk diversification formula is called the
Gaussian copula function
The formula made a fatal assumption that loan defaults would be random events
and not correlated.
When the real estate bubble burst, home values plunged and loan defaults became
correlated and enormous.
Fraud on Wall Street
All the happenings on Wall Street were not merely innocent
math errors
Banks and investment banks were selling CDO bonds that they knew were
overvalued.
Credit rating agencies knew they were giving AAA high credit ratings to bonds
that would collapse.
The banking industry used powerful friends in government to pass its default
losses on to taxpayers.
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Can the 2008 investment banking failure be traced to a math error?
Recipe for Disaster: The Formula That Killed Wall Street ---
http://www.wired.com/techbiz/it/magazine/17-03/wp_quant?currentPage=all
Link forwarded by Jim Mahar ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2009/03/recipe-for-disaster-formula-that-killed.html
Some highlights:
"For five years, Li's formula, known as a
Gaussian copula function, looked like an unambiguously positive
breakthrough, a piece of financial technology that allowed hugely
complex risks to be modeled with more ease and accuracy than ever
before. With his brilliant spark of mathematical legerdemain, Li made it
possible for traders to sell vast quantities of new securities,
expanding financial markets to unimaginable levels.
His method was adopted by everybody from bond
investors and Wall Street banks to ratings agencies and regulators. And
it became so deeply entrenched—and was making people so much money—that
warnings about its limitations were largely ignored.
Then the model fell apart." The article goes on to show that correlations
are at the heart of the problem.
"The reason that ratings agencies and investors
felt so safe with the triple-A tranches was that they believed there was
no way hundreds of homeowners would all default on their loans at the
same time. One person might lose his job, another might fall ill. But
those are individual calamities that don't affect the mortgage pool much
as a whole: Everybody else is still making their payments on time.
But not all calamities are individual, and
tranching still hadn't solved all the problems of mortgage-pool risk.
Some things, like falling house prices, affect a large number of people
at once. If home values in your neighborhood decline and you lose some
of your equity, there's a good chance your neighbors will lose theirs as
well. If, as a result, you default on your mortgage, there's a higher
probability they will default, too. That's called correlation—the degree
to which one variable moves in line with another—and measuring it is an
important part of determining how risky mortgage bonds are."
I would highly recommend reading the entire thing that gets much more
involved with the
actual formula etc.
The
“math error” might truly be have been an error or it might have simply been a
gamble with what was perceived as miniscule odds of total market failure.
Something similar happened in the case of the trillion-dollar disastrous 1993
collapse of Long Term Capital Management formed by Nobel Prize winning
economists and their doctoral students who took similar gambles that ignored the
“miniscule odds” of world market collapse -- -
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#LTCM
History
(Long Term
Capital Management and CDO Gaussian Coppola failures)
Repeats Itself in Over a Billion Lost in MF Global
"Models
(formulas) Behaving Badly Led to MF’s Global Collapse – People Too,"
by Aaron Task, Yahoo Finance, November 21, 2011 ---
http://finance.yahoo.com/blogs/daily-ticker/models-behaving-badly-led-mf-global-collapse-people-174954374.html
"The entire system has been utterly destroyed by
the MF Global collapse," Ann Barnhardt, founder and CEO of Barnhardt Capital
Management, declared last week in a letter to clients.
Whether that's hyperbole or not is a matter of
opinion, but MF Global's collapse — and the inability of investigators to
find about $1.2 billion in "missing" customer funds, which is twice the
amount previously thought — has only further undermined confidence among
investors and market participants alike.
Emanuel Derman, a professor at Columbia University
and former Goldman Sachs managing director, says
MF Global was undone by
an over-reliance on short-term funding, which dried up as revelations of its
leveraged bets on European sovereign debt came to light.
In the accompanying video, Derman says MF Global
was much more like Long Term Capital Management than Goldman Sachs, where he
worked on the risk committee for then-CEO John Corzine.
A widely respected expert on risk management,
Derman is the author of a new book
Models. Behaving. Badly: Why Confusing Illusion with Reality Can Lead to
Disaster, on Wall Street and in Life.
As discussed in the accompanying video, Derman says
the "idolatry" of financial models puts Wall Street firms — if not the
entire banking system — at risk of catastrophe. MF Global was an extreme
example of what can happen when the models — and the people who run them --
behave badly, but if Barnhardt is even a little bit right, expect more
casualties to emerge.
Jensen Comment
MF Global's auditor (PwC) will now be ensnared, as seems appropriate in this
case, the massive lawsuits that are certain to take place in the future ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
|
"Does the use
of Financial Derivatives Affect Earnings Management Decisions?"
by Jan Barton, The Accounting Review, January 2001, pp. 1-26.
I present evidence
consistent with managers using derivatives and discretionary
accruals as partial substitutes for smoothing earnings. Using
1994-1996 data for a sample of Fortune 500 firms, I estimate a set
of simultaneous equations that captures managers' incentives to
maintain a desired level of earnings volatility through hedging and
accrual management. These incentives include increasing managerial
compensation and wealth, reducing corporate taxes and debt financing
costs, avoiding underinvestment and earnings surprises, and
mitigating volatility caused by low diversification. After
controlling for such incentives, I find significant negative
association between derivatives' notional amounts and proxies for
the magnitude of discretionary accruals.
|
|
Frank Partnoy introduces Chapter 7 of Infectious
Greed as follows:
Pages
187-188
The
regulatory changes of 1994-95 sent three messages to
corporate CEOs. First, you are not likely to be
punished for "massaging" your firm's accounting
numbers. Prosecutors rarely go after financial fraud
and, even when they do, the typical punishment is a
small fine; almost no one goes to prison. Moreover,
even a fraudulent scheme could be recast as mere
earnings management--the practice of smoothing a
company's earnings--which most executives did, and
regarded as perfectly legal.
Second, you
should use new financial instruments--including options,
swaps, and other derivatives--to increase your own pay
and to avoid costly regulation. If complex derivatives
are too much for you to handle--as they were for many
CEOs during the years immediately following the 1994
losses--you should at least pay yourself in stock
options, which don't need to be disclosed as an expense
and have a greater upside than cash bonuses or stock.
Third, you
don't need to worry about whether accountants or
securities analysts will tell investors about any hidden
losses or excessive options pay. Now that Congress and
the Supreme Court have insulated accounting firms and
investment banks from liability--with the Central Bank
decision and the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act--they will be much more willing to look the other
way. If you pay them enough in fees, they might even be
willing to help.
Of course,
not every corporate executive heeded these messages.
For example, Warren Buffett argued that managers should
ensure that their companies' share prices were accurate,
not try to inflate prices artificially, and he
criticized the use of stock options as compensation.
Having been a major shareholder of Salomon Brothers,
Buffett also criticized accounting and securities firms
for conflicts of interest.
But for
every Warren Buffett, there were many less scrupulous
CEOs. This chapter considers four of them: Walter
Forbes of CUC International, Dean Buntrock of Waste
Management, Al Dunlap of Sunbeam, and Martin Grass of
Rite Aid. They are not all well-known among investors,
but their stories capture the changes in CEO behavior
during the mid-1990s. Unlike the "rocket scientists" at
Bankers Trust, First Boston, and Salomon Brothers, these
four had undistinguished backgrounds and little training
in mathematics or finance. Instead, they were
hardworking, hard-driving men who ran companies that met
basic consumer needs: they sold clothes, barbecue
grills, and prescription medicine, and cleaned up
garbage. They certainly didn't buy swaps linked to
LIBOR-squared.
|
|
I do agree with Ray Ball that regulation in and of itself is not panacea
when either preventing or detecting fraud.
|
"Greater
Regulation of Financial Markets?" by Richard Posner, The
Becker-Posner Blog, April 28, 2008 ---
http://www.becker-posner-blog.com/
Re-Regulate Financial Markets?--Posner's Comment I no longer believe
that deregulation has been a complete, an unqualified, success. As I
indicated in my posting of last week, deregulation of the airline
industry appears to be a factor in the serious deterioration of
service, which I believe has imposed substantial costs on travelers,
particularly but not only business travelers; and the partial
deregulation of electricity supply may have been a factor in the
western energy crisis of 2000 to 2001 and the ensuing Enron debacle.
The deregulation of trucking, natural gas, and pipelines has, in
contrast, probably been an unqualified success, and likewise the
deregulation of the long-distance telecommunications and
telecommunications terminal equipment markets, achieved by a
combination of deregulatory moves by the Federal Communications
Commission beginning in 1968 and the government antitrust suit that
culminated in the breakup of AT&T in 1983.
Although
one must be tentative in evaluating current events, I suspect that
the deregulation (though again partial) of banking has been a factor
in the current credit crisis. The reason is related to Becker's very
sensible suggestion that, given the moral hazard created by
government bailouts of failing financial institutions, a tighter
ceiling should be placed on the risks that banks are permitted to
take. Because of federal deposit insurance, banks are able to borrow
at low rates and depositors (the lenders) have no incentive to
monitor what the banks do with their money. This encourages risk
taking that is excessive from an overall social standpoint and was
the major factor in the savings and loan collapse of the 1980s.
Deregulation, by removing a variety of restrictions on permitted
banking activities, has allowed commercial banks to engage in
riskier activities than they previously had been allowed to engage
in, such as investing in derivatives and in subprime mortgages, and
thus deregulation helped to bring on the current credit crunch. At
the same time, investment banks such as Bear Sterns have been
allowed to engage in what is functionally commercial banking; their
lenders do not have deposit insurance--but their lenders are banks
that for the reason stated above are happy to make risky loans.
The
Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 required the FDIC to
base deposit insurance premiums on an assessment of the riskiness of
each banking institution, and last year the Commission issued
regulations implementing the statutory directive. But, as far as I
can judge, the risk-assessed premiums vary within a very narrow band
and are not based on an in-depth assessment of the individual bank’s
riskiness.
Now it
is tempting to think that deregulation has nothing to do with this,
that the problem is that the banks mistakenly believed that their
lending was not risky. I am skeptical. I do not think that bubbles
are primarily due to avoidable error. I think they are due to
inherent uncertainty about when the bubble will burst. You don't
want to sell (or lend, in the case of banks) when the bubble is
still growing, because then you may be leaving a lot of money on the
table. There were warnings about an impending collapse of housing
prices years ago, but anyone who heeded them lost a great deal of
money before his ship came in. (Remember how Warren Buffett was
criticized in the late 1990s for missing out on the high-tech stock
boom.) I suspect that the commercial and investment banks and hedge
funds were engaged in rational risk taking, but that (except in the
case of the smaller hedge funds--the largest, judging from the
bailout of Long-Term Capital Management in 1998, are also considered
by federal regulators too large to be permitted to go broke) they
took excessive risks because of the moral hazard created by deposit
insurance and bailout prospects.
Perhaps
what the savings and loan and now the broader financial-industry
crises reveal is the danger of partial deregulation. Full
deregulation would entail eliminating both government deposit
insurance (especially insurance that is not experience-rated or
otherwise proportioned to risk) and bailouts. Partial deregulation
can create the worst of all possible worlds, as the western energy
crisis may also illustrate, by encouraging firms to take risks
secure in the knowledge that the downside risk is truncated.
There has I
think been a tendency of recent Administrations, both Republican and
Democratic but especially the former, not to take regulation very
seriously.
This tendency expresses itself in deep cuts in staff and in the
appointment of regulatory administrators who are either political
hacks or are ideologically opposed to regulation. (I have long
thought it troublesome that Alan Greenspan was a follower of Ayn
Rand.) This would be fine if zero regulation were the social
desideratum, but it is not. The correct approach is to carve down
regulation to the optimal level but then finance and staff and
enforce the remaining regulatory duties competently and in good
faith. Judging by the number of scandals in recent years involving
the regulation of health, safety, and the environment, this is not
being done. And to these examples should probably be added the weak
regulation of questionable mortgage practices and of rating
agencies' conflicts of interest and, more basically, a failure to
appreciate the gravity of the moral hazard problem in the financial
industry. |
If auditors and their clients do not take there professional and ethical
responsibilities more seriously then neither market forces nor regulators will
prevent frauds from increasingly undermining our prized capital markets.
Bob Jensen's Congress to the Core threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Conclusions are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm
The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws
Question
Trading of insider information is against U.S. law for every segment of society
except for one privileged segment that legally exploits investors for personal
gains by trading on insider information. What is that privileged segment of U.S.
society legally trades on inside information for personal gains?
Hints:
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
We
hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Attributed to Aesop
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
We
hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Attributed to Aesop
"Who is Telling the Truth? The Fact Wars" as written on the
Cover of Time Magazine
Jensen Comment
Both U.S. presidential candidates are spending tends of millions of dollars to
spread lies and deceptions.
Both are alleged Christian gentlemen, a faith where big lies are sins
jeopardizing the immortal soul.
The race boils down to the sad fact that the biggest Christian liar will win the
race for the presidency in November 2012.
"Who is Telling the Truth? The Fact Wars: ," as written on
the Cover of Time Magazine
"Blue Truth-Red Truth: Both candidates say White House hopefuls should
talk straight with voters. Here's why neither man is ready to take his own
advice ,"
by Michael Scherer (and Alex Altma), Time Magazine Cover Story, October
15, 2012, pp. 24-30 ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PresidentialCampaignLies2012.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
From the Scout Report on October 12, 2012
A report calls on Italy to address widespread government corruption
Italy needs anti-corruption authority: Transparency International
http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/sns-rt-us-italy-corruptionbre8941bb-20121005,0,988805.story
Italy: open letter to Prime Minister Monti
http://www.transparency.org/news/feature/italy_open_letter_to_prime_minister_monti
European Commission: Italy ---
http://cordis.europa.eu/italy/
Italy and the European Union ---
http://www.brookings.edu/research/books/2011/italyandtheeuropeanunion
Reporters Without Borders Press Freedom Index 2011-2012 ---
http://en.rsf.org/press-freedom-index-2011-2012,1043.html
Transparency International ---
http://www.transparency.org/
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Meanwhile Congress passed a law against its members profiting from insider
trading. However, the law is a joke since each member's family can still profit
legally from insider trading
The Wonk (Professor) Who Slays Washington
Insider trading is an asymmetry of information between a buyer and a seller
where one party can exploit relevant information that is withheld from the other
party to the trade. It typically refers to a situation where only one party has
access to secret information while the other party has access to only
information released to the public. Financial markets and real estate markets
are usually very efficient in that public information is impounded pricing the
instant information is made public. Markets are highly inefficient if traders
are allowed to trade on private information, which is why the SEC and Justice
Department track corporate insider trades very closely in an attempt to punish
those that violate the law. For example, the former
wife of a partner in the auditing firm Deloitte & Touche was recently sentenced
to 11 months exploiting inside information extracted from him about her
husband's clients. He apparently did was not aware she was using this inside
information illegally.
In another recent case, hedge fund manager Raj Rajaratnam was sentenced to 11
years for insider trading.
Even more commonly traders who are damaged by insiders typically win enormous
lawsuits later on for themselves and their attorneys, including enormous
punitive damages. You can read more about insider trading at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Insider_trading
Corporate executives like Bill Gates often announce future buying and selling
of shares of their companies years in advance to avoid even a hint of scandal
about exploiting current insider information that arises in the meantime. More
resources of the SEC are spent in tracking possible insider information trades
than any other activity of the SEC. Efforts are made to track trades of
executive family and friends and whistle blowing is generously rewarded.
Question
Trading on insider information is against U.S. law for every segment of society
except for one privileged segment that legally exploits investors for personal
gains by trading on insider information. What is that privileged segment of
U.S. society legally trades on inside information for personal gains?
Hints:
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
We hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Attributed to Aesop
Answer (Please share this with your students):
Over the years I've been a loyal viewer of the top news show on television ---
CBS Sixty Minutes
On November 13, 2011 the show entitled "Insider"
is the most depressing segment I've ever watched on television ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=7387951n&tag=contentMain;contentBody#ixzz1dfeq66Ok
Also see
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2011/11/congress-trading-stock-on-inside.html
Jensen Comment
- It came as no surprise that many (most?) members of the U.S. House of
Representatives and the U.S. Senate that writes the laws of the land made it
illegal for to trade in financial and real estate market by profiting
personally on insider information not yet available, including pending
legislation that they will decide, wrote themselves out of the law making
it legal for them to personally profit from trading on insider information.
What came as a surprise is how leaders at the very top of Congress make
millions trading on inside information with impunity and well as immunity.
- The Congressional leader that comes off the worst in this Sixty
Minutes "Insider" segment is former House Speaker and current Minority
leader
Nancy Pelosi.
When confronted with specific facts on how she and her husband made some of
their insider trading millions she fired back at reporter Steve Kroft with
an evil glint saying what is tantamount to: "How dare you question me
about insider trades that are perfectly legal for members of Congress. Who
are you to question my ethics about exploiting our insider trading
privileges. Back off Steve or else!" Her manner can be extremely scary.
Other Democratic Party members of Congress come off almost as bad in terms
of insider trading for personal gain.
- Current Speaker of the House,
John
Boehner, is more subtle. He denies making any of his personal portfolio
investment decisions and denies communicating with the person he hires to
make such decision. However, that trust investor mysteriously makes money
for Rep. Boehner using insider information obtained mysteriously. Other
Republican members of Congress some off even worse in terms of insider
trading.
- Members of Congress on powerful committees regularly make insider
profits on legislation currently being written into the law that is still
being held secret from the public. One of my heroes, former Senator
Judd Gregg,
is no longer my hero.
- Everybody knows that influence peddling in Congress by lobbyists, many
of them being former members of Congress, is a dirty business of showering
gifts on current members of Congress. What is made clear, however, is that
these lobbyists are personally getting something in return from friendly
members of Congress who pass along insider information to lobbyists. The
lobbyists, in turn, peddle this insider information back to the private
sector, such as hedge fund managers, for a commission. Moral of story:
Voters do not stop insider trading by a member of Congress by voting him
or her out of office if they become peddlers of insider information
obtained, as lobbyists, from their old friends still in the Congress.
- Five out of 435 members of the House of Representatives are seeking to
sponsor a bill to make it illegal for representatives and senators to profit
from trading on inside information. The Sixty Minutes show demonstrates how
Nancy Pelosi, John Boehner, and other House leaders have buried that effort
so deep in the bowels of the legislative process that there's no chance in
hell of stopping insider trading by members of Congress. Insider trading is
a privilege that attracts unethical people to run for Congress.
Watch the "Insider" Video Now While
It's Still Free ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=7387951n&tag=contentMain;contentBody

"They have legislated themselves as untouchable as a
political class . . . "
"The Wonk (Professor) Who Slays Washington," by Peter J. Boyer,
Newsweek Magazine, November 21, 2011, pp. 32-37 ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2011/11/13/peter-schweizer-s-new-book-blasts-congressional-corruption.html
"Countrywide gave home-loan discounts to Washington officials," by
Jonaton Strong, Roll Call, July 5, 2012 ---
http://www.rollcall.com/news/countrywide_offered_discounted_loans_to_members_report_says-215901-1.html?pos=hln
Jensen Comment
This is a major reason why Senator Chris Dodd (Chairman of the Senate Banking
Committee) did not seek re-election after the news of his loan discount was
revealed to the public ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chris_Dodd
Countrywide Financial loan controversy Further
information: Countrywide financial political loan scandal
In his role as chairman of the Senate Banking Committee Dodd proposed a
program in June 2008 that would assist troubled sub-prime mortgage lenders
such as Countrywide Financial in the wake of the United States housing
bubble's collapse.[28] Condé Nast Portfolio reported allegations that in
2003 Dodd had refinanced the mortgages on his homes in Washington, D.C. and
Connecticut through Countrywide Financial and had received favorable terms
due to being placed in the "Friends of Angelo" VIP program, so named for
Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo. Dodd received mortgages from Countrywide at
allegedly below-market rates on his Washington, D.C. and Connecticut
homes.[28] Dodd had not disclosed the below-market mortgages in any of six
financial disclosure statements he filed with the Senate or Office of
Government Ethics since obtaining the mortgages in 2003.[29]
Dodd's press secretary said "The Dodds received a
competitive rate on their loans", and that they "did not seek or anticipate
any special treatment, and they were not aware of any", then declined
further comment.[30] The Hartford Courant reported Dodd had taken "a major
credibility hit" from the scandal.[31] At the same time, the Chairman of the
Senate Budget Committee Kent Conrad and the head of Fannie Mae Jim Johnson
received mortgages on favorable terms due to their association with
Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo.[32] The Wall Street Journal, The Washington
Post, and two Connecticut papers have demanded further disclosure from Dodd
regarding the Mozilo loans.[33][34][35][36]
On June 17, 2008, Dodd met twice with reporters and
gave accounts of his mortgages with Countrywide. He admitted to reporters in
Washington, D.C. that he knew as of 2003 that he was in a VIP program, but
claimed it was due to being a longtime Countrywide customer, not due to his
political position. He omitted this detail in a press availability to
Connecticut media.[37]
On July 30, 2009, Dodd responded to news reports
about his mortgages by releasing information from the Wall Street Journal
showing that both mortgages he received were in line with those being
offered to general public in fall 2003 in terms of points and interest
rate.[38]
On August 7, 2009, a Senate ethics panel issued its
decision on the controversy. The Select Committee on Ethics said it found
"no credible evidence" that Dodd knowingly sought out a special loan or
treatment because of his position, but the panel also said in an open letter
to Mr. Dodd that the lawmaker should have questioned why he was being put in
the "Friends of Angelo" VIP program at Countrywide: "Once you became aware
that your loans were in fact being handled through a program with the name 'V.I.P.,'
that should have raised red flags for you."[39]
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
The Wonk (Professor) Who Slays Washington
Insider trading is an asymmetry of information between a buyer and a seller
where one party can exploit relevant information that is withheld from the other
party to the trade. It typically refers to a situation where only one party has
access to secret information while the other party has access to only
information released to the public. Financial markets and real estate markets
are usually very efficient in that public information is impounded pricing the
instant information is made public. Markets are highly inefficient if traders
are allowed to trade on private information, which is why the SEC and Justice
Department track corporate insider trades very closely in an attempt to punish
those that violate the law. For example, the former
wife of a partner in the auditing firm Deloitte & Touche was recently sentenced
to 11 months exploiting inside information extracted from him about her
husband's clients. He apparently did was not aware she was using this inside
information illegally.
In another recent case, hedge fund manager Raj Rajaratnam was sentenced to 11
years for insider trading.
Even more commonly traders who are damaged by insiders typically win enormous
lawsuits later on for themselves and their attorneys, including enormous
punitive damages. You can read more about insider trading at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Insider_trading
Corporate executives like Bill Gates often announce future buying and selling
of shares of their companies years in advance to avoid even a hint of scandal
about exploiting current insider information that arises in the meantime. More
resources of the SEC are spent in tracking possible insider information trades
than any other activity of the SEC. Efforts are made to track trades of
executive family and friends and whistle blowing is generously rewarded.
Question
Trading on insider information is against U.S. law for every segment of society
except for one privileged segment that legally exploits investors for personal
gains by trading on insider information. What is that privileged segment of
U.S. society legally trades on inside information for personal gains?
Hints:
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
We hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Attributed to Aesop
Answer (Please share this with your students):
Over the years I've been a loyal viewer of the top news show on television ---
CBS Sixty Minutes
On November 13, 2011 the show entitled "Insider"
is the most depressing segment I've ever watched on television ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=7387951n&tag=contentMain;contentBody#ixzz1dfeq66Ok
Also see
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2011/11/congress-trading-stock-on-inside.html
Jensen Comment
- It came as no surprise that many (most?) members of the U.S. House of
Representatives and the U.S. Senate that writes the laws of the land made it
illegal for to trade in financial and real estate market by profiting
personally on insider information not yet available, including pending
legislation that they will decide, wrote themselves out of the law making
it legal for them to personally profit from trading on insider information.
What came as a surprise is how leaders at the very top of Congress make
millions trading on inside information with impunity and well as immunity.
- The Congressional leader that comes off the worst in this Sixty
Minutes "Insider" segment is former House Speaker and current Minority
leader
Nancy Pelosi.
When confronted with specific facts on how she and her husband made some of
their insider trading millions she fired back at reporter Steve Kroft with
an evil glint saying what is tantamount to: "How dare you question me
about insider trades that are perfectly legal for members of Congress. Who
are you to question my ethics about exploiting our insider trading
privileges. Back off Steve or else!" Her manner can be extremely scary.
Other Democratic Party members of Congress come off almost as bad in terms
of insider trading for personal gain.
- Current Speaker of the House,
John
Boehner, is more subtle. He denies making any of his personal portfolio
investment decisions and denies communicating with the person he hires to
make such decision. However, that trust investor mysteriously makes money
for Rep. Boehner using insider information obtained mysteriously. Other
Republican members of Congress some off even worse in terms of insider
trading.
- Members of Congress on powerful committees regularly make insider
profits on legislation currently being written into the law that is still
being held secret from the public. One of my heroes, former Senator
Judd Gregg,
is no longer my hero.
- Everybody knows that influence peddling in Congress by lobbyists, many
of them being former members of Congress, is a dirty business of showering
gifts on current members of Congress. What is made clear, however, is that
these lobbyists are personally getting something in return from friendly
members of Congress who pass along insider information to lobbyists. The
lobbyists, in turn, peddle this insider information back to the private
sector, such as hedge fund managers, for a commission. Moral of story:
Voters do not stop insider trading by a member of Congress by voting him
or her out of office if they become peddlers of insider information
obtained, as lobbyists, from their old friends still in the Congress.
- Five out of 435 members of the House of Representatives are seeking to
sponsor a bill to make it illegal for representatives and senators to profit
from trading on inside information. The Sixty Minutes show demonstrates how
Nancy Pelosi, John Boehner, and other House leaders have buried that effort
so deep in the bowels of the legislative process that there's no chance in
hell of stopping insider trading by members of Congress. Insider trading is
a privilege that attracts unethical people to run for Congress.
Watch the "Insider" Video Now While
It's Still Free ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=7387951n&tag=contentMain;contentBody

"They have legislated themselves as untouchable as a
political class . . . "
"The Wonk (Professor) Who Slays Washington," by Peter J. Boyer,
Newsweek Magazine, November 21, 2011, pp. 32-37 ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2011/11/13/peter-schweizer-s-new-book-blasts-congressional-corruption.html
In the Spring of 2010, a bespectacled, middle-aged
policy wonk named Peter Schweizer fired up his laptop and began a
months-long odyssey into a forbidding maze of public databases, hunting for
the financial secrets of Washington’s most powerful politicians. Schweizer
had been struck by the fact that members of Congress are free to buy and
sell stocks in companies whose fate can be profoundly influenced, or even
determined, by Washington policy, and he wondered, do these ultimate
insiders act on what they know? Yes, Schweizer found, they certainly seem
to. Schweizer’s research revealed that some of Congress’s most prominent
members are in a position to routinely engage in what amounts to a legal
form of insider trading, profiting from investment activity that, he says,
“would send the rest of us to prison.”
Schweizer, who is 47, lives
in Tallahassee with his wife and children (“New York or D.C. would be
too distracting—I’d never get any writing done”) and commutes regularly
to Stanford, where he is the William J. Casey research fellow at the
Hoover Institution. His circle of friends includes some bare-knuckle
combatants in the partisan frays (such as conservative media impresario
Andrew Breitbart), but Schweizer himself comes across more as a bookish
researcher than the right-wing hit man liberal critics see. Indeed, he
sounds somewhat surprised, if gratified, to have attracted attention
with his findings. “To me, it’s troubling that a fellow at Stanford who
lives in Florida had to dig this up.”
It was in his Tallahassee
office that Schweizer began what he thought was a promising research
project: combing through congressional financial-disclosure records
dating back to 2000 to see what kinds of investments legislators were
making. He quickly learned that Capitol Hill has quite a few market
players. He narrowed his search to a dozen or so members—the leaders of
both houses, as well as members of key committees—and focused on trades
that coincided with big policy initiatives of the sort that could move
markets.
While examining trades made
around the time of the 2003 Medicare overhaul, Schweizer experienced what he
calls his “Holy crap!” moment. The legislation, which created a new
prescription-drug entitlement, promised to be a huge boon to the
pharmaceutical industry—and to savvy investors in the Capitol. Among those
with special insight on the issue was Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry,
chairman of the health subcommittee of the Senate’s powerful Finance
Committee. Kerry is one of the wealthiest members of the Senate and heavily
invested in the stock market. As the final version of the drug program
neared approval—one that didn’t include limits on the price of drugs—brokers
for Kerry and his wife were busy trading in Big Pharma. Schweizer found that
they completed 111 stock transactions of pharmaceutical companies in 2003,
103 of which were buys.
“They were all great picks,”
Schweizer notes. The Kerrys’ capital gains on the transactions were at least
$500,000, and as high as $2 million (such information is necessarily
imprecise, as the disclosure rules allow members to report their gains in
wide ranges). It was instructive to Schweizer that Kerry didn’t try to shape
legislation to benefit his portfolio; the apparent key to success was the
shaping of trades that anticipated the effect of government policy.
Continued in article
Jensen Questions
If all these transactions were only by chance profitable, why is it that the
representatives, senators, and their trust investors always profited and never
lost in dealings connected to inside information?
More importantly why did representatives and senators who write the laws
have to write themselves in as exempt from insider trading laws?
Why aren't national leaders like Nancy Pelosi, John Kerry, and John
Boehner who vigorously deny inside trading actively seeking to overturn laws
that exempt representatives and senators from insider trading lawsuits? Why do
they still hold themselves above their own law?
Why have representatives and senators buried reform legislation concerning
their insider trading exemption so deep in the legislative process that there's
zero hop of reforming themselves against abuses of insider trading and
exploitation of other investors?
Watch the "Insider" Video Now While
It's Still Free ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=7387951n&tag=contentMain;contentBody
THIS IS HOW YOU FIX CONGRESS!!!!!
If you agree with the above, pass it on.
Warren Buffett, in a recent interview with CNBC, offers one of the best
quotes about the debt ceiling:"I could end the deficit in 5 minutes," he
told CNBC. "You just pass a law that says that anytime there is a deficit of
more than 3% of GDP, all sitting members of Congress are ineligible for
re-election. The 26th amendment (granting the right to vote for 18
year-olds) took only 3 months & 8 days to be ratified! Why? Simple! The
people demanded it. That was in1971...before computers, e-mail, cell phones,
etc. Of the 27 amendments to the Constitution, seven (7) took 1 year or less
to become the law of the land...all because of public pressure.Warren Buffet
is asking each addressee to forward this email to a minimum oftwenty people
on their address list; in turn ask each of those to do likewise. In three
days, most people in The United States of America will have the message.
This is one idea that really should be passed around.*Congressional Reform
Act of 2011......
1. No Tenure / No Pension. A Congressman collects a salary while in office
and receives no pay when they are out of office.
2.. Congress (past, present & future) participates in Social Security. All
funds in the Congressional retirement fund move to the Social Security
system immediately. All future funds flow into the Social Security
system,and Congress participates with the American people. It may not be
used for any other purpose..
3. Congress can purchase their own retirement plan, just as all Americans
do...
4. Congress will no longer vote themselves a pay raise. Congressional pay
will rise by the lower of CPI or 3%.
5. Congress loses their current health care insurance and participates in
the same health care plan as the American people.
6. Congress must equally abide by all laws they impose on the American
people..
7. All contracts with past and present Congressmen are void effective
1/1/12. The American people did not make this contract with Congressmen.
Congressmen made all these contracts for themselves. Serving in Congress is
an honor,not a career. The Founding Fathers envisioned citizen legislators,
so ours should serve their term(s), then go home and back to work.
If each person contacts a minimum of twenty people then it will only take
three days for most people (in the U.S.) to receive the message. Maybe it is
time.
PLEASE PASS THIS ON
Holman Jenkins of The Wall Street Journal contends that in total
representatives and senators do not perform better (possibly even worse) than
average investors in the stock market ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970204190504577039834018364566.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t
What he does not mention is that opportunities to trade on inside information is
generally infrequent and often limited to a few members of a particular
legislative committee receiving insider testimony or preparing to release
committee recommendations to the legislature.
Jenkins misses the entire point of insider trading. If it was a daily event
in the public or private sector it would be squashed even harder than it is now
being squashed, because rampant insider trading would drive the public away from
the financial and real estate markets. The trading markets survive this cancer
because it is relatively infrequent when it does take place among corporate
executives (illegally) or our legislators (legally).
Feeling
cynical?
They say that patriotism is the last refuge
To which a scoundrel clings.
Steal a little and they throw you in jail,
Steal a lot and they make you king.
There's only one step down from here, baby,
It's called the land of permanent bliss.
What's a sweetheart like you doin' in a dump like this?
Lyrics of a Bob Dylan song forwarded by Amian Gadal
[DGADAL@CI.SANTA-BARBARA.CA.US] |
If the law passes in its current form, insider
trading by Congress will not become illegal.
"Congress's Phony Insider-Trading Reform: The denizens of Capitol Hill
are remarkable investors. A new law meant to curb abuses would only make their
shenanigans easier," by Jonathan Macey, The Wall Street Journal,
December 13, 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203413304577088881987346976.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Members of Congress already get better health
insurance and retirement benefits than other Americans. They are about to
get better insider trading laws as well.
Several academic studies show that the investment
portfolios of congressmen and senators consistently outperform stock indices
like the Dow and the S&P 500, as well as the portfolios of virtually all
professional investors. Congressmen do better to an extent that is
statistically significant, according to studies including a 2004 article
about "abnormal" Senate returns by Alan J. Ziobrowski, Ping Cheng, James W.
Boyd and Brigitte J. Ziobrowski in the Journal of Financial and Qualitative
Analysis. The authors published a similar study of the House this year.
Democrats' portfolios outperform the market by a
whopping 9%. Republicans do well, though not quite as well. And the trading
is widespread, although a higher percentage of senators than representatives
trade—which is not surprising because senators outperform the market by an
astonishing 12% on an annual basis.
These results are not due to luck or the financial
acumen of elected officials. They can be explained only by insider trading
based on the nonpublic information that politicians obtain in the course of
their official duties.
Strangely, while insider trading by corporate
insiders has long been the white collar crime equivalent of a major felony,
the Securities and Exchange Commission has determined that insider trading
laws do not apply to members of Congress or their staff. That is because,
according to the SEC at least, these public officials do not owe the same
legal duty of confidentiality that makes insider trading illegal by
nonpoliticians.
The embarrassing inconsistency was ignored for
years. All of this changed on Nov. 13, 2011, after insider trading on
Capitol Hill was the focus of CBS's "60 Minutes." The previously moribund
"Stop Trading on Congressional Knowledge Act" (H.R. 1148), first introduced
in 2006, was pulled off the shelf and reintroduced. The bill suddenly had
more than 140 sponsors, up from a mere nine before the show.
The "Stock" Act, as it is called, would make it
illegal for members of Congress and staff to buy or sell securities based on
certain nonpublic information. It would toughen disclosure obligations by
requiring congressmen and their staffers to report securities trades of more
than $1,000 to the clerk of the House (or the secretary of the Senate)
within 90 days. And it would bring the new cottage industry in Washington,
the so-called political intelligence consultants used by hedge funds, under
the same rules that govern lobbyists. These political intelligence
consultants are hired by professional investors to pry information out of
Congress and staffers to guide trading decisions.
Publicly, House members echo bill sponsor Rep.
Louise Slaughter (D., N.Y) in saying things like: "We want to remove any
current ambiguity" about whether insider trading rules apply to Congress. Or
as co-sponsor Rep. Timothy Walz (D., Minn.) put it: "We are trying to set
the bar higher for members of Congress."
On closer examination, it appears that what
Congress really wants is to keep making the big bucks that come from trading
on inside information but to trick those outside of the Beltway into
believing they are doing something about this corruption. For one thing, the
rules proposed for Capitol Hill are not like those that apply to the rest of
us. Ours are so broad and vague that prosecutors enjoy almost unfettered
discretion in deciding when and whom to prosecute.
Congress's rules would be clear and precise. And
not too broad; in fact they are too narrow. For example, the proposed rules
in the Stock bill are directed only at information related to pending
legislation. It would appear that inside information obtained by a
congressman during a regulatory briefing, or in another context unrelated to
pending legislation, would not be covered.
At a Dec. 6 House hearing, SEC enforcement chief
Robert Khuzami opined that any new rules for Congress should not apply to
ordinary citizens. He worried that legislators might "narrow current law and
thereby make it more difficult to bring future insider trading actions
against individuals outside of Congress."
This don't-rock-the-boat approach serves the
interests of the SEC because it maximizes the commission's power and
discretion, but it's not the best approach. The sensible thing to do would
be to rationalize the rules by creating a clear definition of what
constitutes insider trading, and then apply those rules to everyone on and
outside Capitol Hill.
If the law passes in its current form, insider
trading by Congress will not become illegal. I predict such trading will
increase because the rules of the game will be clearer. Most significantly,
the rule proposed for Congress would not involve the same murky inquiry into
whether a trader owed or breached a "fiduciary duty" to the source of the
information that required that he refrain from trading.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Can You Train Business School Students To Be Ethical?
The way we’re doing it now doesn’t work. We need a new way
Question
What is the main temptation of white collar criminals?
Answer from
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#01
Jane Bryant Quinn once said something to the effect that, when corporate
executives and bankers see billions of loose dollars swirling above there heads,
it's just too tempting to hold up both hands and pocket a few millions,
especially when colleagues around them have their hands in the air. I tell my
students that it's possible to buy an "A" grade in my courses but none of them
can possibly afford it. The point is that, being human, most of us are
vulnerable to some temptations in a weak moment. Fortunately, none of you
reading this have oak barrels of highly-aged whiskey in your cellars, the
world's most beautiful women/men lined up outside your bedroom door, and
billions of loose dollars swirling about like autumn leaves in a tornado.
Most corporate criminals that regret their actions later confess that the
temptations went beyond what they could resist. What amazes me in this era,
however, is how they want to steal more and more after they already have $100
million stashed. Why do they want more than they could possibly need?
"Can You Train Business School Students To Be Ethical? The way we’re doing
it now doesn’t work. We need a new way," by Ray Fisman and Adam Galinsky,
Slate, September 4, 2012 ---
http://www.slate.com/articles/business/the_dismal_science/2012/09/business_school_and_ethics_can_we_train_mbas_to_do_the_right_thing_.html
A few years ago,
Israeli game theorist
Ariel Rubinstein got the idea of examining how
the tools of economic science affected the judgment and empathy of his
undergraduate students at Tel Aviv University. He made each student the
CEO of a struggling hypothetical company, and tasked them with deciding
how many employees to lay off. Some students were given an algebraic
equation that expressed profits as a function of the number of employees
on the payroll. Others were given a table listing the number of
employees in one column and corresponding profits in the other. Simply
presenting the layoff/profits data in a different format had a
surprisingly strong effect on students’ choices—fewer than half of the
“table” students chose to fire as many workers as was necessary to
maximize profits, whereas three quarters of the “equation” students
chose the profit-maximizing level of pink slips. Why? The “equation”
group simply “solved” the company’s problem of profit maximization,
without thinking about the consequences for the employees they were
firing.
Rubinstein’s
classroom experiment serves as one lesson in the pitfalls of the
scientific method: It often seems to distract us from considering the
full implications of our calculations. The point isn’t that it’s
necessarily immoral to fire an employee—Milton Friedman famously
claimed that the
sole purpose of a company is indeed to maximize profits—but
rather that the students who were encouraged to think of the decision to
fire someone as an algebra problem didn’t seem to think about the
employees at all.
The experiment is
indicative of the challenge faced by business schools, which devote
themselves to teaching management as a science, without always
acknowledging that every business decision has societal repercussions. A
new generation of psychologists is now thinking about how to create
ethical leaders in business and in other professions, based on the
notion that good people often do bad things unconsciously. It may
transform not just education in the professions, but the way we think
about encouraging people to do the right thing in general.
At present, the
ethics curriculum at business schools can best be described as an
unsuccessful work-in-progress. It’s not that business schools are
turning Mother Teresas into
Jeffrey Skillings (Harvard Business School,
class of ’79),
despite some claims to that effect. It’s easy
to come up with examples of rogue MBA graduates who have lied, cheated,
and stolen their ways to fortunes (recently convicted
Raj Rajaratnam is a graduate of the University
of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business; his partner in crime,
Rajat Gupta, is a
Harvard Business School alum). But a huge number of companies are run by
business school grads, and for every Gupta and Rajaratnam there are
scores of others who run their companies in perfectly legal anonymity.
And of course, there are the many ethical missteps by non-MBA business
leaders—Bernie Madoff was educated as a lawyer; Enron’s Ken Lay had a
Ph.D. in economics.
In actuality,
the picture suggested by the data is that
business schools have no impact whatsoever on the likelihood that
someone will cook the books or otherwise commit fraud. MBA programs are
thus damned by faint praise: “We do not turn our students into
criminals,” would hardly make for an effective recruiting slogan.
If it’s too much to expect
MBA programs to turn out Mother Teresas, is there anything that business
schools can do to make tomorrow’s business leaders more likely
to do the right thing? If so, it’s probably not by trying to teach them
right from wrong—moral epiphanies are a scarce commodity by age 25, when
most students start enrolling in MBA programs. Yet this is how business
schools have taught ethics for most of their histories. They’ve often
quarantined ethics into the beginning or end of the MBA education. When
Ray began his MBA classes at Harvard Business School in 1994, the ethics
course took place before the instruction in the “science of management”
in disciplines like statistics, accounting, and marketing. The idea was
to provide an ethical foundation that would allow students to integrate
the information and lessons from the practical courses with a broader
societal perspective. Students in these classes read philosophical
treatises, tackle moral dilemmas, and study moral exemplars such as
Johnson & Johnson CEO James Burke, who took responsibility for and
provided a quick response to the series of deaths from tampered Tylenol
pills in the 1980s.
It’s a mistake to assume
that MBA students only seek to maximize profits—there may be eye-rolling
at some of the content of ethics curricula, but not at the idea that
ethics has a place in business. Yet once the pre-term ethics instruction
is out of the way, it is forgotten, replaced by more tangible and easier
to grasp matters like balance sheets and factory design. Students get
too distracted by the numbers to think very much about the social
reverberations—and in some cases legal consequences—of employing
accounting conventions to minimize tax burden or firing workers in the
process of reorganizing the factory floor.
Business schools are
starting to recognize that ethics can’t be cordoned off from the rest of
a business student’s education. The most promising approach, in our
view, doesn’t even try to give students a deeper personal sense of
mission or social purpose – it’s likely that no amount of indoctrination
could have kept Jeff Skilling from blowing up Enron. Instead, it helps
students to appreciate the unconscious ethical lapses that we commit
every day without even realizing it and to think about how to minimize
them. If finance and marketing can be taught as a science, then perhaps
so too can ethics.
These ethical
failures don’t occur at random – countless experiments in psychology and
economics labs and out in the world have documented the circumstances
that make us most likely to ignore moral concerns – what social
psychologists Max Bazerman and Ann Tenbrusel call our moral
blind spots. These result from numerous
biases that exacerbate the sort of distraction from ethical consequences
illustrated by the Rubinstein experiment. A classic
sequence of studies illustrate how readily
these blind spots can occur in something as seemingly straightforward as
flipping a fair coin to determine rewards. Imagine that you are in
charge of splitting a pair of tasks between yourself and another person.
One job is fun and with a potential payoff of $30; the other tedious and
without financial reward. Presumably, you’d agree that flipping a coin
is a fair way of deciding—most subjects do. However, when sent off to
flip the coin in private, about 90 percent of subjects come back
claiming that their coin flip came up assigning them to the fun task,
rather than the 50 percent that one would expect with a fair coin. Some
people end up ignoring the coin; more interestingly, others respond to
an unfavorable first flip by seeing it as “just practice” or deciding to
make it two out of three. That is, they find a way of temporarily
adjusting their sense of fairness to obtain a favorable outcome.
Jensen Comment
I've always thought that the most important factors affecting ethics were early
home life (past) and behavior others in the work place (current). I'm a believer
in relative ethics where bad behavior is affected by need (such as being swamped
in debt) and opportunity (weak internal controls at work). I've never been
a believer in the effectiveness of teaching ethics in college, although this is
no reason not to teach ethics in college. It's just that the ethics mindset was
deeply affected before coming to college (e.g. being street smart in high
school) and after coming to college (where pressures and temptations to cheat
become realities).
An example of the follow-the-herd ethics mentality.
If Coach C of the New Orleans Saints NFL football team offered Player X serious
money to intentionally and permanently injure Quarterback Q of an opposing team,
Player X might've refused until he witnessed Players W, Y, and Z being paid to
do the same thing. I think this is exactly what happened when several
players on the defensive team of the New Orleans Saints intentionally injured
quarterbacks for money.
New Orleans Saints bounty scandal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_Orleans_Saints_bounty_scandal
Question
What is the main temptation of white collar criminals?
Answer from
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#01
Jane Bryant Quinn once said something to the effect that, when corporate
executives and bankers see billions of loose dollars swirling above there heads,
it's just too tempting to hold up both hands and pocket a few millions,
especially when colleagues around them have their hands in the air. I tell my
students that it's possible to buy an "A" grade in my courses but none of them
can possibly afford it. The point is that, being human, most of us are
vulnerable to some temptations in a weak moment. Fortunately, none of you
reading this have oak barrels of highly-aged whiskey in your cellars, the
world's most beautiful women/men lined up outside your bedroom door, and
billions of loose dollars swirling about like autumn leaves in a tornado.
Most corporate criminals that regret their actions later confess that the
temptations went beyond what they could resist. What amazes me in this era,
however, is how they want to steal more and more after they already have $100
million stashed. Why do they want more than they could possibly need?
See Bob Jensen's "Rotten to the Core" document at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
The exact quotation from Jane Bryant Quinn at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#MutualFunds
Why white collar crime pays big time even if you know you will eventually
be caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
September 5, 2012 reply from Paul Williams
Bob,
This is the wrong question because business schools
across all disciplines contained therein are trapped in the intellectual box
of "methodological individualism." In every business discipline we take as a
given that the "business" is not a construction of human law and, thus of
human foible, but is a construction of nature that can be reduced to the
actions of individual persons. Vivian Walsh (Rationality Allocation, and
Reproduction) critiques the neoclassical economic premise that agent =
person. Thus far we have failed in our reductionist enterprise to reduce the
corporation to the actions of other entities -- persons (in spite of
principal/agent theorists claims). Ontologically corporations don't exist --
the world is comprised only of individual human beings. But a classic study
of the corporation (Diane Rothbard Margolis, The Managers: Corporate Life in
America) shows the conflicted nature of people embedded in a corporate
environment where the values they must subscribe to in their jobs are at
variance with their values as independent persons. The corporate "being" has
values of its own. Business school faculty, particularly accountics
"scientists," commit the same error as the neoclassical economists, which
Walsh describes thusly:
"...if neo-classical theory is to invest its
concept of rational agent with the penumbra of moral seriousness derivable
from links to the Scottish moral philosophers and, beyond them, to the
concept of rationality which forms part of the conceptual scheme underlying
our ordinary language, then it must finally abandon its claim to be a
'value-free` science in the sense of logical empiricism (p. 15)." Business,
as an intellectual enterprise conducted within business schools, neglects
entirely "ethics" as a serious topic of study and as a problem of
institutional design. It is only a problem of unethical persons (which, at
sometime or another, includes every human being on earth). If one takes
seriously the Kantian proposition that, to be rationally ethical beings,
humans must conduct themselves so as to treat always other humans not merely
as means, but also always as ends in themselves, then business organization
is, by design, unethical. Thus, when the Israeli students had to confront
employees "face-to-face" rather than as variables in a profit equation, it
was much harder for them to treat those employees as simply disposable means
to an end for a being that is merely a legal fiction. One thing we simply do
not treat seriously enough as a worthy intellectual activity is the serious
scrutiny of the values that lay conveniently hidden beneath the equations we
produce. What thoughtful person could possibly subscribe to the notion that
the purpose of life is to relentlessly increase shareholder wealth?
Increasing shareholder value is a value judgment, pure and simple. And it
may not be a particularly good one. Why would we be surprised that some
individuals conclude that "stealing" from them (they, like the employees
without names in the employment experiment, are ciphers) is not something
that one need be wracked with guilt about. If the best we can do is prattle
endlessly on about the "tone at the top" (do people who take ethics
seriously get to the top?), then the intellectual seriousness which ethics
is afforded within business schools is extremely low. Until we start to
appreciate that the business narrative is essentially an ethical one, not a
technical one, then we will continue to rue the bad apples and ignore how we
might built a better barrel.
Paul
September 5, 2012 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Paul,
Do you think the ethics in government is in better shape, especially given
the much longer and more widespread history of global government corruption
throughout time? I don't think ethics in government is better than ethics in
business from a historical perspective or a current perspective where
business manipulates government toward its own ends with bribes, campaign
contributions, and promises of windfall enormous job benefits for government
officials who retire and join industry?
Government corruption is the name of the game in nearly all nations,
beginning with Russia, China, Africa, South America, and down the list.
Political corruption in the U.S. is relatively low from a global
perspective.
See the attached graph from
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corruption_%28political%29

Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
Question
How does capitalism possibly reduce as well as increase corruption in
government?
Answer
I think it's because some of the more onerous types of governmental corruption,
particularly outright bribery and extortion, are enormous frictions on having
capitalism succeed.. If capitalism is to work at all, some of the most onerous
types of political corruption have to be greatly reduced. Russian never realized
this, and hence Russia remains one of the most violently corrupt and least
successful "capitalist" nations on the planet.
"Mohammed Ibrahim: The Philanthropist of Honest Government Africa's
cellphone billionaire, Mohammed Ibrahim, is offering a rich payoff for African
leaders who don't take payoffs. He says it'll do for development what foreign
aid never has," The Wall Street Journal, September 7, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444318104577587641175010510.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj
Jensen Comment
What struck me in the above how political corruption tends to be lower in many
nations that rely more on capitalism and market distributions. Note in
particular the tiny blue strip of Chile in that map. At one time Chile was one
of the most corrupt nations of the world. Then some students of the Chicago
School are given credit for making Chile literally the most capitalist nation in
South America as well as the world in general (of course not without lingering
inequality problems).- ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chicago_Boys
Chile has the best credit standing in Latin America.
Also note how non-capitalist nations that are wealthy in resources such as
Russia, Saudi Arabia, and Veneszuela are the most corrupt in the world.
The real test over the next 50 years will be China. China is a very corrupt
nation, especially at the local levels of government. It will be interesting to
see if the continued rise in capitalism can work a miracle somewhat like that in
Chile ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chile#Economic_policies
This does not tell college graduates something that they don't already know:
Temporary and Low Wages
"Majority of New Jobs Pay Low Wages, Study Finds," by Catherine Rampell,
The New York Times, August 30, 2012 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/08/31/business/majority-of-new-jobs-pay-low-wages-study-finds.html?_r=1
While a majority of jobs lost during the downturn
were in the middle range of wages, a majority of those added during the
recovery have been low paying, according to a new report from the National
Employment Law Project.
The disappearance of midwage, midskill jobs is part
of a longer-term trend that some refer to as a hollowing out of the work
force, though it has probably been accelerated by government layoffs.
“The overarching message here is we don’t just have
a jobs deficit; we have a ‘good jobs’ deficit,” said Annette Bernhardt, the
report’s author and a policy co-director at the National Employment Law
Project, a liberal research and advocacy group.
The report looked at 366 occupations tracked by the
Labor Department and clumped them into three equal groups by wage, with each
representing a third of American employment in 2008. The middle third —
occupations in fields like construction, manufacturing and information, with
median hourly wages of $13.84 to $21.13 — accounted for 60 percent of job
losses from the beginning of 2008 to early 2010.
The job market has turned around since then, but
those fields have represented only 22 percent of total job growth.
Higher-wage occupations — those with a median wage of $21.14 to $54.55 —
represented 19 percent of job losses when employment was falling, and 20
percent of job gains when employment began growing again.
Lower-wage occupations, with median hourly wages of
$7.69 to $13.83, accounted for 21 percent of job losses during the
retraction.
Continued in article
"Charles G. Koch: Corporate Cronyism Harms America:
When businesses feed at the federal trough, they threaten public support for
business and free markets," by Charles G. Koch, The Wall Street Journal,
September 9, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443847404577629841476562610.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno-wsj
"We didn't build this business—somebody else did."
So reads a sign outside a small roadside craft
store in Utah. The message is clearly tongue-in-cheek. But if it hung next
to the corporate offices of some of our nation's big financial institutions
or auto makers, there would be no irony in the message at all.
It shouldn't surprise us that the role of American
business is increasingly vilified or viewed with skepticism. In a Rasmussen
poll conducted this year, 68% of voters said they "believe government and
big business work together against the rest of us."
Businesses have failed to make the case that
government policy—not business greed—has caused many of our current
problems. To understand the dreadful condition of our economy, look no
further than mandates such as the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac "affordable
housing" quotas, directives such as the Community Reinvestment Act, and the
Federal Reserve's artificial, below-market interest-rate policy.
Far too many businesses have been all too eager to
lobby for maintaining and increasing subsidies and mandates paid by
taxpayers and consumers. This growing partnership between business and
government is a destructive force, undermining not just our economy and our
political system, but the very foundations of our culture.
With partisan rhetoric on the rise this election
season, it's important to remind ourselves of what the role of business in a
free society really is—and even more important, what it is not.
The role of business is to provide products and
services that make people's lives better—while using fewer resources—and to
act lawfully and with integrity. Businesses that do this through voluntary
exchanges not only benefit through increased profits, they bring better and
more competitively priced goods and services to market. This creates a
win-win situation for customers and companies alike.
Only societies with a system of economic freedom
create widespread prosperity. Studies show that the poorest people in the
most-free societies are 10 times better off than the poorest in the
least-free. Free societies also bring about greatly improved outcomes in
life expectancy, literacy, health, the environment and other important
dimensions.
So why isn't economic freedom the "default setting"
for our economy? What upsets this productive state of affairs? Trouble
begins whenever businesses take their eyes off the needs and wants of
consumers—and instead cast longing glances on government and the favors it
can bestow. When currying favor with Washington is seen as a much easier way
to make money, businesses inevitably begin to compete with rivals in
securing government largess, rather than in winning customers.
We have a term for this kind of collusion between
business and government. It used to be known as rent-seeking. Now we call it
cronyism. Rampant cronyism threatens the economic foundations that have made
this the most prosperous country in the world.
We are on dangerous terrain when government picks
winners and losers in the economy by subsidizing favored products and
industries. There are now businesses and entire industries that exist solely
as a result of federal patronage. Profiting from government instead of
earning profits in the economy, such businesses can continue to succeed even
if they are squandering resources and making products that people wouldn't
ordinarily buy.
Because they have the advantage of an uneven
playing field, crony businesses can drive their legitimate competitors out
of business. But in the longer run, they are unsustainable and unable to
compete internationally (unless, of course, the government handouts are big
enough). At least the Solyndra boondoggle ended when it went out of
business.
By subsidizing and mandating politically favored
products in the energy sector (solar, wind and biofuels, some of which
benefit Koch Industries), the government is pushing up energy prices for all
of us—five times as much in the case of wind-generated electricity. And by
putting resources to less-efficient use, cronyism actually kills jobs rather
than creating them. Put simply, cronyism is remaking American business to be
more like government. It is taking our most productive sectors and making
them some of our least.
The effects on government are equally
distorting—and corrupting. Instead of protecting our liberty and property,
government officials are determining where to send resources based on the
political influence of their cronies. In the process, government gains even
more power and the ranks of bureaucrats continue to swell.
Subsidies and mandates are just two of the
privileges that government can bestow on politically connected friends.
Others include grants, loans, tax credits, favorable regulations, bailouts,
loan guarantees, targeted tax breaks and no-bid contracts. Government can
also grant monopoly status, barriers to entry and protection from foreign
competition.
Whatever form these privileges take, Americans are
rightly suspicious of the cronyism that substitutes political influence for
free markets. According to Rasmussen, two-thirds of the electorate are
convinced that crony connections explain most government contracts—and that
federal money will be wasted "if the government provides funding for a
project that private investors refuse to back." Some 71% think "private
sector companies and investors are better than government officials at
determining the long-term benefits and potential of new technologies." Only
11% believe "government officials have a better eye for future value."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Video: Fora.Tv on Institutional Corruption & The Economy Of Influence
---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/video-foratv-on-institutional-corruption-the-economy-of-influence/
Why single out capitalism for immorality and ethics misbehavior?
Making capitalism ethical is a tough task – and
possibly a hopeless one.
Prem Sikka (see below)
The
global code of conduct of Ernst & Young, another
global accountancy firm, claims that "no client or external relationship is
more important than the ethics, integrity and reputation of Ernst & Young".
Partners and former partners of the firm have also been found
guilty of promoting tax evasion.
Prem Sikka (see below)
Jensen Comment
Yeah right Prem, as if making the public sector and socialism ethical is an
easier task. The least ethical nations where bribery, crime, and immorality are
the worst are likely to be the more government (dictator) controlled and lower
on the capitalism scale. And in the so-called capitalist nations, the lowest
ethics are more apt to be found in the public sector that works hand in hand
with bribes from large and small businesses.
Rotten Fraud in General ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Rotten Fraud in the Public Sector (The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
We hang the petty thieves and appoint the great ones to public office.
Aesop
Congress is our only native criminal class.
Mark Twain ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Twain
Why should
members of Congress be allowed to profit from insider trading?
Amid broad congressional concern about ethics scandals, some lawmakers are
poised to expand the battle for reform: They want to enact legislation that
would prohibit members of Congress and their aides from trading stocks based on
nonpublic information gathered on Capitol Hill. Two Democrat lawmakers plan to
introduce today a bill that would block trading on such inside information.
Current securities law and congressional ethics rules don't prohibit lawmakers
or their staff members from buying and selling securities based on information
learned in the halls of Congress.
Brody Mullins, "Bill Seeks to Ban Insider Trading By Lawmakers and Their Aides,"
The Wall Street Journal, March 28, 2006; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB114351554851509761.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
The
Culture of Corruption Runs Deep and Wide in Both U.S. Political Parties: Few if
any are uncorrupted
Committee members have shown no appetite for
taking up all those cases and are considering an amnesty for reporting
violations, although not for serious matters such as accepting a trip from a
lobbyist, which House rules forbid. The data firm PoliticalMoneyLine calculates
that members of Congress have received more than $18 million in travel from
private organizations in the past five years, with Democrats taking 3,458 trips
and Republicans taking 2,666. . . But of course, there are those who deem the
American People dumb as stones and will approach this bi-partisan scandal
accordingly. Enter Democrat Leader Nancy Pelosi, complete with talking points
for her minion, that are sure to come back and bite her .... “House Minority
Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) filed delinquent reports Friday for three trips
she accepted from outside sponsors that were worth $8,580 and occurred as long
as seven years ago, according to copies of the documents.
Bob Parks, "Will Nancy Pelosi's Words Come Back to Bite Her?" The National
Ledger, January 6, 2006 ---
http://www.nationalledger.com/artman/publish/article_27262498.shtml
And when
they aren't stealing directly, lawmakers are caving in to lobbying crooks
Drivers can send their thank-you notes to Capitol
Hill, which created the conditions for this mess last summer with its latest
energy bill. That legislation contained a sop to Midwest corn farmers in the
form of a huge new ethanol mandate that began this year and requires drivers to
consume 7.5 billion gallons a year by 2012. At the same time, Congress refused
to include liability protection for producers of MTBE, a rival oxygen
fuel-additive that has become a tort lawyer target. So MTBE makers are pulling
out, ethanol makers can't make up the difference quickly enough, and gas
supplies are getting squeezed.
"The Gasoline Follies," The Wall Street Journal, March 28, 2006; Page
A20 ---
Click Here
Once again, the power of pork to sustain incumbents gets its best demonstration
in the person of John Murtha (D-PA). The acknowledged king of earmarks in the
House gains the attention of the New York Times editorial board today, which
notes the cozy and lucrative relationship between more than two dozen
contractors in Murtha's district and the hundreds of millions of dollars in pork
he provided them. It also highlights what roughly amounts to a commission on the
sale of Murtha's power as an appropriator: Mr. Murtha led all House members this
year, securing $162 million in district favors, according to the watchdog group
Taxpayers for Common Sense. ... In 1991, Mr. Murtha used a $5 million earmark to
create the National Defense Center for Environmental Excellence in Johnstown to
develop anti-pollution technology for the military. Since then, it has garnered
more than $670 million in contracts and earmarks. Meanwhile it is managed by
another contractor Mr. Murtha helped create, Concurrent Technologies, a research
operation that somehow was allowed to be set up as a tax-exempt charity,
according to The Washington Post. Thanks to Mr. Murtha, Concurrent has boomed;
the annual salary for its top three executives averages $462,000.
Edward Morrissey, Captain's Quarters, January 14, 2008 ---
http://www.captainsquartersblog.com/mt/archives/016617.php
Oh, and don't
forget Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, those two government-sponsored mortgage
giants that engineered the 2008 subprime mortgage fiasco and are now on the
public dole. The Fed kept them afloat by buying over a trillion dollars of their
paper. Now, part of the Treasury's borrowing from the public covers their
continuing large losses.
George Melloan, "Hard Knocks From Easy Money: The Federal Reserve
is feeding big government and harming middle-class savers," The Wall Street
Journal, July 6, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704103904575337282033232118.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t
"What Caused the Bubble? Mission accomplished: Phil Angelides succeeds in
not upsetting the politicians," by Holman W, Jenkins, Jr., The Wall
Street Journal, January 29. 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704268104576108000415603970.html#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
The 2008 financial crisis happened because no one
prevented it. Those who might have stopped it didn't. They are to blame.
Greedy bankers, incompetent managers and
inattentive regulators created the greatest financial breakdown in nearly a
century. Doesn't that make you feel better? After all, how likely is it that
some human beings will be greedy at exactly the same time others are
incompetent and still others are inattentive?
Oh wait.
You could almost defend the Financial Crisis
Inquiry Commission's (FCIC) new report if the question had been who, in
hindsight, might have prevented the crisis. Alas, the answer is always going
to be the Fed, which has the power to stop just about any macro trend in the
financial markets if it really wants to. But the commission was asked to
explain why the bubble happened. In that sense, its report doesn't seem even
to know what a proper answer might look like, as if presented with the
question "What is 2 + 2?" and responding "Toledo" or "feral cat."
The dissenters at least propose answers that might
be answers. Peter Wallison focuses on U.S. housing policy, a diagnosis that
has the advantage of being actionable.
The other dissent, by Keith Hennessey, Bill Thomas
and Douglas Holtz-Eakin, sees 10 causal factors, but emphasizes the
pan-global nature of the housing bubble, which it attributes to ungovernable
global capital flows.
That is also true, but less actionable.
Let's try our hand at an answer that, like Mr.
Wallison's, attempts to be useful.
The Fed will make errors. International capital
flows will sometimes be disruptive. Speculators will be attracted to hot
markets. Bubbles will be a feature of financial life: Building a bunch of
new houses is not necessarily a bad idea; only when too many others do the
same does it become a bad idea. On that point, not the least of the
commission's failings was its persistent mistaking of effects for causes,
such as when banks finally began treating their mortgage portfolios as hot
potatoes to be got rid of.
If all that can't be changed, what can? How about
the incentives that invited various parties to shovel capital into housing
without worrying about the consequences?
The central banks of China, Russia and various
Asian and Arab nations knew nothing about U.S. housing. They poured hundreds
of billions into it only because Fannie and Freddie were perceived as
federally guaranteed and paid a slightly higher yield than U.S. Treasury
bonds. (And one of the first U.S. actions in the crisis was to assure China
it wouldn't lose money.)
Borrowers in most states are allowed to walk away
from their mortgages, surrendering only their downpayments (if any) while
dumping their soured housing bets on a bank. Change that even slightly and
mortgage brokers and home builders would find it a lot harder to coax people
into more house than they can afford.
Mortgage middlemen who don't have "skin in the
game" and feckless rating agencies have also been routine targets of blame.
But both are basically ticket punchers for large institutions that should
have and would have been assessing their own risk, except that their own
creditors, including depositors, judged them "too big to fail," creating a
milieu where they could prosper without being either transparent or
cautious. We haven't even tried to fix this, say by requiring banks to take
on a class of debtholder who would agree to be converted to equity in a
bailout. Then there'd be at least one sophisticated marketplace demanding
assurance that a bank is being run in a safe and sound manner. (Sadly, the
commission's report only reinforces the notion that regulators are
responsible for keeping your money safe, not you.)
The FCIC Chairman Phil Angelides is not stupid, but
he is a politician. His report contains tidbits that will be useful to
historians and economists. But it's also a report that "explains" poorly.
His highly calculated sound bite, peddled from one interview to the next,
that the crisis was "avoidable" is worthless, a nonrevelation. Everything
that happens could be said to happen because somebody didn't prevent it. So
what? Saying so is saying nothing.
Mr. Angelides has gone around trying to convince
audiences that the commission's finding was hard hitting. It wasn't. It was
soft hitting. More than any other goal, it strives mainly to say nothing
that would actually be inconvenient to Barack Obama, Harry Reid, Barney
Frank or even most Republicans in Congress. In that, it succeeded.
Jensen Comment
And then the subprime crisis was followed by the biggest swindle in the history
of the world ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
At this point time in 2011 there's only marginal benefit in identifying all
the groups like credit agencies and CPA audit firms that violated
professionalism leading up to the subprime crisis. The credit agencies,
auditors, Wall Street investment banks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mack were all
just hogs feeding on the trough of bad and good loans originating on Main
Streets of every town in the United States.
If the Folks on Main Street that Approved the Mortgage Loans in the First
Stage Had to Bear the Bad Debt Risks There Would've Been No Poison to Feed Upon
by the Hogs With Their Noses in the Trough Up to and Including Wall Street and
Fannie and Freddie.
If the Folks on Main Street that Approved the Mortgage Loans in the First
Stage Had to Bear the Bad Debt Risks All Would've Been Avoided
The most interesting question in my mind is what might've prevented the poison (uncollectability)
in the real estate loans from being concocted in the first place. What
might've prevented it was for those that approved the loans (Main Street banks
and mortgage companies in towns throughout the United States) to have to bear
all or a big share of the losses when borrowers they approved defaulted.
Instead those lenders that approved the loans easily passed those loans up
the system without any responsibility for their reckless approval of the
loans in the first place. It's easy to blame Barney Frank for making it
easier for poor people to borrow more than they could ever repay. But the fact
of the matter is that the original lenders like Countrywide were approving
subprime mortgages to high income people that also could not afford their
payments once the higher prime rates kicked in under terms of the subprime
contracts. If lenders like Countrywide had to bear a major share of the bad debt
losses the lenders themselves would've been more responsible about only
approving mortgages that had a high probability of not going into default.
Instead Countrywide and the other Main Street lenders got off scott free until
the real estate bubble finally burst.
And why would a high income couple refinance a fixed rate mortgage with a
risky subprime mortgage that they could not afford when the higher rates kicked
in down the road? The answer is that the hot real estate market before the crash
made that couple greedy. They believed that if they took out a subprime loan
with a very low rate of interest temporarily that they could turn over their
home for a relatively huge profit and then upgrade to a much nicer mansion on
the hill from the profits earned prior to when the subprime rates kicked into
higher rates.
When the real estate bubble burst this couple got left holding the bag and
received foreclosure notices on the homes that they had gambled away. And the
Wall Street investment banks, Fannie, and Freddie got stuck with all the poison
that the Main Street banks and mortgage companies had recklessly approved
without any risk of recourse for their recklessness.
If the Folks on Main Street that Approved the Mortgage Loans in the First
Stage Had to Bear the Bad Debt Risks There Would've Been No Poison to Feed Upon
by the Hogs With Their Noses in the Trough Up to and Including Wall Street and
Fannie and Freddie.
Bob Jensen's threads on this entire mess are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
"Washington’s Financial Disaster," by Frank Partnoy, The New York
Times, January 29, 2011 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2011/01/30/opinion/30partnoy.html?_r=1&nl=todaysheadlines&emc=tha212
THE long-awaited Financial Crisis Inquiry
Commission report, finally published on Thursday, was supposed to be the
economic equivalent of the 9/11 commission report. But instead of a lucid
narrative explaining what happened when the economy imploded in 2008, why,
and who was to blame, the report is a confusing and contradictory mess, part
rehash, part mishmash, as impenetrable as the collateralized debt
obligations at the core of the crisis.
The main reason so much time, money and ink were
wasted — politics — is apparent just from eyeballing the report, or really
the three reports. There is a 410-page volume signed by the commission’s six
Democrats, a leaner 10-pronged dissent from three of the four Republicans,
and a nearly 100-page dissent-from-the-dissent filed by Peter J. Wallison, a
fellow at the American Enterprise Institute. The primary volume contains
familiar vignettes on topics like deregulation, excess pay and poor risk
management, and is infused with populist rhetoric and an anti-Wall Street
tone. The dissent, which explores such root causes as the housing bubble and
excess debt, is less lively. And then there is Mr. Wallison’s screed against
the government’s subsidizing of mortgage loans.
These documents resemble not an investigative
trilogy but a left-leaning essay collection, a right-leaning PowerPoint
presentation and a colorful far-right magazine. And the confusion only
continued during a press conference on Thursday in which the commissioners
had little to show and nothing to tell. There was certainly no Richard
Feynman dipping an O ring in ice water to show how the space shuttle
Challenger went down.
That we ended up with a political split is not
entirely surprising, given the structure and composition of the commission.
Congress shackled it by requiring bipartisan approval for subpoenas, yet
also appointed strongly partisan figures. It was only a matter of time
before the group fractured. When Republicans proposed removing the term
“Wall Street” from the report, saying it was too pejorative and imprecise,
the peace ended. And the public is still without a full factual account.
For example, most experts say credit ratings and
derivatives were central to the crisis. Yet on these issues, the reports are
like three blind men feeling different parts of an elephant. The Democrats
focused on the credit rating agencies’ conflicts of interest; the
Republicans blamed investors for not looking beyond ratings. The Democrats
stressed the dangers of deregulated shadow markets; the Republicans blamed
contagion, the risk that the failure of one derivatives counterparty could
cause the other banks to topple. Mr. Wallison played down both topics. None
of these ideas is new. All are incomplete.
Another problem was the commission’s sprawling,
ambiguous mission. Congress required that it study 22 topics, but
appropriated just $8 million for the job. The pressure to cover this wide
turf was intense and led to infighting and resignations. The 19 hearings
themselves were unfocused, more theater than investigation.
In the end, the commission was the opposite of
Ferdinand Pecora’s famous Congressional investigation in 1933. Pecora’s
10-day inquisition of banking leaders was supposed to be this commission’s
exemplar. But Pecora, a former assistant district attorney from New York,
was backed by new evidence of widespread fraud and insider dealings,
shocking documents that the public had never seen or imagined. His fierce
cross-examination of Charles E. Mitchell, the head of National City Bank,
Citigroup’s predecessor, put a face on the crisis.
This commission’s investigation was spiritless and
sometimes plain wrong. Richard Fuld, the former head of Lehman Brothers, was
thrown softballs, like “Can you talk a bit about the risk management
practices at Lehman Brothers, and why you didn’t see this coming?” Other
bankers were scolded, as when Phil Angelides, the commission’s chairman,
admonished Lloyd Blankfein, the chief executive of Goldman Sachs, for
practices akin to “selling a car with faulty brakes and then buying an
insurance policy on the buyer of those cars.” But he couldn’t back up this
rebuke with new evidence.
The report then oversteps the facts in its
demonization of Goldman, claiming that Goldman “retained” $2.9 billion of
the A.I.G. bailout money as “proprietary trades.” Few dispute that Goldman,
on behalf of its clients, took both sides of trades and benefited from the
A.I.G. bailout. But a Goldman spokesman told me that the report’s assertion
was false and that these trades were neither proprietary nor a windfall. The
commission’s staff apparently didn’t consider Goldman’s losing trades with
other clients, because they were focused only on deals with A.I.G. If they
wanted to tar Mr. Blankfein, they should have gotten their facts right.
Lawmakers would have been wiser to listen to
Senator Richard Shelby of Alabama, who in early 2009 proposed a bipartisan
investigation by the banking committee. That way seasoned prosecutors could
have issued subpoenas, cross-examined witnesses and developed cases.
Instead, a few months later, Congress opted for this commission, the last
act of which was to coyly recommend a few cases to prosecutors, who already
have been accumulating evidence the commissioners have never seen.
There is still hope. Few people remember that the
early investigations of the 1929 crash also failed due to political battles
and ambiguous missions. Ferdinand Pecora was Congress’s fourth chief
counsel, not its first, and he did not complete his work until five years
after the crisis. Congress should try again.
Frank Partnoy is a law professor at the University of San Diego and the
author of “The Match King: Ivar Kreuger, the Financial Genius Behind a
Century of Wall Street Scandals.”
Jensen Comment
Professor Partnoy is one of my all-time fraud fighting heroes. He was at one
time an insider in marketing Wall Street financial instrument derivatives
products and, while he was one of the bad guys, became conscience-stricken about
how the bad guys work. Although his many books are somewhat repetitive, his
books are among the best in exposing how the Wall Street investment banks are
rotten to the core.
Frank Partnoy has been a a strong advocate of regulation of the derivatives
markets even before Enron's energy trading scams came to light. His testimony
before the U.S. Senate about Enron's infamous Footnote 16 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#Senator
I quote Professor Partnoy's books frequently in my Timeline of Derivative
Financial Instruments Frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
"Senators Get
Donor $8 Million Earmark," Judicial Watch, June 8, 2010 ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/blog/2010/jun/senators-get-donor-8-million-earmark
In yet another example of
lawmakers unscrupulously funneling tax dollars to their political
supporters, New Jersey’s two U.S. Senators steered a multi million-dollar
earmark to enhance a campaign donor’s luxury condominium development.
Democrats Frank Lautenberg and Robert Menendez
allocated $8 million for a public walkway and park space adjacent to
upscale, waterfront condos built by a developer whose executives have
donated generously to their political campaigns. The veteran legislators
have received about $100,000 in contributions from the developer, according
to federal election records cited in a news report this week.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"The Triumph of Propaganda," by Nemo Almen, American Thinker,
January 2, 2011 ---
http://www.americanthinker.com/2011/01/the_triumph_of_propaganda.html
Does anyone
remember what happened on Christmas Eve last year? In one of the most
expensive Christmas presents ever, the government
removed the $400 billion limit on their Fannie and
Freddie guaranty. This act increased taxpayer liabilities by
six trillion dollars; however, the news was lost
in the holiday cheer. This is one instance in a broader campaign to
manipulate the public perception, gradually depriving us of independent
thought.
Consider another example: what news story broke on April 16, 2010? Most of
us would say the SEC's
lawsuit against Goldman Sachs. Goldman is the
market leader in "ripping the client's face off," in this instance creating
a worst-of-the-worst pool of securities so Paulson & Co could bet against
it. Many applauded the SEC for this action. Never mind that singling out
one vice president (the "Fabulous Fab") and one instance of fraud is like
charging Al Capone with tax evasion. The dog was wagged.
Very
few caught the real news that day, namely the damning
complicity of the SEC in the Stanford Ponzi
scheme. Clearly, Stanford was the bigger story, costing thousands of
investors
billions of dollars while Goldman later settled
for half a
billion. Worse, the SEC knew about Stanford since
1997, but instead of shutting it down, people left the SEC to
work
for Stanford. This story should have caused
widespread outrage and reform of the SEC; instead it was buried in the back
pages and lost to the public eye.
Lest we
think the timing of these was mere coincidence, the Goldman lawsuit was
settled on July 15, 2010, the same day the financial reform package
passed. The government threw Goldman to the
wolves in order to hide its own shame. When the government had its desired
financial reforms, it let Goldman settle. These examples demonstrate a
clear pattern of manipulation. Unfortunately, our propaganda problem runs
far deeper than lawsuits and Ponzi schemes.
Here is a
more important question: which companies own half of all
subprime and
Alt-A (liar loan) bonds? Paul Krugman writes that
these companies were "mainly out of the picture during the housing bubble's
most feverish period, from 2004 to 2006. As a result, the agencies played
only a minor role in the epidemic of bad lending."[iii] This phrase is
stupefying. How can a pair of companies comprise half of a market and yet
have no major influence in it? Subprime formed the core of the financial
crisis, and Fannie and Freddie (the "agencies") formed the core of the
subprime market. They were not "out of the picture" during the subprime
explosion, they were the picture. The fact that a respectable Nobel
prize-winner flatly denies this is extremely disturbing.
Amazingly, any attempt to hold the government accountable for its role in
the subprime meltdown is dismissed as right-wing
propaganda. This dismissal is left-wing
propaganda. It was the government that initiated securitization as a tool
to dispose of
RTC assets. Bill Clinton ducks all
responsibility, ignoring how his administration imposed arbitrary
quotas on any banks looking to merge as Attorney
General Janet Reno "threatened legal action against lenders whose racial
statistics raised her suspicions."[iv] Greenspan fueled the rise of
subprime derivatives by lowering rates,[v] lowering reserves,[vi] and
beating down reasonable
opposition. And at the center of it all were
Fannie and Freddie
bribing officials, committing
fraud,
dominating private-sector
competition, and expanding to a
six-trillion-dollar debacle. The fact that these facts are dismissed as
propaganda shows just how divorced from reality our ‘news' has become. Yes,
half of all economists are employed by the
government, but this is no reason to flout one's
professional responsibility. As a nation we need to consider all the facts,
not just those that are politically expedient.
Continued in article
Nemo Almen is the author of
The Last Dodo: The Great Recession and our Modern-Day Struggle for Survival.
"The Difficulty of Proving Financial Crimes," by Peter J. Henning,
DealBook, December 13, 2010 ---
http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/corpgov/2010/12/20/why-do-cfos-become-involved-in-material-accounting-manipulations/
The prosecution revolved around the recognition of
revenue from Network Associates’ sales of computer security products to a
distributor through what is called “sell-in” accounting rather than the
“sell-through” method. Leaving aside the accounting minutiae, prosecutors
asserted that Mr. Goyal chose “sell-in” accounting as a means to overstate
revenue from the sales and did not disclose complete information to the
company’s auditors about agreements with the distributor that could affect
the amount of revenue generated from the transactions.
The line between aggressive accounting and fraud is
a thin one, involving the application of unclear rules that require judgment
calls that may turn out to be incorrect in hindsight. While Mr. Goyal was
responsible as the chief financial officer for adopting an accounting method
that likely enhanced Network Associates’ revenue, the problem with the
securities fraud theory was that prosecutors did not introduce evidence that
the “sell-in” method was improper under Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles. And even if it was, the court pointed out lack of evidence that
that this accounting method had a “material” impact on Network Associates’
revenue, which must be shown to prove fraud.
A more significant problem for prosecutors was the
absence of concrete proof that Mr. Goyal intended to defraud or that he
sought to mislead the auditors. The Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit
found that the “government’s failure to offer any evidence supporting even
an inference of willful and knowing deception undermines its case.”
The court rejected the proposition that an
executive’s knowledge of accounting and desire to meet corporate revenue
targets can be sufficient to establish the intent to commit a crime. The
court stated, “If simply understanding accounting rules or optimizing a
company’s performance were enough to establish scienter, then any action by
a company’s chief financial officer that a juror could conclude in hindsight
was false or misleading could subject him to fraud liability without regard
to intent to deceive. That cannot be.”
The court further explained that an executive’s
compensation tied to the company’s performance does not prove fraud, stating
that such “a general financial incentive merely reinforces Goyal’s
preexisting duty to maximize NAI’s performance, and his seeking to meet
expectations cannot be inherently probative of fraud.”
Don’t be surprised to see the court’s statements
about the limitations on corporate expertise and financial incentives as
proof of intent quoted with regularity by defense lawyers for corporate
executives being investigated for their conduct related to the financial
meltdown. The opinion makes the point that just being at the scene of
financial problems alone is not enough to show criminal intent.
If the Justice Department decides to try to hold
senior corporate executives responsible for suspected financial chicanery or
misleading statements that contributed to the financial meltdown, the
charges are likely to be similar to those brought against Mr. Goyal,
requiring proof of intent to defraud and to mislead investors, auditors, or
the S.E.C.
The intent element of the crime is usually a matter
of piecing together different tidbits of evidence, such as e-mails, internal
memorandums, public statements and the recollection of participants who
attended meetings. Connecting all those dots is not an easy task, as
prosecutors learned in the case against two former Bear Stearns hedge fund
managers when e-mails proved to be at best equivocal evidence of their
intent to mislead investors, resulting in an acquittal on all counts.
The collapse of Lehman Brothers raises issues about
whether prosecutors could show criminal conduct by its executives. The
bankruptcy examiner’s report highlighted the firm’s use of the so-called
“Repo 105” transactions to make its balance sheet look healthier than it was
each quarter, which could be the basis for criminal charges. But the appeals
court opinion highlights how great the challenge would be to establish a
Lehman executive’s knowledge of improper accounting or the falsity of
statements because just arguing that a chief executive or chief financial
officer had to be aware of the impact of the transactions would not be
enough to prove the case.
The same problems with proving a criminal case
apply to other companies brought down during the financial crisis, like
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and American International Group. Many of the
decisions that led to these companies’ downfall were at least arguably
judgment calls made with no intent to defraud, short-sighted as they might
have been. Disclosures to regulators and auditors, and public statements to
shareholders, are rarely couched in definitive terms, so proving that a
statement was in fact false can be difficult, and then showing knowledge of
its falsity even more daunting.
In a concurring opinion in the Goyal case, Chief
Judge Alex Kozinski bemoaned the use of the criminal law for this type of
conduct, stating that this prosecution was “one of a string of recent cases
in which courts have found that federal prosecutors overreached by trying to
stretch criminal law beyond its proper bounds.”
Despite the public’s desire to see some corporate
executives sent to jail for their role in the financial meltdown, the courts
will hold the government to the requirement of proof beyond a reasonable
doubt and not simply allow the cry for retribution to lead to convictions
based on high compensation and presiding over a company that sustained
significant losses.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Great Public Sector Reform Speech ---
http://njn.net/television/webcast/ontherecord.html
"Tax Havens Devastating To National Sovereignty," Southwerk,
January 13, 2011 ---
http://southwerk.wordpress.com/2011/01/13/tax-haven-devastating-to-national-economies/
Thank you Nadine Sabai for the heads up.
The blog post is
a review of the book,
Nicholas Shaxson’s -
Treasure Islands: Uncovering the Damage of Offshore Banking and Tax
Havens
Tax havens are the ultimate source of strength
for our global elites. Just as European nobles once consolidated their
unaccountable powers in fortified castles, to better subjugate and extract
tribute from the surrounding peasantry, so financial capital has coalesced
in their modern equivalent today: the tax havens. In these fortified nodes
of secret, unaccountable political and economic power, financial and
criminal interests have come together to capture local political systems and
turn the havens into their own private law-making factories, protected
against outside interference by the world’s most powerful countries – most
especially Britain. Treasure Islands will, for the first time, show the
blood and guts of just how they do it.
The nations of the world are harmed by the evasion
of their laws and taxes made possible by tax havens. The tax money is
important but more important is the ability to threaten governments to force
actions that multinational corporations such as investment banks wish done.
These escape routes transform the merely
powerful into the untouchable. “Don’t tax or regulate us or we will flee
offshore!” the financiers cry, and elected politicians around the world
crawl on their bellies and capitulate. And so tax havens lead a global race
to the bottom to offer deeper secrecy, ever laxer financial regulations, and
ever more sophisticated tax loopholes. They have become the silent battering
rams of financial deregulation, forcing countries to remove financial
regulations, to cut taxes and restraints on the wealthy, and to shift all
the risks, costs and taxes onto the backs of the rest of us. In the process
democracy unravels and the offshore system pushes ever further onshore. The
world’s two most important tax havens today are United States and Britain.
But the world is not without means to
remedy the situation. In the late 1700′s piracy flourished because nations
found it advantageous to use them against their enemies. Pirates often
employed as privateers fattened the treasury of the nations hiring them and
did harm to their enemies.
But over time, it became obvious that the
benefits of piracy were outweighed by the faults.
So, nations by treaty and policy ran the
pirates out of business.
The United States in concert with the
European Union, China and other nations could by agreement make this kind of
tax haven impossible to maintain or at the very least difficult.
It has been a daunting task to motivate the
government of the United States to act against the interests of these larger
corporations particularly the financial ones, but the future of this nation
may well depend on those tax dollars and enforcing the national interest.
James Pilant
I wish to thank
homophilosophicus for calling my attention to
Thriven’s Blog.
Video: Air Pelosi Scandal
The Disgraceful Personal Spending of House Speaker, CNN ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch_popup?v=A6_xgKWzhRw
"Judicial Watch Announces List of Washington's "Ten Most Wanted Corrupt
Politicians" for 2009," Judicial Watch ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/news/2009/dec/judicial-watch-announces-list-washington-s-ten-most-wanted-corrupt-politicians-2009
Rep. Nancy Pelosi (D-CA): At the
heart of the corruption problem in Washington is a sense of entitlement.
Politicians believe laws and rules (even the U.S. Constitution) apply to the
rest of us but not to them. Case in point: House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and
her excessive and
boorish demands for military travel. Judicial
Watch obtained documents from the Pentagon in 2008 that suggest Pelosi has
been treating the Air Force like her own personal airline. These documents,
obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, include internal Pentagon
email correspondence detailing attempts by Pentagon staff to accommodate
Pelosi's numerous requests for military escorts and military aircraft as
well as the speaker's 11th hour cancellations and changes. House Speaker
Nancy Pelosi also came under fire in April 2009, when she claimed she was
never briefed about the CIA's use of the waterboarding technique during
terrorism investigations. The CIA produced a report documenting a briefing
with Pelosi on September 4, 2002, that suggests otherwise. Judicial Watch
also obtained documents, including a
CIA Inspector General report, which further
confirmed that Congress was fully briefed on the enhanced interrogation
techniques. Aside from her own personal transgressions, Nancy Pelosi has
ignored serious incidents of corruption within her own party, including many
of the individuals on this list. (See Rangel, Murtha, Jesse Jackson, Jr.,
etc.)
At the end of
every year, Judicial Watch publishes a top
ten list of the most corrupt politicians in
Washington, D.C.
|
The motto of Judicial Watch is "Because no one
is above the law". To this end, Judicial Watch uses the open records or freedom
of information laws and other tools to investigate and uncover misconduct by
government officials and litigation to hold to account politicians and public
officials who engage in corrupt activities.
Judicial Watch ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/
Air Pelosi
Scandal
In March
2009, Judicial Watch received documents from
the Department of Defense detailing Nancy
Pelosi's abuse of a system which provided
military aircraft for the transportation of
the Speaker of the House. The documents,
which were acquired through the Freedom of
Information Act (FOIA), detail the attempts
by DOD staff to accommodate Pelosi's
numerous requests for military escorts and
military aircraft as well as the speaker's
last minute cancellations and changes.
Press
Releases
Documents
|
"A Low, Dishonest Decade: The press and
politicians were asleep at the switch.," The Wall Street Journal,
December 22, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703478704574612013922050326.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Stock-market indices are not
much good as yardsticks of social progress, but as another low, dishonest
decade expires let us note that, on 2000s first day of trading, the Dow
Jones Industrial Average closed at 11357 while the Nasdaq Composite Index
stood at 4131, both substantially higher than where they are today. The
Nasdaq went on to hit 5000 before collapsing with the dot-com bubble, the
first great Wall Street disaster of this unhappy decade. The Dow got north
of 14000 before the real-estate bubble imploded.
And it was supposed to have
been such an awesome time, too! Back in the late '90s, in the crescendo of
the Internet boom, pundit and publicist alike assured us that the future was
to be a democratized, prosperous place. Hierarchies would collapse, they
told us; the individual was to be empowered; freed-up markets were to be the
common man's best buddy.
Such clever hopes they were.
As a reasonable anticipation of what was to come they meant nothing. But
they served to unify the decade's disasters, many of which came to us
festooned with the flags of this bogus idealism.
Before "Enron" became
synonymous with shattered 401(k)s and man-made electrical shortages, the
public knew it as a champion of electricity deregulation—a freedom fighter!
It was supposed to be that most exalted of corporate creatures, a "market
maker"; its "capacity for revolution" was hymned by management theorists;
and its TV commercials depicted its operations as an extension of humanity's
quest for emancipation.
Similarly, both Bank of
America and Citibank, before being recognized as "too big to fail," had
populist histories of which their admirers made much. Citibank's long
struggle against the Glass-Steagall Act was even supposed to be evidence of
its hostility to banking's aristocratic culture, an amusing image to
recollect when reading about the $100 million pay reportedly pocketed by one
Citi trader in 2008.
The Jack Abramoff lobbying
scandal showed us the same dynamics at work in Washington. Here was an
apparent believer in markets, working to keep garment factories in Saipan
humming without federal interference and saluted for it in an op-ed in the
Saipan Tribune as "Our freedom fighter in D.C."
But the preposterous
populism is only one part of the equation; just as important was our failure
to see through the ruse, to understand how our country was being disfigured.
Ensuring that the public
failed to get it was the common theme of at least three of the decade's
signature foul-ups: the hyping of various Internet stock issues by Wall
Street analysts, the accounting scandals of 2002, and the triple-A ratings
given to mortgage-backed securities.
The grand, overarching theme
of the Bush administration—the big idea that informed so many of its sordid
episodes—was the same anti-supervisory impulse applied to the public sector:
regulators sabotaged and their agencies turned over to the regulated.
The public was left to read
the headlines and ponder the unthinkable: Could our leaders really have
pushed us into an unnecessary war? Is the republic really dividing itself
into an immensely wealthy class of Wall Street bonus-winners and everybody
else? And surely nobody outside of the movies really has the political clout
to write themselves a $700 billion bailout.
What made the oughts so
awful, above all, was the failure of our critical faculties. The problem was
not so much that newspapers were dying, to mention one of the lesser
catastrophes of these awful times, but that newspapers failed to do their
job in the first place, to scrutinize the myths of the day in a way that
might have prevented catastrophes like the financial crisis or the Iraq war.
The folly went beyond the
media, though. Recently I came across a 2005 pamphlet written by historian
Rick Perlstein berating the big thinkers of the Democratic Party for their
poll-driven failure to stick to their party's historic theme of economic
populism. I was struck by the evidence Mr. Perlstein adduced in the course
of his argument. As he tells the story, leading Democratic pollsters found
plenty of evidence that the American public distrusts corporate power; and
yet they regularly advised Democrats to steer in the opposite direction, to
distance themselves from what one pollster called "outdated appeals to class
grievances and attacks upon corporate perfidy."
This was not a party that
was well-prepared for the job of iconoclasm that has befallen it. And as the
new bunch muddle onward—bailing out the large banks but (still) not
subjecting them to new regulatory oversight, passing a health-care reform
that seems (among other, better things) to guarantee private insurers
eternal profits—one fears they are merely presenting their own ample
backsides to an embittered electorate for kicking.
Before reading this module you may want to read about Governmental
Accounting at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Governmental_accounting
"Don't Like the Numbers? Change 'Em If a CEO issued the kind of distorted
figures put out by politicians and scientists, he'd wind up in prison," by
Stanford Economics Professor Michael J. Boskin, The Wall Street Journal,
January 14, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704586504574654261655183416.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Politicians and scientists who don't like what their data show lately have
simply taken to changing the numbers. They believe that their end—socialism,
global climate regulation, health-care legislation, repudiating debt
commitments, la gloire française—justifies throwing out even minimum standards
of accuracy. It appears that no numbers are immune: not GDP, not inflation, not
budget, not job or cost estimates, and certainly not temperature. A CEO or CFO
issuing such massaged numbers would land in jail.
The late
economist Paul Samuelson called the national income accounts that measure real
GDP and inflation "one of the greatest achievements of the twentieth century."
Yet politicians from Europe to South America are now clamoring for alternatives
that make them look better.
A
commission appointed by French President Nicolas Sarkozy suggests heavily
weighting "stability" indicators such as "security" and "equality" when
calculating GDP. And voilà!—France outperforms the U.S., despite the fact that
its per capita income is 30% lower. Nobel laureate Ed Prescott called this
disparity the difference between "prosperity and depression" in a 2002 paper—and
attributed it entirely to France's higher taxes.
With
Venezuela in recession by conventional GDP measures, President Hugo Chávez
declared the GDP to be a capitalist plot. He wants a new, socialist-friendly way
to measure the economy. Maybe East Germans were better off than their cousins in
the West when the Berlin Wall fell; starving North Koreans are really better off
than their relatives in South Korea; the 300 million Chinese lifted out of
abject poverty in the last three decades were better off under Mao; and all
those Cubans risking their lives fleeing to Florida on dinky boats are loco.
In
Argentina, President Néstor Kirchner didn't like the political and budget hits
from high inflation. After a politicized personnel purge in 2002, he changed the
inflation measures. Conveniently, the new numbers showed lower inflation and
therefore lower interest payments on the government's inflation-linked bonds.
Investor and public confidence in the objectivity of the inflation statistics
evaporated. His wife and successor Cristina Kirchner is now trying to grab the
central bank's reserves to pay for the country's debt.
America
has not been immune from this dangerous numbers game. Every president is guilty
of spinning unpleasant statistics. President Richard Nixon even thought there
was a conspiracy against him at the Bureau of Labor Statistics. But President
Barack Obama has taken it to a new level. His laudable attempt at transparency
in counting the number of jobs "created or saved" by the stimulus bill has
degenerated into farce and was just junked this week.
The
administration has introduced the new notion of "jobs saved" to take credit
where none was ever taken before. It seems continually to confuse gross and net
numbers. For example, it misses the jobs lost or diverted by the fiscal
stimulus. And along with the congressional leadership it hypes the number of
"green jobs" likely to be created from the explosion of spending, subsidies,
loans and mandates, while ignoring the job losses caused by its taxes, debt,
regulations and diktats.
The
president and his advisers—their credibility already reeling from exaggeration
(the stimulus bill will limit unemployment to 8%) and reneged campaign promises
(we'll go through the budget "line-by-line")—consistently imply that their new
proposed regulation is a free lunch. When the radical attempt to regulate energy
and the environment with the deeply flawed cap-and-trade bill is confronted with
economic reality, instead of honestly debating the trade-offs they confidently
pronounce that it boosts the economy. They refuse to admit that it simply boosts
favored sectors and firms at the expense of everyone else.
Rabid
environmentalists have descended into a separate reality where only green
counts. It's gotten so bad that the head of the California Air Resources Board,
Mary Nichols, announced this past fall that costly new carbon regulations would
boost the economy shortly after she was told by eight of the state's most
respected economists that they were certain these new rules would damage the
economy. The next day, her own economic consultant, Harvard's Robert Stavis,
denounced her statement as a blatant distortion.
Scientists are expected to make sure their findings are replicable, to make the
data available, and to encourage the search for new theories and data that may
overturn the current consensus. This is what Galileo, Darwin and Einstein—among
the most celebrated scientists of all time—did. But some climate researchers,
most notably at the University of East Anglia, attempted to hide or delete
temperature data when that data didn't show recent rapid warming. They quietly
suppressed and replaced the numbers, and then attempted to squelch publication
of studies coming to different conclusions.
The
Obama administration claims a dubious "Keynesian" multiplier of 1.5 to feed the
Democrats' thirst for big spending. The administration's idea is that virtually
all their spending creates jobs for unemployed people and that additional rounds
of spending create still more—raising income by $1.50 for each dollar of
government spending. Economists differ on such multipliers, with many leading
figures pegging them at well under 1.0 as the government spending in part
replaces private spending and jobs. But all agree that every dollar of spending
requires a present value of a dollar of future taxes, which distorts decisions
to work, save, and invest and raises the cost of the dollar of spending to well
over a dollar. Thus, only spending with large societal benefits is justified, a
criterion unlikely to be met by much current spending (perusing the projects on
recovery.gov doesn't inspire confidence).
Even
more blatant is the numbers game being used to justify health-insurance reform
legislation, which claims to greatly expand coverage, decrease health-insurance
costs, and reduce the deficit. That magic flows easily from counting 10 years of
dubious Medicare "savings" and tax hikes, but only six years of spending;
assuming large cuts in doctor reimbursements that later will be cancelled; and
making the states (other than Sen. Ben Nelson's Nebraska) pay a big share of the
cost by expanding Medicaid eligibility. The Medicare "savings" and payroll tax
hikes are counted twice—first to help pay for expanded coverage, and then to
claim to extend the life of Medicare.
One
piece of good news: The public isn't believing much of this out-of-control spin.
Large majorities believe the health-care legislation will raise their insurance
costs and increase the budget deficit. Most Americans are highly skeptical of
the claims of climate extremists. And they have a more realistic reaction to the
extraordinary deterioration in our public finances than do the president and
Congress.
As a
society and as individuals, we need to make difficult, even wrenching choices,
often with grave consequences. To base those decisions on highly misleading,
biased, and even manufactured numbers is not just wrong, but dangerous.
Squandering their credibility with these numbers games will only make it more
difficult for our elected leaders to enlist support for difficult decisions from
a public increasingly inclined to disbelieve them.
Mr. Boskin is a
professor of economics at Stanford University and a senior fellow at the Hoover
Institution. He chaired the Council of Economic Advisers under President George
H.W. Bush
Bob Jensen's threads on The Sad State of Governmental Accounting and
Accountability ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
University of Illinois at Chicago Report
on Massive Political Corruption in Chicago
"Chicago Is a 'Dark Pool Of Political Corruption'," Judicial Watch,
February 22, 2010 ---
http://www.judicialwatch.org/blog/2010/feb/dark-pool-political-corruption-chicago
A major U.S. city long known
as a hotbed of pay-to-play politics infested with clout and patronage has
seen nearly 150 employees, politicians and contractors get convicted of
corruption in the last five decades.
Chicago has long been
distinguished for its pandemic of public corruption, but actual cumulative
figures have never been offered like this. The astounding information is
featured in a
lengthy report published by one of Illinois’s
biggest public universities.
Cook County, the
nation’s second largest, has been a
“dark pool of political corruption” for more than
a century, according to the informative study conducted by the University of
Illinois at Chicago, the city’s largest public college. The report offers a
detailed history of corruption in the Windy City beginning in 1869 when
county commissioners were imprisoned for rigging a contract to paint City
Hall.
It’s downhill from there,
with a plethora of political scandals that include 31 Chicago alderman
convicted of crimes in the last 36 years and more than 140 convicted since
1970. The scams involve bribes, payoffs, padded contracts, ghost employees
and whole sale subversion of the judicial system, according to the report.
Elected officials at
the highest levels of city, county and state government—including prominent
judges—were the perpetrators and they worked in various government locales,
including the assessor’s office, the county sheriff, treasurer and the
President’s Office of Employment and Training. The last to fall was renowned
political bully Isaac Carothers, who just a few
weeks ago pleaded guilty to federal bribery and tax charges.
In the last few years alone
several dozen officials have been convicted and more than 30 indicted for
taking bribes, shaking down companies for political contributions and
rigging hiring. Among the convictions were fraud, violating court orders
against using politics as a basis for hiring city workers and the
disappearance of 840 truckloads of asphalt earmarked for city jobs.
A few months ago the
city’s largest newspaper revealed that Chicago aldermen keep a
secret, taxpayer-funded pot of cash (about $1.3
million) to pay family members, campaign workers and political allies for a
variety of questionable jobs. The covert account has been utilized for
decades by Chicago lawmakers but has escaped public scrutiny because it’s
kept under wraps.
Judicial Watch has
extensively investigated Chicago corruption, most recently the
conflicted ties of top White House officials to
the city, including Barack and Michelle Obama as well as top administration
officials like Chief of Staff Rahm Emanual and Senior Advisor David Axelrod.
In November Judicial Watch
sued Chicago Mayor Richard Daley's office to
obtain records related to the president’s failed bid to bring the Olympics
to the city.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of
governmental accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Bob Jensen's threads on political
corruption are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudUpdates.htm
"How to Guard Against Stimulus Fraud:
Based on past experience, thieves may rip off the taxpayers for $100 billion,"
by Daniel J. Castleman, The Wall Street Journal, January 13, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703948504574648331267709784.html#mod=djemEditorialPage
The Obama administration—and
state and local governments—should brace themselves for fraud on an Olympic
scale as hundreds of billions of taxpayer dollars continue to pour into job
creation efforts.
Where there are government
handouts, fraud, waste and abuse are rarely far behind. The sheer scale of
the first and expected second stimulus packages combined with the
multitiered distribution channel—from Washington to the states to community
agencies to contractors and finally to workers—are simply irresistible
catnip to con men and thieves.
There are already warning
signs. The Department of Energy's inspector general said in a report in
December that staffing shortages and other internal weaknesses all but
guarantee that at least some of the agency's $37 billion economic-stimulus
funds will be misused. A tenfold increase in funding for an obscure federal
program that installs insulation in homes has state attorneys general
quietly admitting there is little hope of keeping track of the money.
While I was in charge of
investigations at the Manhattan District Attorney's office, we brought case
after case where kickbacks, bid-rigging, false invoicing schemes and
outright theft routinely amounted to a tenth of the contract value. This was
true in industries as diverse as the maintenance of luxury co-ops and
condos, interior construction and renovation of office buildings, court
construction projects, dormitory construction projects, even the
distribution of copy paper. In one insurance fraud case, the schemers
actually referred to themselves as the "Ten Percenters."
Based on past experience,
the cost of fraud involving federal government stimulus outlays of more than
$850 billion and climbing could easily reach $100 billion. Who will prevent
this? Probably no one, particularly at the state and local level.
New York, for instance, has
an aggressive inspector general's office, with experienced and dedicated
professionals. But, it is already woefully understaffed—with a head count of
only 62 people—to police the state's already existing agencies and programs.
There is simply no way that office can effectively scrutinize the influx of
$31 billion in state stimulus money.
There is a solution however,
which is to set aside a small percentage of the money distributed to fund
fraud prevention and detection programs. This will ensure that states and
municipalities can protect projects from fraud without tapping already
thinly stretched resources.
Meaningful fraud prevention,
detection and investigation can be funded by setting aside no more than 2%
of the stimulus money received. For example, if a county is to receive $50
million for an infrastructure project, $1 million should be set aside to
fund antifraud efforts; if it costs less, the remainder can be returned to
the project's budget.
While the most obvious
option might be to simply pump the fraud prevention funds into pre-existing
law enforcement agencies, that would be a mistake. Government agencies take
too long to staff up and rarely staff down.
A better idea is to tap the
former government prosecutors, regulators and detectives with experience in
fraud investigations now working in the private sector. If these resources
can be harnessed, effective watchdog programs can be put in place in a
timely manner. Competition between private-sector bidders will also lower
the cost.
Some might object to
providing a "windfall" to private companies. Any such concern is misplaced.
One should not look at the 2% spent, but rather the 8% potentially saved.
Moreover, consider the alternative: law enforcement agencies swamped trying
to stem the tide of corruption on a shoestring and a prayer.
There will always be
individuals who will rip off money meant for public projects. In the
aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, and Hurricane Katrina hundreds of people were
prosecuted for trying to steal relief funds. But the stimulus funding
represents the kind of payday even the most ambitious fraudster could never
have imagined
To avoid a stimulus
fraud Olympics that will be impossible to clean up, it is better to spend a
little now to save a lot later. The savings could put honest people to work
and fraudsters out of business.
Mr. Castleman, a former chief assistant
Manhattan district attorney, is a managing director at FTI Consulting.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
threads on The Sad State of Governmental Accounting and Accountability ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
The Most Criminal
Class is Writing the Laws ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
William D. Eggers is the Global Director of
Deloitte's Public Sector research program. John O'Leary is a Research Fellow at
the Ash Institute of the Harvard Kennedy School. Their new book is
If We Can Put a Man on the Moon: Getting Big Things Done in Government
(Harvard Business Press, 2009).
"Why the Success of "Obama Care"
Could Be
Riskier Than Failure," by William D. Eggers and John O'Leary, Harvard
Business School Blog, December 23, 2009 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2009/12/why_the_success_of_obama_care.html?cm_mmc=npv-_-DAILY_ALERT-_-AWEBER-_-DATE
When President Obama
launched his
health reform effort, more than anything he wanted
to avoid the mistakes of the
1993-1994 attempt at health care reform. His
advisors have said repeatedly over these past months that they want
something passed.
Now it appears they will get
their wish. It's certainly true that one way "Obama Care" could fail — the
one everybody has been worrying about — is by never being passed into law.
Another way it can fail, however, is if a poorly designed bill passes and
then wreaks havoc during implementation. Indeed, this sort of design and
execution failure could do greater lasting damage to the goals of health
care reform than mere failure to pass a bill.
The Obama
administration, and all reform-minded public agencies and organizations,
would do well to avoid some of the mistakes of 2004, when an all-Republican
Congress and White House rammed through a
Medicare prescription drug benefit. The messy,
ill-considered implementation of what in essence was a massive giveaway
program generated huge initial ill-will among seniors, the very group the
benefit was designed to serve.
Ultimately, the GOP's
Medicare prescription drug reform stands as a model for achieving short-term
legislative success that creates an implementation nightmare. In more
general terms, those pushing for change saw official approval as the finish
line rather than, more accurately, as the starting line.
Here are some of the key risks that the 2004 Congress should have had in
mind in their push to get Medicare reform done — and which should be
front-of-mind for change-leaders now:
The risk of ramming
it through. The process by which Medicare Part D became legislative
reality wasn't pretty. It involved low-balled cost estimates, an
unprecedented all-night vote, and high-pressure tactics from Republicans to
sway votes that cost Tom DeLay an ethics rebuke. With all the high-stakes
political gamesmanship, any actual review of the proposed policy for "implementability"
was minimal to non-existent. A related lesson as the Democrats now drive
health care and other reforms through Congress: political memory rarely
fades. Cut-throat tactics lead inexorably to future in-kind retribution.
Public leaders must stop the vicious cycle in which avenging political
battle scars trumps practical lessons learned from prior missteps of
execution.
Forgetting who
you're designing the reform for. Seniors were totally
confused by their new "benefit." "This whole program is so complicated that
I've stayed awake thinking, 'How can a brain come up with anything like
this?'" lamented a seventy-nine-year old, retired business manager.
Americans do not normally lie awake pondering the design of a federal
program. But the Medicare prescription drug program was something special.
"I have a PhD, and it's too complicated to suit me," said a
seventy-three-year old retired, chemist.
Giving the nation's elderly
voters apoplexy was not what Republicans had intended. But lawmakers had
designed the legislation primarily to curry favor with other "stakeholders"
— big pharmaceutical firms, health plans, employers, rural hospitals, and
senior advocates such as the AARP — instead of designing it to work in the
real world for the "end consumer" of the reform, i.e. everyday senior
citizens.
The number of plans the
typical senior had to sort through depended on where he or she lived. In
Colorado, retirees faced a choice of 55 plans from 24 companies. Residents
of Pennsylvania selected from 66 plans.
"The program is so
poorly designed and is creating so much confusion that it's having a
negative effect on most beneficiaries," said one pharmacist. "It's making
people cynical about the whole process — the new program, the government's
help."
Unrealistic
timeline and scale. "No company would ever launch countrywide a new
product to 40 million people all at once," explained Kathleen Harrington,
the Bush political appointee at the
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services who led
the launch of Medicare Part D. "No one would ever say that you have to get
all of the platforms, all of the systems developed for this and working
within six months." Nobody except Congress, who in fact tried to do this,
giving scant consideration to implementation challenges and the inherent
difficulty in changing a well-established system.
The launch from
hell. The computer system cobbled together to support the new
benefit crashed the very first day coverage took effect. System errors
slapped seniors with excessive charges or denied them their drugs
altogether. Computer glitches generated calls to the telephone hotlines,
which quickly became overloaded.
While eventually the
program was turned around thanks to some heroic efforts by senior federal
executives, the days and weeks following the January 2006 opening of benefit
enrollment were
a disaster — caused primarily by a dysfunctional
design process and lack of an implementation mindset.
Lessons learned.
Both Medicare Part D, as well as what we have seen of the current,
huge effort toward health care reform, highlight why government has such a
hard time dealing with complex problems. But the basic truth is simple:
ultimately, to be successful, a health reform bill has to do two things — it
has to pass through Congress, and it has to actually work in the real world.
These two considerations
often work against each other. For political reasons, artificial deadlines
are introduced. To appease interest groups, regulations are altered, or
goodies buried in the bill. These measures are almost always taken to secure
passage, but with little (or not enough) thought given to how they might
hinder implementation.
Given the problems
that arose in the comparatively simple launch of a new drug benefit to
seniors, policymakers should be examining every risk inherent in
implementing any serious overhaul of one-seventh of our economy. The
legislative process needs to produce health care reform that can work in the
real world or the backlash from a failed implementation will be furious.
William D. Eggers is the Global Director of Deloitte's Public Sector
research program. John O'Leary is a Research Fellow at the Ash Institute of
the Harvard Kennedy School. Their new book is
If We Can Put a Man on the Moon: Getting Big Things Done in Government
(Harvard Business Press, 2009).
Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
"Public Policy as Public Corruption," by
Michael Gerson, Townhall, December 23, 2009 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/MichaelGerson/2009/12/23/public_policy_as_public_corruption
"Several Democrats, including some closed allied to Speaker Nancy Pelosi, are
the subject of ethics complaints," by Holly Bailey, Newsweek Magazine,
October 3, 2009 ---
http://www.newsweek.com/id/216687
Nancy Pelosi likes to brag that she's
"drained the swamp" when it comes to corruption in the House, but ethics
problems could come back to haunt Democrats in 2010. Democrats are currently
the subject of 12 of the 16 complaints pending before the House ethics
committee. Two of the lawmakers under scrutiny—Reps. Jack Murtha and Charlie
Rangel—have close ties to Pelosi, who has come under criticism for not
asking them to resign their committee posts. Murtha, chairman of a key
defense-appropriations subcommittee, is is not formally under investigation
but the ethics committee is reviewing political contributions he and other
House lawmakers received from lobbying firm whose clients received millions
of dollars in Defense earmarks. Rangel, chairman of the Ways and Means
Committee, is facing scrutiny for not fully disclosing assets. The ethics
committee is also looking into ties between Rangel and a developer who
leased rent-controlled apartments to the congressman, and whether Rangel
improperly used his House office to raise funds for a public policy
institute in his name. Rangel and Murtha deny any wrongdoing. (Another
lawmaker under investigation: Rep. Jesse Jackson Jr., who, according to the
committee, "may have offered to raise funds" for then–Illinois governor Rod
Blagojevich in exchange for the president's Senate seat—a charge Jackson
denies. The panel deferred its probe at the request of the Justice
Department, which is conducting its own inquiry.)
Pelosi has said little about Rangel's
ethics problems, or those involving other Democrats; a Pelosi spokesman,
Brendan Daly, e-mails NEWSWEEK, "The speaker has said that [Rangel] should
not step aside while the independent, bipartisan ethics committee is
investigating."
But watchdog groups, not to mention
Republicans, are calling Pelosi hypocritical (as if
they weren't equally hypocritical)
since Democrats won back control of the House by, in part, trashing the
GOP's ethics lapses. Republicans already plan to use the ethics issue
against Democrats in 2010. Though Rangel and Murtha aren't as known as Tom
DeLay, the GOP poster boy for scandal in 2006, the party aims to change
that: this week the House GOP plans to introduce a resolution calling on
Rangel to resign his committee post.
Pelosi "promised to run the most ethical
Congress in history," says Ken Spain, a spokesman for the National
Republican Congressional Committee,
"and instead of cracking down on corruption, she
promotes it (to garner votes in Congress)."
Daly responds, "Since Democrats
took control of Congress, we have strengthened the ethics process." (Daly
has some magnificent ocean front property for sale in Arizona.)
"Can morality be brought to market?" by Prem Sikka, The Guardian,
October 7, 2009 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2009/oct/07/bae-business-ethics-morality-markets
The
BAE bribery scandal has once again brought
discussions of business ethics to the fore. Politicians also claim to be
interested in promoting
morality in markets, but have not explained how
this can be achieved.
There is no shortage of
companies wrapping themselves in claims of ethical conduct to disarm
critics. BAE boasts a global
code of conduct, which claims that "its leaders
will act ethically, promote ethical conduct both within the company and in
the markets in which we operate". In the light of the revelations about the
way the company secured its business contracts, such claims must be doubted.
BAE is not alone. There is
a huge gap between corporate talk and action, and a few illustrations would
help to highlight this gap. KPMG is one of the world's biggest accountancy
firms. Its
global code of conduct states that the firm is
committed to "acting lawfully and ethically, and encouraging this behaviour
in the marketplace … maintaining independence and objectivity, and avoiding
conflicts of interest". Yet the firm created an extensive organisational
structure to devise
tax avoidance and tax evasion schemes. Former
managers have been
found guilty of tax evasion and the firm was fined
$456m for "criminal
wrongdoing".
The
global code of conduct of Ernst & Young, another
global accountancy firm, claims that "no client or external relationship is
more important than the ethics, integrity and reputation of Ernst & Young".
Partners and former partners of the firm have also been found
guilty of promoting tax evasion.
UBS, a leading bank, has
been fined $780m by the US authorities for
facilitating tax evasion, but it told the world
that "UBS upholds the law, respects regulations and behaves in a principled
way. UBS is self-aware and has the courage to face the truth. UBS maintains
the highest ethical standards."
British Airways paid a
fine of £270m after admitting
price fixing on fuel surcharges on its long-haul
flights while its
code of conduct promised that it would behave
responsibly and ethically towards its customers.
These are just a tiny sample that shows that
corporations say one thing but do something completely different. This
hypocrisy is manufactured by corporate culture, and unless that process is
changed there is no prospect of securing moral corporations or markets.
The key issue is that companies cannot buck the
systemic pressures to produce ever higher profits. Capitalism is not
accompanied by any moral guidance on how high these profits have to be, but
shareholders always demand more. Markets do not ask any questions about the
quality of profits or the human consequences of ever-rising returns. Behind
a wall of secrecy, company directors devise plans to fleece taxpayers and
customers to increase profits, and are rewarded through profit-related
remuneration schemes. The social system provides incentives for unethical
behaviour.
Within companies, daily routines encourage
employees to prioritise profit-making even if that is unethical. For
example, tax departments within major accountancy firms operate as profit
centres. The performance of their employees is assessed at regular
intervals, and those generating profits are rewarded with salary increases
and career advancements. In time, the routines of devising tax avoidance
schemes and other financial dodges become firmly established norms, and
employees are desensitised to the consequences.
With increasing public scepticism, and pressure
from consumer groups and non-governmental organisations (NGOs), companies
manage their image by publishing high-sounding statements. Ethics itself has
become big business, and armies of consultants and advisers are available
for hire to enable companies to manage their image. No questions are raised
about the internal culture or the economic incentives for misbehaviour. It
is far cheaper for companies to publish glossy brochures than to pay taxes
or improve customer and public welfare. The payment of fines has become just
another business cost.
Making capitalism ethical is a tough task – and
possibly a hopeless one. Any policy for
encouraging ethical corporate conduct has to change the nature of capitalism
and corporations so that companies are run for the benefit of all
stakeholders, rather than just shareholders. Pressures to change corporate
culture could be facilitated by closing down persistently offending
companies, imposing personal penalties on offending executives and offering
bounties to whistleblowers.
Some Great Role Models --- Ha! Ha!
"Dozens in Congress under ethics inquiry:
AN ACCIDENTAL DISCLOSURE Document was found on file-sharing network," by
Ellen Nakashima and Paul Kane, The Washington Post, October 30, 2009 ---
Click Here
The report appears
to have been inadvertently placed on a publicly accessible computer network,
and it was provided to The Washington Post by a source not connected to the
congressional investigations. The committee said Thursday night that the
document was released by a low-level staffer.
The ethics
committee is one of the most secretive panels in Congress, and its members
and staff members sign oaths not to disclose any activities related to its
past or present investigations. Watchdog groups have accused the committee
of not actively pursuing inquiries; the newly disclosed document indicates
the panel is conducting far more investigations than it had revealed.
Shortly after 6
p.m. Thursday, the committee chairman, Zoe Lofgren (D-Calif.), interrupted a
series of House votes to alert lawmakers about the breach. She cautioned
that some of the panel's activities are preliminary and not a conclusive
sign of inappropriate behavior.
"No inference
should be made as to any member," she said.
Rep. Jo Bonner
(Ala.), the committee's ranking Republican, said the breach was an isolated
incident.
The 22-page
"Committee on Standards Weekly Summary Report" gives brief summaries of
ethics panel investigations of the conduct of 19 lawmakers and a few staff
members. It also outlines the work of the new Office of Congressional
Ethics, a quasi-independent body that initiates investigations and provides
recommendations to the ethics committee. The document indicated that the
office was reviewing the activities of 14 other lawmakers. Some were under
review by both ethics bodies.
A broader inquiry
Ethics committee
investigations are not uncommon. Most result in private letters that either
exonerate or reprimand a member. In some rare instances, the censure is more
severe.
Many of the broad
outlines of the cases cited in the July document are known -- the committee
announced over the summer that it was reviewing lawmakers with connections
to the now-closed PMA Group, a lobbying firm. But the document indicates
that the inquiry was broader than initially believed. It included a review
of seven lawmakers on the House Appropriations defense subcommittee who have
steered federal money to the firm's clients and have also received large
campaign contributions.
The document also
disclosed that:
-- Ethics committee
staff members have interviewed House Ways and Means Chairman Charles B.
Rangel (D-N.Y.) about one element of the complex investigation of his
personal finances, as well as the lawmaker's top aide and his son. Rangel
said he spoke with ethics committee staff members regarding a conference
that he and four other members of the Congressional Black Caucus attended
last November in St. Martin. The trip initially was said to be sponsored by
a nonprofit foundation run by a newspaper. But the three-day event, at a
luxury resort, was underwritten by major corporations such as Citigroup,
Pfizer and AT&T. Rules passed in 2007, shortly after Democrats reclaimed the
majority following a wave of corruption cases against Republicans, bar
private companies from paying for congressional travel.
Rangel said he has
not discussed other parts of the investigation of his finances with the
committee. "I'm waiting for that, anxiously," he said.
The Justice
Department has told the ethics panel to suspend a probe of Rep. Alan B.
Mollohan (D-W.Va.), whose personal finances federal investigators began
reviewing in early 2006 after complaints from a conservative group that he
was not fully revealing his real estate holdings. There has been no public
action on that inquiry for several years. But the department's request in
early July to the committee suggests that the case continues to draw the
attention of federal investigators, who often ask that the House and Senate
ethics panels refrain from taking action against members whom the department
is already investigating.
Mollohan said that
he was not aware of any ongoing interest by the Justice Department in his
case and that he and his attorneys have not heard from federal
investigators. "The answer is no," he said.
-- The committee on
June 9 authorized issuance of subpoenas to the Justice Department, the
National Security Agency and the FBI for "certain intercepted
communications" regarding Rep. Jane Harman (D-Calif.). As was reported
earlier this year, Harman was heard in a 2005 conversation agreeing to an
Israeli operative's request to try to obtain leniency for two pro-Israel
lobbyists in exchange for the agent's help in lobbying House Speaker Nancy
Pelosi (D-Calif.) to name her chairman of the intelligence committee. The
department, a former U.S. official said, declined to respond to the
subpoena.
Harman said that
the ethics committee has not contacted her and that she has no knowledge
that the subpoena was ever issued. "I don't believe that's true," she said.
"As far as I'm concerned, this smear has been over for three years."
In June 2009, a
Justice Department official wrote in a letter to an attorney for Harman that
she was "neither a subject nor a target" of a criminal investigation.
Because of the
secretive nature of the ethics committee, it was difficult to assess the
current status of the investigations cited in the July document. The panel
said Thursday, however, that it is ending a probe of Rep. Sam Graves (R-Mo.)
after finding no ethical violations, and that it is investigating the
financial connections of two California Democrats.
The committee did
not detail the two newly disclosed investigations. However, according to the
July document, Rep. Maxine Waters, a high-ranking member of the House
Financial Services Committee, came under scrutiny because of activities
involving OneUnited Bank of Massachusetts, in which her husband owns at
least $250,000 in stock.
Waters arranged a
September 2008 meeting at the Treasury Department where OneUnited executives
asked for government money. In December, Treasury selected OneUnited as an
early participant in the bank bailout program, injecting $12.1 million.
The other, Rep.
Laura Richardson, may have failed to mention property, income and
liabilities on financial disclosure forms.
File-sharing
The committee's
review of investigations became available on file-sharing networks because
of a junior staff member's use of the software while working from home,
Lofgren and Bonner said in a statement issued Thursday night. The staffer
was fired, a congressional aide said.
The committee "is
taking all appropriate steps to deal with this issue," they said, noting
that neither the committee nor the House's information systems were breached
in any way.
"Peer-to-peer"
technology has previously caused inadvertent breaches of sensitive
financial, defense-related and personal data from government and commercial
networks, and it is prohibited on House networks.
House
administration rules require that if a lawmaker or staff member takes work
home, "all users of House sensitive information must protect the
confidentiality of sensitive information" from unauthorized disclosure.
Leo Wise, chief
counsel for the Office of Congressional Ethics, declined to comment, citing
office policy against confirming or denying the existence of investigations.
A Justice Department spokeswoman also declined to comment, citing a similar
policy.
The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
This is the way most fraud arises on Wall
Street and it does not take even a high school education to understand how it
works
"Former RNC Finance Chair pleads guilty to $1 million bribery," by Mark
Hemingway, Washington Examiner, December 4, 2009 ---
http://www.washingtonexaminer.com/opinion/blogs/beltway-confidential/Former-RNC-Finance-Chair-pleads-guilty-to-1-million-bribery-78554297.html
Elliott Broidy, the former
Finance Chairman of the Republican National Committee, plead guilty
yesterday to offering $1 million bribes to officials with New York state's
pension funds. In return, Broidy got a $250 million investement in the Wall
Street firm he worked for:
Broidy, who also
resigned as chairman of Markstone Capital Partners, the private equity
firm, admitted that he had paid for luxury trips to hotels in Israel and
Italy for pension staffers and their relatives -- including first-class
flights and a helicopter tour. Broidy funneled the money through
charities and submitted false receipts to the state comptroller's office
to cover his tracks.
The California
financier, who was the GOP finance chairman in 2008, also paid thousands
of dollars toward rent and other expenses for former "Mod Squad" star
Peggy Lipton, who was dating a high-ranking New York pension official at
the time.
Broidy now faces up to four
years in jail and has to return some $18 million. Since the scandal with New
York's pension fund broke, it has so far led to five guilty pleas and $100
million in public funds have been returned. However, Pro-Publica -- which
has been doggedly covering the story -- notes that nothing has been done to
prevent future corruption:
The system that allowed
corruption to flourish in New York, where $110 billion in retirement
savings are controlled by a sole trustee with no board oversight, is
still in place.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Are there any truly honest local, state, and
Federal officials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Lawmakers
"Obama Administration Steers Lucrative No-Bid Contract for Afghan Work to
Dem Donor," Free Republic, January 25, 2010 ---
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/2436733/posts
Despite President Obama's long history of
criticizing the Bush administration for "sweetheart deals" with favored
contractors, the Obama administration this month awarded a $25 million
federal contract for work in Afghanistan to a company owned by a Democratic
campaign contributor without entertaining competitive bids, Fox News has
learned. The contract, awarded on Jan. 4 to Checchi & Company Consulting,
Inc., a Washington-based firm owned by economist and Democratic donor
Vincent V. Checchi, will pay the firm $24,673,427 to provide "rule of law
stabilization services" in war-torn Afghanistan.
"Big government's business cronies," by
John Stossel, WorldNetDaily, February 3, 2010 ---
http://www.wnd.com/index.php?fa=PAGE.view&pageId=123960
Many window-making
companies struggle because of the recession's effect on home building. But
one little window company, Serious Materials, is "booming,"
says Fortune. "On a roll," according to Inc.
magazine, which put Serious' CEO on its cover, with a story titled:
"How to Build a Great Company."
The
Minnesota Freedom Foundation tells me that this
same little window company also gets serious attention from the most visible
people in America.
Vice President Joe Biden
appeared at the opening of one of its plants. CEO Kevin Surace thanked him
for his "unwavering support." "Without you and the recovery ("stimulus")
act, this would not have been possible," Surace said.
Biden returned the
compliment: "You are not just churning out windows; you are making some of
the most energy-efficient windows in the world. I would argue the most
energy-efficient windows in the world."
Gee, other
window-makers say their windows are just as
energy
efficient,
but the vice president didn't visit them.
Biden laid it on pretty
thick for Serious Materials: "This is a story of how a new economy
predicated on innovation and efficiency is not only helping us today but
inspiring a better tomorrow."
Serious doesn't just
have the vice president in his corner. It's got President Obama himself.
Milton Friedman's classic "Capitalism and Freedom" explains how individual
liberty can only thrive when accompanied by economic liberty
Company board member Paul
Holland had the rare of honor of introducing Obama at a "green energy"
event. Obama then said: "Serious Materials just reopened ... a manufacturing
plant outside of Pittsburgh. These workers will now have a new mission:
producing some of the most energy-efficient windows in the world."
How many companies get
endorsed by the president of the United States?
When the CEO said that
opening his factory wouldn't have been possible without the Obama
administration, he may have known something we didn't. Last month, Obama
announced a new set of tax credits for so-called green companies. One window
company was on the list: Serious Materials. This must be one very special
company.
But wait, it gets even more
interesting.
On my Fox
Business
Network
show on
"crony capitalism," I displayed a picture of
administration officials and so-called "energy leaders" taken at the U.S.
Department of Energy. Standing front and center was Cathy Zoi, who oversees
$16.8 billion in stimulus
funds,
much of it for weatherization programs that benefit Serious.
The interesting twist is
that Zoi happens to be the wife of Robin Roy, who happens to be vice
president of "policy" at Serious Windows.
Of all the window companies
in America, maybe it's a coincidence that the one that gets presidential and
vice presidential attention and a special tax credit is one whose company
executives give thousands of dollars to the Obama campaign and where the
policy officer spends nights at home with the Energy Department's
weatherization boss.
Or maybe not.
There may be nothing illegal
about this. Zoi did disclose her marriage and said she would recuse herself
from any matter that had a predictable effect on her financial interests.
But it sure looks funny to
me, and it's odd that the liberal media have so much interest in this one
company. Rachel Maddow of MSNBC, usually not a big promoter of corporate
growth, gushed about how Serious Materials is an example of how the
"stimulus" is working.
When we asked the company
about all this, a spokeswoman said, "We don't comment on the personal lives
of our employees." Later she called to say that my story is "full of lies."
But she wouldn't say what
those lies are.
On its website, Serious
Materials says it did not get a taxpayer subsidy. But that's just playing
with terms. What it got was a tax credit, an opportunity that its
competitors did not get: to keep money it would have paid in taxes. Let's
not be misled. Government is as manipulative with selective tax credits as
it is with cash subsidies. It would be more efficient to cut taxes across
the board. Why should there be favoritism?
Because politicians
like it. Big, complicated government gives them opportunities to do favors
for their friends.
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/fraudUpdates.htm
The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
Paulson and Geithner Lied Big Time
"The
Ugly AIG Post-Mortem: The TARP Inspector General's report has a lot more to say
about the rating agencies than it does about Goldman Sachs," by Holman
Jenkins, The Wall Street Journal, November 24m 2009 ---
Click Here
A year later, the myrmidons of the media have gotten around to the question of
why, after the government took over AIG, it paid 100 cents on the dollar to
honor the collateral demands of AIG's subprime insurance counterparties.
By all means, read TARP Inspector General Neil Barofsky's report on the AIG
bailout—but read it honestly.
It does not say AIG's bailout was a "backdoor bailout" of Goldman Sachs. It does
not say the Fed was remiss in failing to require Goldman and other
counterparties to settle AIG claims for pennies on the dollar.
It does not for a moment doubt the veracity of officials who say their concern
was to stem a systemic panic that might have done lasting damage to the U.S.
standard of living.
To be sure, Mr. Barofsky has some criticisms to offer, but the biggest floats
inchoate between the lines of a widely overlooked section headed "lessons
learned," which focuses on the credit rating agencies. The section notes not
only the role of the rating agencies, with their "inherently conflicted business
model," in authoring the subprime mess in the first place—but also the role of
their credit downgrades in tipping AIG into a liquidity crisis, in undermining
the Fed's first attempt at an AIG rescue, and in the decision of government
officials "not to pursue a more aggressive negotiating policy to seek
concessions from" AIG's counterparties.
Though not quite spelling it out, Mr. Barofsky here brushes close to the last
great unanswered question about the AIG bailout. Namely: With the government now
standing behind AIG, why not just tell Goldman et al. to waive their collateral
demands since they now had the world's best IOU—Uncle Sam's?
Congress might not technically have put its full faith and credit behind AIG,
but if banks agreed to accept this argument, and Treasury and Fed insisted on
it, and the SEC upheld it, the rating agencies would likely have gone along. No
cash would have had to change hands at all.
This didn't happen, let's guess, because the officials—Hank Paulson, Tim
Geithner and Ben Bernanke—were reluctant to invent legal and policy authority
out of whole cloth to overrule the ratings agencies—lo, the same considerations
that also figured in their reluctance to dictate unilateral haircuts to holders
of AIG subprime insurance.
Of course, the thinking now is that these officials, in bailing out AIG, woulda,
shoulda, coulda used their political clout to force such haircuts, but quailed
when the banks, evil Goldman most of all, insisted on 100 cents on the dollar.
This story, in its gross simplification, is certainly wrong. Goldman and others
weren't in the business of voluntarily relinquishing valuable claims. But the
reality is, in the heat of the crisis, they would have acceded to any terms the
government dictated. Washington's game at the time, however, wasn't to
nickel-and-dime the visible cash transfers to AIG. It was playing for bigger
stakes—stopping a panic by asserting the government's bottomless resources to
uphold the IOUs of financial institutions.
What's more, if successful, these efforts were certain to cause the
AIG-guaranteed securities to rebound in value—as they have. Money has already
flowed back to AIG and the Fed (which bought some of the subprime securities to
dissolve the AIG insurance agreements) and is likely to continue to do so for
the simple reason that the underlying payment streams are intact.
Never mind: The preoccupation with the Goldman payments amounts to a misguided
kind of cash literalism. For the taxpayer has assumed much huger liabilities to
keep homeowners in their homes, to keep mortgage payments flowing to investors,
to fatten the earnings of financial firms, etc., etc. These liabilities dwarf
the AIG collateral calls, inevitably benefit Goldman and other firms, and
represent the real cost of our failure to create a financial system in which
investors (a category that includes a lot more than just Goldman) live and die
by the risks they voluntarily take without taxpayers standing behind them.
No, Moody's and S&P are not the cause of this policy failure—yet Mr. Barofsky's
half-articulated choice to focus on them is profound. For the role the agencies
have come to play in our financial system amounts to a direct, if feckless and
weak, attempt to contain the incentives that flow from the government's
guaranteeing of so many kinds of private liabilities, from the pension system
and bank deposits to housing loans and student loans.
The rating agencies' role as gatekeepers to these guarantees is, and was,
corrupting, but the solution surely is to pare back the guarantees themselves.
Overreliance on rating agencies, with their "inherently conflicted business
model," was ultimately a product of too much government interference in the
allocation of credit in the first place.
The Mother
of Future Lawsuits Directly Against Credit Rating Agencies and I, ndirectly
Against Auditing Firms
It has
been shown how Moody's and some other credit rating agencies sold AAA ratings
for securities and tranches that did not deserve such ratings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
My friend
Larry sent me the following link indicating that a lawsuit in Ohio may shake up
the credit rating fraudsters.
Will 49 other states and thousands of pension funds follow suit?
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the
legal troubles of the country’s largest credit rating agencies deepened on
Friday when the attorney general of Ohio sued
Moody’s Investors Service,
Standard & Poor’s and
Fitch, claiming that they had cost state
retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving high-risk Wall
Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/21/business/21ratings.html?em
Jensen
Comment
The credit raters will rely heavily on the claim that they relied on the
external auditors who, in turn, are being sued for playing along with fraudulent
banks that grossly underestimated loan loss reserves on poisoned subprime loan
portfolios and poisoned tranches sold to investors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Bad things happen in court where three or more parties start blaming each other
for billions of dollars of losses that in many cases led to total bank failures
and the wiping out of all the shareholders in those banks, including the pension
funds that invested in those banks. A real test is the massive lawsuit against
Deloitte's auditors in the huge Washington Mutual (WaMu) shareholder lawsuit.
"Ohio Sues
Rating Firms for Losses in Funds," by David Segal, The New York Times,
November 20m 2009 ---
Click Here
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s
largest credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of
Ohio sued Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that
they had cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving
high-risk Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
Already facing a spate of private lawsuits, the legal troubles of the country’s
largest credit rating agencies deepened on Friday when the attorney general of
Ohio sued Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, claiming that
they had cost state retirement and pension funds some $457 million by approving
high-risk Wall Street securities that went bust in the financial collapse.
The case could test whether the agencies’ ratings are constitutionally protected
as a form of free speech.
The lawsuit asserts that Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch were in league
with the banks and other issuers, helping to create an assortment of exotic
financial instruments that led to a disastrous bubble in the housing market.
“We believe that the credit rating agencies, in exchange for fees, departed from
their objective, neutral role as arbiters,” the attorney general, Richard
Cordray, said at a news conference. “At minimum, they were aiding and abetting
misconduct by issuers.”
He accused the companies of selling their integrity to the highest bidder.
Steven Weiss, a spokesman for McGraw-Hill, which owns S.& P., said that the
lawsuit had no merit and that the company would vigorously defend itself.
“A recent Securities and Exchange Commission examination of our business
practices found no evidence that decisions about rating methodologies or models
were based on attracting market share,” he said.
Michael Adler, a spokesman for Moody’s, also disputed the claims. “It is
unfortunate that the state attorney general, rather than engaging in an
objective review and constructive dialogue regarding credit ratings, instead
appears to be seeking new scapegoats for investment losses incurred during an
unprecedented global market disruption,” he said.
A spokesman for Fitch said the company would not comment because it had not seen
the lawsuit.
The litigation adds to a growing stack of lawsuits against the three largest
credit rating agencies, which together command an 85 percent share of the
market. Since the credit crisis began last year, dozens of investors have sought
to recover billions of dollars from worthless or nearly worthless bonds on which
the rating agencies had conferred their highest grades.
One of those groups is largest pension fund in the country, the California
Public Employees Retirement System, which filed a lawsuit in state court in
California in July, claiming that “wildly inaccurate ratings” had led to roughly
$1 billion in losses.
And more litigation is likely. As part of a broader financial reform, Congress
is considering provisions that make it easier for plaintiffs to sue rating
agencies. And the Ohio attorney general’s action raises the possibility of
similar filings from other states. California’s attorney general, Jerry Brown,
said in September that his office was investigating the rating agencies, with an
eye toward determining “how these agencies could get it so wrong and whether
they violated California law in the process.”
As a group, the attorneys general have proved formidable opponents, most notably
in the landmark litigation and multibillion-dollar settlement against tobacco
makers in 1998.
To date, however, the rating agencies are undefeated in court, and aside from
one modest settlement in a case 10 years ago, no one has forced them to hand
over any money. Moody’s, S.& P. and Fitch have successfully argued that their
ratings are essentially opinions about the future, and therefore subject to
First Amendment protections identical to those of journalists.
But that was before billions of dollars in triple-A rated bonds went bad in the
financial crisis that started last year, and before Congress extracted a number
of internal e-mail messages from the companies, suggesting that employees were
aware they were giving their blessing to bonds that were all but doomed. In one
of those messages, an S.& P. analyst said that a deal “could be structured by
cows and we’d rate it.”
Recent cases, like the suit filed Friday, are founded on the premise that the
companies were aware that investments they said were sturdy were dangerously
unsafe. And if analysts knew that they were overstating the quality of the
products they rated, and did so because it was a path to profits, the ratings
could forfeit First Amendment protections, legal experts say.
“If they hold themselves out to the marketplace as objective when in fact they
are influenced by the fees they are receiving, then they are perpetrating a
falsehood on the marketplace,” said Rodney A. Smolla, dean of the Washington and
Lee University School of Law. “The First Amendment doesn’t extend to the
deliberate manipulation of financial markets.”
The 73-page complaint, filed on behalf of Ohio Police and Fire Pension Fund, the
Ohio Public Employees Retirement System and other groups, claims that in recent
years the rating agencies abandoned their role as impartial referees as they
began binging on fees from deals involving mortgage-backed securities.
At the root of the problem, according to the complaint, is the business model of
rating agencies, which are paid by the issuers of the securities they are paid
to appraise. The lawsuit, and many critics of the companies, have described that
arrangement as a glaring conflict of interest.
“Given that the rating agencies did not receive their full fees for a deal
unless the deal was completed and the requested rating was provided,” the
attorney general’s suit maintains, “they had an acute financial incentive to
relax their stated standards of ‘integrity’ and ‘objectivity’ to placate their
clients.”
To complicate problems in the system of incentives, the lawsuit states, the
methodologies used by the rating agencies were outdated and flawed. By the time
those flaws were obvious, nearly half a billion dollars in pension and
retirement funds had evaporated in Ohio, revealing the bonds to be “high-risk
securities that both issuers and rating agencies knew to be little more than a
house of cards,” the complaint states.
"Rating
agencies lose free-speech claim," by Jonathon Stempel, Reuters,
September 3, 2009 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/GCA-CreditCrisis/idUSTRE5824KN20090903
There are two superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United
States and there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy
you by dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds.
And believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful. The most that we
can safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium
is that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert
of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies,"
Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to mortgage-backed securities that
didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only gave false comfort to investors,
but also skewed the computer risk models and regulatory capital computations,"
Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox as quoted on October 23, 2008 at
http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html
"How
Moody's sold its ratings - and sold out investors," by Kevin G. Hall,
McClatchy Newspapers, October 18, 2009 ---
http://www.mcclatchydc.com/homepage/story/77244.html
Paulson
and Geithner Lied Big Time: The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
What was their real motive in the greatest fraud conspiracy in the history of
the world?
Bombshell: In 2008 and early 2009, Treasury Secretary leaders
Paulson and
Geithner told the media and Congress that
AIG needed a global bailout due to not having cash reserves to meet credit
default swap (systematic risk) obligations and insurance policy payoffs. On
November 19, 2009 in Congressional testimony Geithner now admits that all this
was a pack of lies. However, he refuses to resign as requested by some Senators.
"AIG and
Systemic Risk Geithner says credit-default swaps weren't the problem, after
all," Editors of The Wall Street Journal, November 20, 2009 ---
Click Here
TARP Inspector General Neil Barofsky keeps committing flagrant acts of
political transparency, which if nothing else ought to inform the debate
going forward over financial reform. In his latest bombshell, the IG
discloses that the New York Federal Reserve did not believe that AIG's
credit-default swap (CDS) counterparties posed a systemic financial risk.
Hello?
For the last year, the entire Beltway theory of the financial panic has been
based on the claim that the "opaque," unregulated CDS market had forced the
Fed to take over AIG and pay off its counterparties, lest the system
collapse. Yet we now learn from Mr. Barofsky that saving the counterparties
was not the reason for the bailout.
In the fall of 2008 the New York Fed drove a baby-soft bargain with AIG's
credit-default-swap counterparties. The Fed's taxpayer-funded vehicle,
Maiden Lane III, bought out the counterparties' mortgage-backed securities
at 100 cents on the dollar, effectively canceling out the CDS contracts.
This was miles above what those assets could have fetched in the market at
that time, if they could have been sold at all.
The New York Fed president at the time was none other than Timothy Geithner,
the current Treasury Secretary, and Mr. Geithner now tells Mr. Barofsky that
in deciding to make the counterparties whole, "the financial condition of
the counterparties was not a relevant factor."
This is startling. In April we noted in these columns that Goldman Sachs, a
major AIG counterparty, would certainly have suffered from an AIG failure.
And in his latest report, Mr. Barofsky comes to the same conclusion. But if
Mr. Geithner now says the AIG bailout wasn't driven by a need to rescue CDS
counterparties, then what was the point? Why pay Goldman and even foreign
banks like Societe Generale billions of tax dollars to make them whole?
Both Treasury and the Fed say they think it would have been inappropriate
for the government to muscle counterparties to accept haircuts, though the
New York Fed tried to persuade them to accept less than par. Regulators say
that having taxpayers buy out the counterparties improved AIG's liquidity
position, but why was it important to keep AIG liquid if not to protect some
class of creditors?
Yesterday, Mr. Geithner introduced a new explanation, which is that AIG
might not have been able to pay claims to its insurance policy holders: "AIG
was providing a range of insurance products to households across the
country. And if AIG had defaulted, you would have seen a downgrade leading
to the liquidation and failure of a set of insurance contracts that touched
Americans across this country and, of course, savers around the world."
Yet, if there is one thing that all observers seemed to agree on last year,
it was that AIG's money to pay policyholders was segregated and safe inside
the regulated insurance subsidiaries. If the real systemic danger was the
condition of these highly regulated subsidiaries—where there was no CDS
trading—then the Beltway narrative implodes.
Interestingly, in Treasury's official response to the Barofsky report,
Assistant Secretary Herbert Allison explains why the department acted to
prevent an AIG bankruptcy. He mentions the "global scope of AIG, its
importance to the American retirement system, and its presence in the
commercial paper and other financial markets." He does not mention CDS.
All of this would seem to be relevant to the financial reform that Treasury
wants to plow through Congress. For example, if AIG's CDS contracts were not
the systemic risk, then what is the argument for restructuring the
derivatives market? After Lehman's failure, CDS contracts were quickly
settled according to the industry protocol. Despite fears of systemic risk,
none of the large banks, either acting as a counterparty to Lehman or as a
buyer of CDS on Lehman itself, turned out to have major exposure.
More broadly, lawmakers now have an opportunity to dig deeper into the
nature of moral hazard and the restoration of a healthy financial system.
Barney Frank and Chris Dodd are pushing to give regulators "resolution
authority" for struggling firms. Under both of their bills, this would mean
unlimited ability to spend unlimited taxpayer sums to prevent an unlimited
universe of firms from failing.
Americans know that's not the answer, but what is the best solution to the
too-big-to-fail problem? And how exactly does one measure systemic risk? To
answer these questions, it's essential that we first learn the lessons of
2008. This is where reports like Mr. Barofsky's are valuable, telling us
things that the government doesn't want us to know.
In remarks Tuesday that were interpreted as a veiled response to Mr.
Barofsky's report, Mr. Geithner said, "It's a great strength of our country,
that you're going to have the chance for a range of people to look back at
every decision made in every stage in this crisis, and look at the quality
of judgments made and evaluate them with the benefit of hindsight." He
added, "Now, you're going to see a lot of conviction in this, a lot of
strong views—a lot of it untainted by experience."
Mr. Geithner has a point about Monday-morning quarterbacking. He and others
had to make difficult choices in the autumn of 2008 with incomplete
information and often with little time to think, much less to reflect. But
that was last year. The task now is to learn the lessons of that crisis and
minimize the moral hazard so we can reduce the chances that the panic and
bailout happen again.
This means a more complete explanation from Mr. Geithner of what really
drove his decisions last year, how he now defines systemic risk, and why he
wants unlimited power to bail out creditors—before Congress grants the
executive branch unlimited resolution authority that could lead to bailouts
ad infinitum.
Jensen
Comment
One of the first teller of lies was the highly respected Gretchen Morgenson of
The New York Times who was repeating the lies told to her and Congress by
the Treasury and the Fed. This was when I first believed that the problem at AIG
was failing to have capital reserves to meet CDS obligations. I really believed
Morgenson's lies in 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Here's
what I wrote in 2008 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
Credit Default Swap (CDS)
This is an insurance policy that essentially "guarantees" that if a CDO goes bad
due to having turds mixed in with the chocolates, the "counterparty" who
purchased the CDO will recover the value fraudulently invested in turds. On
September 30, 2008 Gretchen Morgenson of The New York Times aptly
explained that the huge CDO underwriter of CDOs was the insurance firm called
AIG. She also explained that the first $85 billion given in bailout money by
Hank Paulson to AIG was to pay the counterparties to CDS swaps. She also
explained that, unlike its casualty insurance operations, AIG had no capital
reserves for paying the counterparties for the the turds they purchased from
Wall Street investment banks.
"Your
Money at Work, Fixing Others’ Mistakes," by Gretchen Morgenson, The New York
Times, September 20, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/21/business/21gret.html
Also see "A.I.G., Where Taxpayers’ Dollars Go to Die," The New York Times,
March 7, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/03/08/business/08gret.html
What Ms.
Morgenson failed to explain, when Paulson eventually gave over $100 billion for
AIG's obligations to counterparties in CDS contracts, was who were the
counterparties who received those bailout funds. It turns out that most of them
were wealthy Arabs and some Asians who we were getting bailed out while Paulson
was telling shareholders of WaMu, Lehman Brothers, and Merrill Lynch to eat
their turds.
You tube
had a lot of videos about a CDS. Go to YouTube and read in the phrase "credit
default swap" ---
http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Credit+Default+Swaps&search_type=&aq=f
In particular note this video by Paddy Hirsch ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kaui9e_4vXU
Paddy has some other YouTube videos about the financial crisis.
Bob
Jensen’s threads on accounting for credit default swaps are under the C-Terms at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm#C-Terms
The
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World
"The
Greatest Swindle Ever Sold," by Andy Kroll, The Nation, May 26, 2009 ---
http://www.thenation.com/doc/20090608/kroll/print
Bob
Jensen's threads on why the infamous "Bailout" won't work ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#BailoutStupidity
More on the unfunded entitlements that Congress simply added to Social
Security and Medicare hemorrhages
This may well affect payroll tax increases in the future
"Determining which employees are disabled under the new ADA regulations,"
AccountingWeb, November 19, 2009 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/topic/cfo/determining-which-employees-are-disabled-under-new-ada-regulations
Wading into the depths of the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 to determine who is disabled and who is not
has never been a simple task for employers or their employees. On January 1,
2009 amendments to the Act took effect but the new amendments left many
unanswered questions. Now, as instructed by Congress, the U.S. Equal
Employment Commission has proposed rules designed to bring some clarity to
both employers and employees.
Whether that actually occurs remains to be
seen, but it is imperative for companies to become familiar with the
proposed rules, which represent some significant departures from the past.
Why? Consider several scenarios and try to determine in which cases an
employee is considered disabled and must be offered a reasonable
accommodation:
A: An employee with post-traumatic stress
disorder; B: An employee with cancer who is currently in remission; C: An
employee with asthma that they treat with an inhaler; or D: An employee who
wears contact lenses.
According to the EEOC's proposed rules,
the answers are yes, yes, yes, and no. The rules are still being debated,
but employers must make sure they understand which impairments may qualify
as a disability, which may not and how to determine what falls into either
category.
The Revised ADA Regulations
When the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 (ADAAA)
took effect at the beginning of 2009, it brought some significant changes to
the way that disabilities could be interpreted, even though it made few
changes to the definition of a disability.
Under the ADAAA, a disability remains "an
impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, a
record of such an impairment, or being regarded as having such an
impairment."
However, the new law made several
important changes, which have spurred the EEOC's proposed rules. Those
changes include:
Expanding the definition of major life
activities to include walking, reading, and many major bodily functions,
such as the immune system, normal cell growth, digestive, bowel, bladder,
neurological, brain, respiratory, circulatory, endocrine, and reproductive
functions. Ordering employers to not consider mitigating measures other than
regular eyeglasses or contact lenses when determining whether an individual
has a disability. Clarifying that an impairment that is episodic or in
remission is a disability if it would substantially limit a major life
activity when the impairment is active – that is, employees are disabled
even if they are not showing symptoms of their disease, if the disease would
qualify as a disability when the employee is experiencing symptoms.
The EEOC Weighs In
When the law was passed, the EEOC was
directed to evaluate how employers should interpret the changes in the ADAAA,
employees, and job applicants. In September, the commission did so when it
issued its Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. According to the commission, the
proposed rules – like the amended ADA – are meant to offer broad coverage to
disabled individuals to the maximum extent allowed. The intent of the EEOC
seems clear – the issue should be less about whether an employee or job
applicant has a disability and more about whether discrimination has
occurred.
The EEOC has also included a specific
laundry list of impairments that "consistently meet" the definition of a
disability – a list that is far more extensive than in the past. There are
several other important aspects of the proposed rules, which are still being
debated. Those aspects include:
Along with the list of impairments that
consistently meet the definition of a disability, the proposed rules include
examples of impairments that require more analysis to determine whether they
are, in fact, disabilities, since these impairments may cause more
difficulties for some than others. Impairments that are episodic or in
remission, including epilepsy, cancer, and many kinds of psychiatric
impairments, are disabilities if they would "substantially limit" major life
activities when active. "Major life activities" include caring for oneself,
performing manual tasks, seeing, hearing, eating, sleeping, walking,
standing, sitting, reaching, lifting, bending, speaking, breathing,
learning, reading, concentrating, thinking, communicating, interacting with
others, and working.
Three of these – reaching, interacting
with others, and sitting – are seen for the first time in the proposed rules
and are not listed in the ADAAA. This is not an exhaustive list, according
to the commission.
The proposed rules also include a
specific, non-exhaustive list of major bodily functions that constitute
major life activities, including several – special sense organs and skin,
genitourinary, cardiovascular, hemic, lymphatic, and musculoskeletal – that
are new under the EEOC proposed rules.
· The proposed rules change the definition
of "substantially limits." Under the new regulations, a person is regarded
as disabled if an impairment substantially limits his or her ability to
perform a major life activity compared to what "most people in the general
population" could perform. This is a change from the old regulations, which
define a disability as one that substantially limits how a person can
perform a major life activity compared to "average person in the general
population" can perform an activity.
According to the EEOC, an impairment
doesn't need to prevent or severely restrict an individual from performing a
major life activity. Those tests were too demanding, according to the
proposed rules. Now, employers should rely on a common-sense assessment,
based on how an employee's or applicant's ability to perform a major life
function compares with most people in the general population.
In good news for employers, the proposed
rules do say that temporary, non-chronic impairments that do not last long
and that leave little or no residual effects are usually not considered
disabilities. Prior factors for considering whether an impairment is
substantially limiting, such as the nature, severity and duration of the
impairment, as well as long-term and permanent effects, have been removed.
According to the EEOC, at most, an extra
one million workers may consider themselves to be disabled under the
proposed rules. While that may not seem like many to the commission,
businesses must prepare themselves.
Education and communication are the most
important steps employers can take to prevent discriminations lawsuits from
those claiming disabilities. Employers must educate themselves about the
proposed rules and how those may change when they are ultimately approved.
Employers must also educate their
employees about changes to the ADA and the EEOC's interpretation of the act.
Human resources personnel, managers, and supervisors should be trained to
respond to employees who seek a reasonable accommodation to their
impairment. Employees should receive training, so they know the correct
channels to go through if they believe an impairment qualifies as a
disability. Formalized training, with employee sign-offs, can help to
protect employers from discrimination claims.
They should be working with legal counsel
to update all of their training manuals and employee handbooks, in light of
the new regulations and proposed rules.
With the shift to a broader definition of
disability, employers must brace for the possibility of an increasing number
of claims. They must also work to ensure that they are not inadvertently
discriminating against anyone who now qualifies as disabled.
Bob Jensen's threads on unfunded entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/entitlements.htm
"Pay-to-Play Torts Pension middlemen get
investigated; lawyers get a pass," The Wall Street Journal, October
31, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704107204574473310387443816.html?mod=djemEditorialPage
Pay-to-play schemes
involving public officials and the pension funds they oversee are finally
getting the hard look they deserve. Some 36 states are investigating how
financial brokers and other middlemen have used kickbacks and campaign
contributions to gain access to retirement funds. Now if only plaintiffs law
firms would get the same scrutiny.
Like investment funds,
class-action law firms hire intermediaries to help win state business. But
the more common practice is for plaintiffs lawyers to make campaign
contributions to public officials with the goal of being selected by those
same officials to represent the pension fund in securities litigation.
These enormous state funds
are among the world's largest institutional investors, and they frequently
sue companies on behalf of shareholders. The role of pension funds in such
suits became all the more important after the securities-law reform of 1995
that limited the ability of some plaintiffs to file shareholder lawsuits. So
plaintiffs law firms have worked especially hard to turn these pension funds
into business partners in their pursuit of class action riches.
The law firms typically
agree to take the cases on a contingency basis that means no fees up front
but a huge share (30% or more) of any settlement or jury verdict. However,
attorneys suing on the government's behalf are supposed to be neutral actors
whose goal is justice, not lining their own pockets. When for-profit lawyers
are involved with a contingency fee at the end of the lawsuit rainbow, the
incentives shift toward settling to get a big payday.
This month, the New York
Daily News reported that the lawyers representing New York state's $116.5
billion pension fund have received more than a half-billion dollars in
contingency fees over the past decade. Meanwhile, state Comptroller Thomas
DiNapoli, the fund's sole trustee, "has raked in more than $200,000 in
campaign cash from law firms looking to represent the state's pension fund
in big-money suits," the paper reported. Attorneys from one Manhattan firm,
Labaton Sucharow, gave Mr. DiNapoli $47,500 in December 2008, only months
after he chose the firm as lead counsel in a class action suit against
Countrywide Financial. Mr. DiNapoli's office says firms that give money
don't get preferential treatment.
The Empire State is hardly
unusual. Labaton Sucharow has given more than $58,000 to Massachusetts State
Treasurer Timothy Cahill, who recently announced his gubernatorial bid. The
Labaton firm is representing state and county pension funds in more than a
dozen security class action lawsuits.
The Louisiana State
Employees' Retirement System is among the most litigious in the nation. John
Kennedy, the state treasurer who helps decide when Louisiana's major pension
funds should bring a law suit, has received tens of thousands of dollars in
political donations from Bernstein Litowitz, which has offices in New York,
New Orleans and San Diego and was the country's top-grossing securities
class-action firm in 2008. The law firm has represented Louisiana's public
pension funds at least 13 times since 2004, and its partners donated nearly
$30,000 to Mr. Kennedy's two most recent campaigns, even though he ran
unopposed both times.
In Mississippi, the state
attorney general determines when the public employees retirement fund should
bring a securities class action and which outside firms will represent the
fund. Would you be shocked to learn that AG Jim Hood has frequently chosen
law firms that have donated to his campaigns?
Mr. Hood is also partial to
Bernstein Litowitz. On February 21, 2006, he chose the firm to represent the
Mississippi Public Employees Retirement Fund in a securities class action
against Delphi Corporation—just days after receiving $25,000 in donations
from Bernstein Litowitz attorneys. The suit was eventually settled, and the
lawyers on the case received $40.5 million in fees. Mr. Hood's campaign
would appear to deserve a raise.
Back in New York, Attorney
General Andrew Cuomo has garnered banner headlines and much praise for his
pay-to-play pension fund probe that has already led to four guilty pleas by
investors and politicians. Good for him. Yet when asked about pursuing the
trial bar for similar behavior, his office says it has no jurisdiction to go
after law firms in class action suits. He could at least turn down their
campaign money, however.
Mr. Cuomo's campaign happens
to have received $200,000 from securities law firms. Perhaps it's merely a
coincidence that the expected candidate for governor in 2010 doesn't want to
investigate his funders. Mr. Cuomo recently proposed legislation that puts
restrictions on campaign donations from investment firms seeking pension
business. His proposal does not seek the same restrictions on securities law
firms. Perhaps that's another coincidence.
If Mr. Cuomo won't
investigate pay-to-play torts on his own, then someone else should
investigate Mr. Cuomo's relationship with these pay-to-play law firms.
Once again, the power of pork to sustain incumbents
gets its best demonstration in the person of John Murtha (D-PA). The
acknowledged king of earmarks in the House gains the attention of the New York
Times editorial board today, which notes the cozy and lucrative relationship
between more than two dozen contractors in Murtha's district and the hundreds of
millions of dollars in pork he provided them. It also highlights what roughly
amounts to a commission on the sale of Murtha's power as an appropriator: Mr.
Murtha led all House members this year, securing $162 million in district
favors, according to the watchdog group Taxpayers for Common Sense. ... In 1991,
Mr. Murtha used a $5 million earmark to create the National Defense Center for
Environmental Excellence in Johnstown to develop anti-pollution technology for
the military. Since then, it has garnered more than $670 million in contracts
and earmarks. Meanwhile it is managed by another contractor Mr. Murtha helped
create, Concurrent Technologies, a research operation that somehow was allowed
to be set up as a tax-exempt charity, according to The Washington Post. Thanks
to Mr. Murtha, Concurrent has boomed; the annual salary for its top three
executives averages $462,000.
Edward Morrissey, Captain's Quarters, January 14, 2008 ---
http://www.captainsquartersblog.com/mt/archives/016617.php
Many Colleges Turn
Their Ears Toward Congress
Higher education leaders
have long had a love-hate
relationship with earmarks.
On the one hand, they’re
regularly derided by critics
as fostering the waste of
tax dollars and encouraging
a sometimes secretive
circumvention of peer review
in ways that do not
necessarily produce the best
science. But the fact
remains that colleges and
the research initiatives
they house have been among
the key recipients of the
dollars, which some argue
level the research playing
field for less-prestigious
institutions. Public
university presidents
regularly pass through
Washington to lobby their
members of Congress for the
grants; on Monday alone, two
who met with Inside Higher
Ed’s editors boasted that
that was a primary reason
for their visits to town.
Although many members of
Congress defend the grants
as a way for them to reward
constituents who do good
work but are disadvantaged
for a variety of reasons in
traditional competitions for
funds, the grants have come
under increasing scrutiny
from budget hawks and “good
government” types who see
the earmarks as wasteful.
Congress has made several
changes in law and policy
aimed at improving
disclosure of the grants,
with the goal of
embarrassing lawmakers into
providing fewer of them. But
that strategy appears to
have failed miserably so
far; in its 2008 spending
bills, Congress funded
11,000 noncompetitive
projects worth $14 billion —
half the amount delivered in
2007, but about 1,000 more
grants than awarded that
year.
Doug Lederman, 'Bush on
Earmarks: Tough Words,
Little Meaning," Inside
Higher Ed, January 29,
2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/01/29/bush
A company owned by a nephew of Rep. John Murtha
received $4 million from the Defense Department last year for engineering and
warehouse services, The Washington Post reported Tuesday. Murtha, D-Pa., is
chairman of the House Appropriations defense subcommittee. Murtech Inc., based
on Glen Burnie, Md., is owned by the congressman's nephew Robert C. Murtha Jr.,
who told the Post the company provides "necessary logistical support" to
Pentagon testing programs, "and that's about as far as I feel comfortable
going." The Post reported that the Pentagon rewarded contracts to Murtech
without competition.
"Murtha's Nephew Got Millions in Gov't Contracts," Fox News,
May 5, 2009 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2009/05/05/murthas-nephew-got-millions-defense-contracts/
"The Myth of Regulation," by J. Edward Ketz, SmartPros, October
2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x67705.xml
Mark Twain remarked that
"There is no distinctively native American criminal class except Congress." He
was wrong. He should have included presidents and the SEC.
On August 4 the SEC
accused General Electric of accounting fraud (Litigation
Release No. 21166), but it chose not to disclose
who committed the frauds and it did not punish the criminals. Instead, the SEC
fined the victims—the shareholders—$50 million. Worse, the SEC protracted the
so-called investigation so long that even if the felons were indicted, the case
likely would get tossed out of court because of the statute of limitations.
This is just one example of many injustices by the SEC during the last decade
that reveals how this agency has supported the efforts of some managers and
directors to defraud the investing public.
I infer that Congress and
recent presidents have approved these activities, for Congress, Bush, and Obama
have done nothing to improve matters. They have given the appearance of caring,
but thwarted any real, effective measures.
Congress enacted Sarbanes-Oxley and President Bush signed the legislation. But
Sarbanes-Oxley did little to dampen the activities of criminally-minded managers
and directors. This was because it did so little to improve enforcement
activities. Sarbanes-Oxley merely required a variety of studies and increased
penalties and required auditors to report on the firm’s internal controls. But
these actions have not lessened securities fraud or accounting shenanigans.
More recently President
Obama claims to fight the problems that caused the financial crisis by
advocating a new agency. “The Consumer Financial Protection Agency will have
the power to ensure that consumers get information that is clear and concise,
and to prevent the worst kinds of abuses.” Many business writers have critiqued
this proposal for a variety of reasons. I agree with them, but I think there is
a deeper problem and that is the myth of regulation.
What Obama is really
trying to do is give American voters the impression that he is in charge, that
he cares about them, and that he is improving matters so that the chances of
another financial meltdown is infinitesimal. It is political legerdemain.
As long as managers have
perverse incentives to cheat investors and as long as the SEC goes after only
the little guys and ignores managers at Enron, WorldCom, Madoff Investments
Securities, and GE, nothing is going to change. If the Congress and if the
President want to improve matters—and I have no idea if they really do—then they
must change the set of incentives and disincentives. To effect real change, the
system must punish managers and directors who lie and steal and cover it up with
scandalous financial reporting.
More regulation might
make society feel better, but that just is an indication that most Americans
have little understanding of economics. They will continue to lose in the stock
markets until they insist elected officials do something substantive.
My fear is that Democrats
will rally around Obama while Republicans vilify him, similar to the previous
administration when Republicans rallied around Bush and Democrats denigrated
him. There is too much partisanship in this country and not enough rational
analysis. Americans need to understand that both presidents have failed us by
supporting new legislation and by crippling better enforcement. (For whatever
it is worth, this is one of the reasons I am an Independent.)
Jensen Comment
The problem of regulation is that the industries being regulated end up owning
the regulators until the next big scandal makes headlines. Bob Jensen's threads
on the need for better regulation and enforcement are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
The Sorry State of Democratic Party Leadership in
Combating Earmark Fraud and Pork
Democratic Earmark Fraud Nancy Pelosi Does Not Want Investigated
"Pelosi's Pork Problem: The PMA scandal could make
Abramoff look like a piker," The Wall Street Journal, June 5, 2009
---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124416236598887387.html
Picture a freight train roaring down the
tracks. Picture House Speaker Nancy Pelosi positioning her party on the
rails. Picture a growing stream of nervous souls diving for the weeds.
Picture all this, and you've got a sense of the Democrats'
earmark-corruption problem.
This particular choo-choo has the name
John Murtha emblazoned on the side, and with each chug is proving that those
who ignore history are doomed to repeat it. Republicans got tossed in 2006
in part for failing to police the earmarks at the center of the Jack
Abramoff and other corruption scandals. Mrs. Pelosi is today leaving her
members exposed to an earmark mess that might make Abramoff look junior
varsity.
Federal investigators are deep into a
criminal investigation of PMA Group, a now-defunct lobby shop founded by a
former aide to Mr. Murtha, Pennsylvania's 18-term star appropriator. The
suspicion is that some members of Congress may have peddled lucrative
earmarks to PMA clients in exchange for campaign contributions. To get a
sense of this probe's scope, consider that last year alone more than 100
members secured earmarks for PMA clients.
Mr. Murtha, who in the past two years
alone directed $78 million to PMA companies, has so far not been accused of
wrongdoing and has proclaimed his innocence. The feds, for their part, are
picking up speed. Federal agents have raided PMA, as well as a defense
contractor to which Mr. Murtha had directed earmarks, Kuchera Defense
Systems. By last week, Mr. Murtha's fellow defense appropriator and
PMA-earmarker, Indiana Rep. Peter Visclosky, had disclosed he'd received
subpoenas in connection with PMA, while the Navy said it had suspended
Kuchera from doing business with it because of "alleged fraud."
The result is growing dissent among
Democrats, on full display this week. On one side is Mrs. Pelosi, who has
demanded her party protect Mr. Murtha, a man hugely responsible for her
ascent. One the other side are younger, first- and second-term Democrats who
won their seats off GOP scandals and who have no interest in sacrificing
them at the back-scratching altar.
Republican Rep. Jeff Flake this week gave
notice he was introducing his ninth resolution calling for an ethics
committee investigation into PMA. This scourge of earmarks worries that,
since the 1990s, some lawmakers have been "refining" earmarking, moving
beyond "bring home the bacon" pork for districts and instead viewing
earmarks as "fund-raising tools" -- a way to deliver money to companies that
produce campaign cash. "We've crossed a line," he tells me. "And we in
Congress need to understand that this is why Justice is interested."
His resolutions are forcing members to
take sides, and with each vote he's peeled off a few more of Mrs. Pelosi's
caucus. His first resolution, in February, got support from 17 Democrats.
These were folks like California's Jerry McNerney, who spent his 2006
campaign lashing his GOP rival to Abramoff. And New Hampshire's Paul Hodes,
who in the same year criticized his opponent for failing to return campaign
donations from former House Majority Leader Tom DeLay.
By last month's Flake resolution, 29
Democrats had jumped on board. Welcome Mike Quigley, newly elected in
Illinois after a campaign focused on Rod Blagojevich. Welcome, too, New
York's Scott Murphy, who in March squeaked out a special-election victory
after attacking his opponent on ethics. Some Democrats have fretted that
even lining up with Mr. Flake won't provide adequate cover from a possible
Murtha train wreck. In April, Mr. Hodes and Arizona Rep. Gabrielle Giffords
debuted a bill to ban lawmakers from taking contributions from companies on
whose behalf they've requested earmarks.
Mrs. Pelosi has relentlessly fought to
tamp down this uprising. In April, she recruited the former top Democrat on
the ethics committee, Howard Berman, to lecture members in a closed-door
meeting as to why they should continue to oppose Mr. Flake. In May, as the
House prepared for another vote, Mrs. Pelosi's assistant, Rep. Chris Van
Hollen, sent an email to staffers warning "Don't Be a Flake" and making
clear defections would not be viewed charitably.
But the news of the Visclosky subpoena,
and the possibility of another Flake vote, this week threatened a mass
revolt. Majority Leader Steny Hoyer pre-empted Mr. Flake with his own
resolution calling on the ethics committee merely to disclose whether it is
already looking at PMA. Democrats then watered this down further by
referring the resolution to committee, where it can be buried. Many of the
GOP's biggest earmarkers, in particular Alaska's Don Young and Florida's
Bill Young, went along with this charade, proving Republicans have yet to
exorcise their own earmark demons.
As political cover goes this is pretty
scant, and Democrats are in control. If and when this train derails, the
exposure could be huge. For Mr. Flake, it's all a bit mindboggling. "This is
a well-trodden path of denial that we Republicans already walked down.
Democrats are now walking down that path. Philosophically, it's nuts."
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on July 10, 2009
Public Pensions Cook the Books
by Andrew G.
Biggs
The Wall Street Journal
Jul 06, 2009
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Advanced
Financial Accounting, Financial Accounting Standards Board, Governmental
Accounting, Market-Value Approach, Pension Accounting
SUMMARY: As
Mr. Biggs, a resident scholar at the American Enterprise Institute, puts it,
"public employee pension plans are plagued by overgenerous benefits, chronic
underfunding, and now trillion dollar stock-market losses. Based on their
preferred accounting methods...these plans are underfunded nationally by
around $310 billion. [But] the numbers are worse using market valuation
methods...which discount benefit liabilities at lower interest rates...."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Introducing
the importance of interest rate assumptions, and the accounting itself, for
pension plans can be accomplished with this article.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
Summarize the accounting for pension plans, including the process for
determining pension liabilities, the funded status of a pension plan,
pension expense, the use of a discount rate, the use of an expected rate of
return. You may base your answer on the process used by corporations rather
than governmental entities.
2. (Advanced)
Based on the discussion in the article, what is the difference between
accounting for pension plans by U.S. corporations following FASB
requirements and governmental entities following GASB guidance?
3. (Introductory)
What did the administrators of the Montana Public Employees' Retirement
Board and the Montana Teachers' Retirement System include in their
advertisements to hire new actuaries?
4. (Advanced)
What is the concern with using the "expected return" on plan assets as the
rate to discount future benefits rather than using a low, risk free rate of
return for this calculation? In your answer, comment on the author's
statement that "future benefits are considered to be riskless" and the
impact that assessment should have on the choice of a discount rate.
5. (Advanced)
What is the response by public pension officers regarding differences
between their plans and those of corporate entities? How do they argue this
leads to differences in required accounting? Do you agree or disagree with
this position? Support your assessment.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Public Pensions Cook the Books: Some plans want to hide the truth
from taxpayers," by Andrew Biggs, The Wall Street Journal, July 6,
2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124683573382697889.html
Here's a dilemma: You manage a public employee
pension plan and your actuary tells you it is significantly underfunded. You
don't want to raise contributions. Cutting benefits is out of the question.
To be honest, you'd really rather not even admit there's a problem, lest
taxpayers get upset.
What to do? For the administrators of two Montana
pension plans, the answer is obvious: Get a new actuary. Or at least that's
the essence of the managers' recent solicitations for actuarial services,
which warn that actuaries who favor reporting the full market value of
pension liabilities probably shouldn't bother applying.
Public employee pension plans are plagued by
overgenerous benefits, chronic underfunding, and now trillion dollar
stock-market losses. Based on their preferred accounting methods -- which
discount future liabilities based on high but uncertain returns projected
for investments -- these plans are underfunded nationally by around $310
billion.
The numbers are worse using market valuation
methods (the methods private-sector plans must use), which discount benefit
liabilities at lower interest rates to reflect the chance that the expected
returns won't be realized. Using that method, University of Chicago
economists Robert Novy-Marx and Joshua Rauh calculate that, even prior to
the market collapse, public pensions were actually short by nearly $2
trillion. That's nearly $87,000 per plan participant. With employee benefits
guaranteed by law and sometimes even by state constitutions, it's likely
these gargantuan shortfalls will have to be borne by unsuspecting taxpayers.
Some public pension administrators have a strategy,
though: Keep taxpayers unsuspecting. The Montana Public Employees'
Retirement Board and the Montana Teachers' Retirement System declare in a
recent solicitation for actuarial services that "If the Primary Actuary or
the Actuarial Firm supports [market valuation] for public pension plans,
their proposal may be disqualified from further consideration."
Scott Miller, legal counsel of the Montana Public
Employees Board, was more straightforward: "The point is we aren't
interested in bringing in an actuary to pressure the board to adopt market
value of liabilities theory."
While corporate pension funds are required by law
to use low, risk-adjusted discount rates to calculate the market value of
their liabilities, public employee pensions are not. However, financial
economists are united in believing that market-based techniques for valuing
private sector investments should also be applied to public pensions.
Because the power of compound interest is so
strong, discounting future benefit costs using a pension plan's high
expected return rather than a low riskless return can significantly reduce
the plan's measured funding shortfall. But it does so only by ignoring risk.
The expected return implies only the "expectation" -- meaning, at least a
50% chance, not a guarantee -- that the plan's assets will be sufficient to
meet its liabilities. But when future benefits are considered to be riskless
by plan participants and have been ruled to be so by state courts, a 51%
chance that the returns will actually be there when they are needed hardly
constitutes full funding.
Public pension administrators argue that government
plans fundamentally differ from private sector pensions, since the
government cannot go out of business. Even so, the only true advantage
public pensions have over private plans is the ability to raise taxes. But
as the Congressional Budget Office has pointed out in 2004, "The government
does not have a capacity to bear risk on its own" -- rather, government
merely redistributes risk between taxpayers and beneficiaries, present and
future.
Market valuation makes the costs of these potential
tax increases explicit, while the public pension administrators' approach,
which obscures the possibility that the investment returns won't achieve
their goals, leaves taxpayers in the dark.
For these reasons, the Public Interest Committee of
the American Academy of Actuaries recently stated, "it is in the public
interest for retirement plans to disclose consistent measures of the
economic value of plan assets and liabilities in order to provide the
benefits promised by plan sponsors."
Nevertheless, the National Association of State
Retirement Administrators, an umbrella group representing government
employee pension funds, effectively wants other public plans to take the
same low road that the two Montana plans want to take. It argues against
reporting the market valuation of pension shortfalls. But the association's
objections seem less against market valuation itself than against the fact
that higher reported underfunding "could encourage public sector plan
sponsors to abandon their traditional pension plans in lieu of defined
contribution plans."
The Government Accounting Standards Board, which
sets guidelines for public pension reporting, does not currently call for
reporting the market value of public pension liabilities. The board
announced last year a review of its position regarding market valuation but
says the review may not be completed until 2013.
This is too long for state taxpayers to wait to
find out how many trillions they owe.
A Sickening Lobbying Effort for Off-Balance-Sheet Financing in IFRS
The International Accounting Standards Board is working
quickly to produce some updated and clarified guidance on how to account for
financial assets and liabilities. The financial meltdown renewed attention on
this matter, as well as the use of special-purpose entities to hold financial
assets, a device that generally gets them off balance sheets. There is still
disagreement on how big of a role off-balance-sheet accounting played in
starting the financial crisis, but banks appear to be against changes that would
bring about greater disclosure of assets and liabilities.
Peter Williams, "Peter Williams Accounting: Off balance – the future of
off-balance sheet transactions," Personal Computer World, July 3, 2009
---
http://www.pcw.co.uk/financial-director/comment/2245360/balance-4729409
A working paper on fair value accounting from Columbia University ---
http://www4.gsb.columbia.edu/publicoffering/post/731291/Behind+the+Mark-to-Market+Change#
Bob Jensen's threads on the never-ending OBSF wars ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#OBSF2
"Controlled by the corporations: Before we can deal with a financial
crisis manufactured in boardrooms, we must curb corporate power over our
legislators," by Prem Sikka, The Guardian, January 8, 2008 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2009/jan/08/financial-crisis-regulation
As we enter the second year of the financial crisis
manufactured in corporate boardrooms, there is hardly any sign of major
reforms. Short-selling of securities was considered to be a major blot on
the financial landscape, but is apparently OK now. The blinkered Financial
Services Authority (FSA) is still wielding its blunt regulatory instruments.
The corporate-controlled Financial Reporting Council (FRC), which did not
monitor the accounts of any bank and had no idea of their off balance sheet
accounting games, is still in place.
The real problem is the nature of neoliberal
democracy. Corporate interests have become central to domestic and foreign
policymaking. With minimum public scrutiny, legislation demanded by
corporate interests is enacted. Legislators are available for hire through
consultancies and are only too willing to do their bidding. Little attention
is paid to the long-term issues, or even consequences for the people, or the
economy.
Continued in article
"Why Congress Won't Investigate Wall Street: Republicans and
Democrats would find themselves in the hot seat," by Thomas Frank, The
Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2009 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124096712823366501.html
The famous Pecora Commission of 1933 and 1934 was
one of the most successful congressional investigations of all time, an
instance when oversight worked exactly as it should. The subject was the
massively corrupt investment practices of the 1920s. In the course of its
investigation, the Senate Banking Committee, which brought on as its counsel
a former New York assistant district attorney named Ferdinand Pecora, heard
testimony from the lords of finance that cemented public suspicion of Wall
Street. Along the way, the investigations formed the rationale for the
Glass-Steagall Act, the Securities Exchange Act, and other financial
regulations of the Roosevelt era.
A new round of regulation is clearly in order these
days, and a Pecora-style investigation seems like a good way to jolt the
Obama administration into action. After all, the financial revelations of
today bear a striking resemblance to those of 1933. In his own account of
his investigation, Pecora described bond issues that were almost certainly
worthless, but which 1920s bankers sold to uncomprehending investors anyway.
He told of the bonuses which the bankers thereby won for themselves. He also
told of the lucrative gifts banks gave to lawmakers from both political
parties. And then he told of the banking industry's indignation at being
made to account for itself. It regarded the outraged public, in Pecora's
shorthand, as a "howling mob."
The idea of a new Pecora investigation is catching
on, particularly, but not exclusively, on the left.
It's probably not going to happen, though, in the
comprehensive way that it should. The reason is that understanding our
problems, this time around, would require our political leaders to examine
themselves.
The crisis today is not solely one of bank
misbehavior. This is also about the failure of the regulators -- the Wall
Street policemen who dozed peacefully as the crime of the century went off
beneath the window.
We have all heard the official explanation for this
failure, that "the structure of our regulatory system is unnecessarily
complex and fragmented," in the soothing words of Treasury Secretary Tim
Geithner. But no proper Pecora would be satisfied with such piffle. The
system was not only complex, it was compromised and corrupted and thoroughly
rotten even in the spots where its mandate was simple.
After all, we have for decades been on a national
crusade to slash red tape and stifle regulators. Over the years, federal
agencies have been defunded, their workers have grown dispirited, their
managers, drawn in many cases from antiregulatory organizations, have seemed
to care far more about industry than the public.
Consider in this connection the 2003 photograph,
rapidly becoming an icon of the Bush years, in which James Gilleran, then
the director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (it regulates savings and
loan associations) can be seen in the company of several jolly bank industry
lobbyists, holding a chainsaw to a pile of rule books. The picture not only
tells us more about our current fix than would a thousand pages about
overlapping jurisdictions; it also reminds us why we may never solve the
problem of regulatory failure. To do so, we would have to examine the
apparent subversion of the regulatory system by the last administration. And
that topic is supposedly off limits, since going there would open the door
to endless partisan feuding.
But it's not only Republicans who would feel the
sting of embarrassment. Launching Pecora II would automatically raise this
question: Whatever happened to the reforms put in place after the first
go-round?
Now a different picture comes to mind. It's Bill
Clinton in November of 1999, surrounded by legislators of both parties,
giving a shout-out to his brilliant Treasury Secretary Larry Summers, and
signing the measure that overturned Glass-Steagall's separation of
investment from commercial banking. Mr. Clinton is confident about what he
is doing. He knows the lessons of history, he talks glibly about "the new
information-age global economy" that was the idol of deep thinkers
everywhere in those days. "[T]he Glass-Steagall law is no longer appropriate
to the economy in which we live," he says. "It worked pretty well for the
industrial economy, which was highly organized, much more centralized, and
much more nationalized than the one in which we operate today. But the world
is very different."
It turns out the world hadn't changed much after
all. But the Democratic Party sure had. And while today's chastened
Democrats might be ready to reregulate the banks, they are no more willing
to scrutinize the bad ideas of the Clinton years than Republicans are the
bad ideas of the Bush years.
"We may now need to be reminded what Wall Street
was like before Uncle Sam stationed a policeman at its corner," Pecora wrote
in 1939, "lest, in time to come, some attempt be made to abolish that post."
Well, the time did come. The attempt was made. And
we could use that reminder today.
Broken Promises and
Pork Binges
The Democratic majority came
to power in January
promising to do a better job
on earmarks. They appeared
to preserve our reforms and
even take them a bit
further. I commended
Democrats publicly for this
action. Unfortunately, the
leadership reversed course.
Desperate to advance their
agenda, they began trading
earmarks for votes, dangling
taxpayer-funded goodies in
front of wavering members to
win their support for
leadership priorities.
John
Boehner,
"Pork Barrel Stonewall,"
The Wall Street Journal,
September 27, 2007 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119085546436140827.html
"Earmarks Again Eat
Into the Amount Available
for Merit-Based Research,
Analysis Finds," by
Jeffrey Brainard,
Chronicle of Higher
Education, January 9,
2008 ---
http://chronicle.com/daily/2008/01/1161n.htm
After a one-year
moratorium for most
earmarks, Congress
resumed directing
noncompetitive grants
for scientific research
to favored constituents,
including universities,
this year, a new
analysis says.
Spending for nondefense
research fell by about
one-third in the 2008
fiscal year, compared
with 2006, but the
earmarked money
nevertheless ate into
sums available for
traditional,
merit-reviewed grants,
the
analysis
by
the American Association
for the Advancement of
Science found.
In
all, Congress earmarked
$4.5-billion for 2,526
research projects in
appropriations bills for
2008, according to the
AAAS. Legislators
approved the measures in
November and December,
and President Bush
signed them.
More important,
lawmakers increased
spending for earmarks in
federal
research-and-development
programs by a greater
amount than they added
to the programs for all
purposes, the AAAS
reported. That will
result in a net decrease
in money available for
nonearmarked research
grants, which federal
agencies typically
distributed based on
merit and competition.
For example, Congress
added $2.1-billion to
the Pentagon's overall
request for basic and
applied research and for
early technology
development, but
lawmakers also specified
an even-larger amount,
$2.2-billion, for
earmarked projects in
those same accounts.
For nondefense research
projects, Congress
showed restraint in
earmarking, providing
only $939-million in the
2008 fiscal year, which
began in October. That
was down from about
$1.5-billion in 2006 and
appeared to reflect a
pledge by Congressional
Democrats to reduce the
total number of
earmarks.
For the Pentagon, total
spending on research
earmarks of all kinds
reached $3.5-billion,
much higher than the
$911-million tallied by
the AAAS in 2007.
(Pentagon earmarks were
among the only kind
financed by Congress
that year.) However, the
apparent increase was
largely the result of an
accounting change: For
2008, Congress mandated
increased disclosure of
earmarks, a change that
especially affected the
tally of Pentagon
earmarks, said Kei
Koizumi, director of the
association's R&D Budget
and Policy Program.
Adjusting for that
change, the total number
of Defense Department
earmarks appears to have
fallen in 2008, he said.
As
in past years, lawmakers
avoided earmarking
budgets for the National
Institutes of Health and
the National Science
Foundation, the two
principal sources of
federal funds for
academic research. The
Departments of Energy
and Agriculture were the
most heavily earmarked
domestic research
agencies. After being
earmark-free for the
first years of its
existence, the
Department of Homeland
Security got $82-million
in
research-and-development
earmarks for 2008.
The AAAS did not report
how much of the
earmarked research money
will go to colleges, but
academic institutions
have traditionally
gotten most of it. Some
research earmarks go to
corporations and federal
laboratories. In
addition, many colleges
obtain earmarks for
nonresearch projects,
like renovating
dormitories and
classroom buildings, but
the AAAS does not track
that spending.
Academic earmarks more
than quadrupled from
1996 to 2003,
The Chronicle
found.
The practice is
controversial because
some critics see it as
circumventing peer
review and supporting
projects of dubious
quality. Supporters call
earmarks the only way to
finance some types of
worthy projects not
otherwise supported by
the federal government.
When
Jeff Flake was elected to
Congress in 2000 from
Arizona’s Sixth
Congressional District with
the hope of “effectively
advanc[ing] the principles
of limited government,
economic freedom, and
individual responsibility,”
he was a relatively unknown
entity outside Arizona. Some
may have dismissed the
Arizona newbie as just
another congressman out of a
435-member body, but that
would have been a big
mistake.Over his seven years
in the House, the
mild-mannered contrarian has
become the bane of porkers
everywhere. To the chagrin
of his congressional
colleagues, the Arizona
representative has made a
career out of targeting some
of Congress’s most
outrageous pork projects by
introducing amendments to
eliminate those projects
from congressional spending
bills. In 2006, Flake
introduced nineteen
amendments, putting each
member of Congress on record
either in favor or in
opposition to spending
taxpayer dollars on such
crucial projects as the
National Grape and Wine
Initiative,
a
swimming pool in
California, and
hydroponic tomato production
in
Ohio.
Pat Toomey,
"Make It Flake! An
appropriating move,"
National Review, January
17, 2008 ---
Click Here
Jensen Comment
Jeff Flake is a thorn in
Majority Speaker Nancy
Pelosi's side as she agrees
to earmarks in order to
grease legislation through
the House. It's really hard
to manage a bunch of thieves
without giving them
something to steal.
"Audit: More Bad Accounting in Veterans Health Care," AccountingWeb,
January 23, 2009 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x65142.xml
Two years after a politically embarrassing $1
billion shortfall that imperiled veterans health care, the Veterans Affairs
Department is still lowballing budget estimates to Congress to keep its
spending down, government investigators say.
The report by the Government Accountability Office,
set to be released Friday, highlights the Bush administration's problems in
planning for the treatment of veterans that President Barack Obama has
pledged to fix. It found the VA's long-term budget plan for the
rehabilitation of veterans in nursing homes, hospices and community centers
to be flawed, failing to account for tens of thousands of patients and
understating costs by millions of dollars.
In its strategic plan covering 2007 to 2013, the VA
inflated the number of veterans it would treat at hospices and community
centers based on a questionably low budget, the investigators concluded. At
the same time, they said, the VA didn't account for roughly 25,000 - or
nearly three-quarters - of its patients who receive treatment at nursing
homes operated by the VA and state governments each year.
"VA's use, without explanation, of cost assumptions
and a workload projection that appear unrealistic raises questions about
both the reliability of VA's spending estimates and the extent to which VA
is closing previously identified gaps in noninstitutional long-term care
services," according to the 34-page draft report obtained by The Associated
Press.
The VA did not immediately respond to a request for
comment.
In the report, the VA acknowledged problems in its
plan for long-term care, which accounts annually for more than $4 billion,
or 12 percent of its total health care spending. In many cases, officials
told the GAO they put in lower estimates in order to be "conservative" in
their appropriations requests to Congress and to "stay within anticipated
budgetary constraints."
As to the 25,000 nursing home patients unaccounted
for, the VA explained it was usual clinical practice to provide short-term
care of 90 days or less following hospitalization in a VA medical center,
such as for those who had a stroke, to ensure patients are medically stable.
But the VA had chosen not to budget for them because the government is not
legally required to provide the care except in serious cases.
The GAO noted the VA was in the process of putting
together an updated strategic plan. Retired Gen. Eric K. Shinseki, who was
sworn in Wednesday as VA secretary, has promised to submit "credible and
adequate" budget requests to Congress.
"VA supports GAO's overarching conclusion that the
long-term care strategic planning and budgeting justification process should
be clarified," wrote outgoing VA Secretary James Peake in a response dated
Jan. 5. He said the department would put together an action plan within 60
days of the report's release.
The report comes amid an expected surge in demand
from veterans for long-term rehabilitative and other care over the next
several years. Roughly 40 percent of the veteran population is age 65 or
older, compared to about 13 percent of the general population, with the
number of elderly veterans expected to increase through 2014.
In 2005, the VA stunned Congress by suddenly
announcing it faced a $1 billion shortfall after failing to take into
account the additional cost of caring for veterans injured in Iraq and
Afghanistan. The admission, which came months after the department insisted
it was operating within its means and did not need additional money, drew
harsh criticism from both parties.
The GAO later determined the VA repeatedly
miscalculated - if not deliberately misled taxpayers - with questionable
methods used to justify Bush administration cuts to health care amid the
burgeoning Iraq war. In Friday's report, the GAO said it had found similarly
unrealistic assumptions and projections in the VA's more recent budget
estimates submitted in August 2007.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
How did a grandmother help build the corruption case against the Democratic
Party political machine in Illinois?
"Secret Tapes Helped Build Graft Cases In Illinois: Hospital CEO
Reported Shakedown, Wore Wire," by Carrie Johnson and Kimberly Kindy, The
Washington Post, December 22, 2008 ---
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/12/21/AR2008122102334.html?hpid=topnews
The wide-ranging public corruption probe that led
to the arrest of Illinois Gov. Rod Blagojevich got its first big break when
a grandmother of six walked into a breakfast meeting with shakedown artists
wearing an FBI wire.
Pamela Meyer Davis had been trying to win approval
from a state health planning board for an expansion of Edward Hospital, the
facility she runs in a Chicago suburb, but she realized that the only way to
prevail was to retain a politically connected construction company and a
specific investment house. Instead of succumbing to those demands, she went
to the FBI and U.S. Attorney Patrick J. Fitzgerald in late 2003 and agreed
to secretly record conversations about the project.
Her tapes led investigators down a twisted path of
corruption that over five years has ensnared a collection of
behind-the-scenes figures in Illinois government, including Joseph Cari Jr.,
a former Democratic National Committee member, and disgraced businessman
Antoin "Tony" Rezko.
On Dec. 9, that path wound up at the governor's
doorstep. Another set of wiretaps suggested that Blagojevich was seeking to
capitalize on the chance to fill the Senate seat just vacated by
President-elect Barack Obama.
Many of the developments in Operation Board Games
never attracted national headlines. They involved expert tactics in which
prosecutors used threats of prosecution or prison time to flip bit players
in a tangle of elaborate schemes that Fitzgerald has called pay-to-play "on
steroids."
But now, Fitzgerald's patient strategy has led to
uncomfortable questions not only for Blagojevich but also for the powerful
players who privately negotiated with him, unaware that their conversations
were being monitored. Democratic Rep. Jesse L. Jackson Jr. faces queries
about his interest in the Senate seat, and key players in the Obama
presidential transition team -- White House Chief of Staff-designate Rahm
Emanuel and adviser Valerie Jarrett -- are being asked about their contacts
with the governor on the important appointment.
Pamela Meyer Davis had been trying to win approval
from a state health planning board for an expansion of Edward Hospital, the
facility she runs in a Chicago suburb, but she realized that the only way to
prevail was to retain a politically connected construction company and a
specific investment house. Instead of succumbing to those demands, she went
to the FBI and U.S. Attorney Patrick J. Fitzgerald in late 2003 and agreed
to secretly record conversations about the project.
Her tapes led investigators down a twisted path of
corruption that over five years has ensnared a collection of
behind-the-scenes figures in Illinois government, including Joseph Cari Jr.,
a former Democratic National Committee member, and disgraced businessman
Antoin "Tony" Rezko.
On Dec. 9, that path wound up at the governor's
doorstep. Another set of wiretaps suggested that Blagojevich was seeking to
capitalize on the chance to fill the Senate seat just vacated by
President-elect Barack Obama.
Many of the developments in Operation Board Games
never attracted national headlines. They involved expert tactics in which
prosecutors used threats of prosecution or prison time to flip bit players
in a tangle of elaborate schemes that Fitzgerald has called pay-to-play "on
steroids."
But now, Fitzgerald's patient strategy has led to
uncomfortable questions not only for Blagojevich but also for the powerful
players who privately negotiated with him, unaware that their conversations
were being monitored. Democratic Rep. Jesse L. Jackson Jr. faces queries
about his interest in the Senate seat, and key players in the Obama
presidential transition team -- White House Chief of Staff-designate Rahm
Emanuel and adviser Valerie Jarrett -- are being asked about their contacts
with the governor on the important appointment.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bankers bet with their bank's capital, not
their own. If the bet goes right, they get a huge bonus; if it
misfires, that's the shareholders' problem.
Sebastian Mallaby. Council on Foreign Relations, as
quoted by Avital Louria Hahn, "Missing: How Poor Risk-Management
Techniques Contributed to the Subprime Mess," CFO Magazine,
March 2008, Page 53 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10755469/c_10788146?f=magazine_featured
Now that the Fed
is going to bail out these crooks with taxpayer funds makes it all
the worse.
The bourgeoisie can be termed as any group of people who are
discontented with what they have, but satisfied with what they are
Nicolás Dávila |
Oh, and don't
forget Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, those two government-sponsored mortgage
giants that engineered the 2008 subprime mortgage fiasco and are now on the
public dole. The Fed kept them afloat by buying over a trillion dollars of their
paper. Now, part of the Treasury's borrowing from the public covers their
continuing large losses.
George Melloan, "Hard Knocks
From Easy Money: The Federal Reserve is feeding big government and harming
middle-class savers," The Wall Street Journal, July 6, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704103904575337282033232118.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t
The Treasury Department on Sunday seized control of the quasi-public
mortgage finance giants, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and announced a four-part
rescue plan that included an open-ended guarantee to provide as much capital as
they need to stave off insolvency.
"U.S. Unveils Takeover of Two Mortgage Giants," by Edmund L. Andrews, The
New York Times, Septembr 7, 2008 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/08/business/08fannie.html?hp
At a news conference on Sunday morning, the
Treasury secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. also announced that he had dismissed
the chief executives of both companies and replaced them with two long-time
financial executives. Herbert M. Allison, the former chairman of TIAA-CREF,
the huge pension fund for teachers, will take over Fannie Mae and succeed
Daniel H. Mudd. At Freddie Mac, David M. Moffett, currently a senior adviser
at the Carlyle Group, the large private equity firm, will succeed Richard F.
Syron. Mr. Mudd and Mr. Syron, however, will stay on temporarily to help
with the transition.
“Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are so large and so
interwoven in our financial system that a failure of either of them would
cause great turmoil in our financial markets here at home and around the
globe,” Mr. Paulson said. “This turmoil would directly and negatively impact
household wealth: from family budgets, to home values, to savings for
college and retirement. A failure would affect the ability of Americans to
get home loans, auto loans and other consumer credit and business finance.
And a failure would be harmful to economic growth and job creation.”
Mr. Paulson refused to say how much capital the
government might eventually have to provide, or what the ultimate cost to
taxpayers might be.
The companies are likely to need tens of billions
of dollars over the next year, but the ultimate cost to taxpayers will
largely depend on how fast the housing and mortgage markets recover.
Fannie and Freddie have each agreed to issue $1
billion of senior preferred stock to the United States; it will pay an
annual interest rate of at least 10 percent. In return, the government is
committing up to $100 billion to each company to cover future losses. The
government also receives warrants that would allow it to buy up to 80
percent of each company’s common stock at a nominal price, or less than $1 a
share.
Beginning in 2010, the companies must also pay the
Treasury a quarterly fee — the amount to be determined — for any financial
support provided under the agreement.
Standard & Poor’s, the bond rating agency, said
Sunday that the government’s AAA/A-1+ sovereign credit rating would not be
affected by the takeover.
Mr. Paulson’s plan begins with a pledge to provide
additional cash by buying a new series of preferred shares that would offer
dividends and be senior to both the existing preferred shares and the common
stock that investors already hold.
The two companies would be allowed to “modestly
increase” the size of their existing investment portfolios until the end of
2009, which means they will be allowed to use some of their new
taxpayer-supplied capital to buy and hold new mortgages in investment
portfolios.
But in a strong indication of Mr. Paulson’s
long-term desire to wind down the companies’ portfolios, drastically shrink
the role of both Fannie and Freddie and perhaps eliminate their unique
status altogether, the plan calls for the companies to start reducing their
investment portfolios by 10 percent a year, beginning in 2010.
The investment portfolios now total just over $1.4
trillion, and the plan calls for that to eventually shrink to $250 billion
each, or $500 billion total.
“Government support needs to be either explicit or
nonexistent, and structured to resolve the conflict between public and
private purposes,” Mr. Paulson said. “We will make a grave error if we don’t
use this time out to permanently address the structural issues presented by
the G.S.E.’s,” he added, a reference to the companies as
government-sponsored enterprises.
Critics have long argued that Fannie and Freddie
were taking advantage of the widespread assumption that the federal
government would bail them out if they got into trouble. Administration
officials as well as the Federal Reserve have argued that the two companies
used those implicit guarantees to borrow money at below-market rates and
lend money at above-market returns, and that they had become what amounted
to gigantic hedge funds operating with only a sliver of capital to protect
them from unexpected surprises.
Continued in article
IN OTHER words, foreseeing
that wealthy individuals would be reluctant to lend their money to the poor as
the seventh year approached, the Bible commanded them to lend it anyway. Yet
Hillel, seeing that the wealthy were disregarding this injunction and depriving
the poor of badly needed loans, changed the biblical law to ensure that money
would be lent by providing a way of recovering it.This was a watershed in the
evolution of Judaism. The biblical law of debt-cancellation is motivated by a
deep concern, which runs through the
Mosaic code (also see
Halakhah) and the prophets, for the poor, who are to be periodically
forgiven by their creditors in order to prevent their becoming hopelessly mired
in debt. One could not imagine a more Utopian piece of social legislation. But
this, as Hillel the Elder realized, was precisely the problem with it:
the regulation was having the paradoxical consequence of
only making life for the poor harder by preventing them from borrowing at all.
Herbert Gintis, Commentary, Jul/Aug2008, Vol. 126 Issue 1, pp. 4-6
Bob Jensen's threads on financial scandals and
regulation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm
Question
Is transfer pricing still the main tax dodge inside developing nations?
"Not paying their dues Global companies are evading tax in the developing
world. The money lost could go towards alleviating poverty and saving lives," by
Prem Sikka, The Guardian, May 12, 2008 ---
http://commentisfree.guardian.co.uk/prem_sikka_/2008/05/not_paying_their_dues.html
The tax avoidance industry is the mafia of our
times. It makes huge profits for itself and its clients, but inflicts
hardship, misery, squalor and early death on many innocent people.
A new report by Christian Aid,
Death and Taxes, highlights the human consequences
of the tax-dodging industry. Developing countries are estimated to lose
$160bn of tax revenues a year from tax evasion, mainly by giant
multinational corporations. This is more than one-and-a-half times the
combined aid budget of the rich world. Add tax avoidance perpetrated through
complex structures, tax holidays, low royalty rates for mineral extraction
and a variety of tax avoidance schemes and a figure of $500bn a year is
sucked out of developing countries. Imagine what this money could do to
improve the quality of life for millions of people.
The $160bn of illegal activity alone could provide
decent healthcare and save lives in developing countries. Around 1,000
children under the age of five die each day from poverty and disease. This
massive tax evasion condemns 350,000 children a year to an early death.
Christian Aid estimates that tax evasion will have been responsible for the
early death of some 5.6 million children between 2000 and 2015, equivalent
to the entire population of Denmark.
. . .
Developing countries have been systematically
stripped
(pdf) of their wealth and taxes.
China has found that almost 90% of foreign-funded
enterprises are making money under the table. Some of their businesses
involve smuggling. But, most commonly, they use transfer pricing to dodge
tax payments. Authorities say that
tax evasion through transfer pricing accounts for
60% of total tax evasion by multinational companies. Due to lack of tax
revenues many developing countries can't develop the infrastructure to catch
the evaders.
Bob Jensen's threads on
higher education
controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Question
This is some of the best material ever for legal-writer John Grisham ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Grisham
But will he have the courage to venture into this ethical snakepit?
"Lawsuit, Inc.," The Wall Street Journal,
February 25, 2008; Page A14 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120389878913889385.html
Should state Attorneys
General be able to outsource their legal work to for-profit tort lawyers,
who then funnel a share of their winnings back to the AGs? That's become a
sleazy practice in many states, and it is finally coming under scrutiny --
notably in Mississippi, home of Dickie Scruggs, Attorney General Jim Hood,
and other legal pillars.
The Mississippi Senate
recently passed a bill requiring Mr. Hood to pursue competitive bidding
before signing contracts of more than $500,000 with private lawyers. The
legislation also requires a review board to examine contracts, and limits
contingency fees to $1 million. Mr. Hood is trying to block the law in the
state House, and no wonder considering how sweet this business has been for
him and his legal pals.
We've recently examined
documents from the AG's office detailing which law firms he has retained. We
then cross-referenced those names with campaign finance records. The results
show that some of Mr. Hood's largest campaign donors are the very firms to
which he's awarded the most lucrative state contracts.
The documents show Mr. Hood
has retained at least 27 firms as outside counsel to pursue at least 20
state lawsuits over five years. The law firms are thus able to employ the
full power of the state on their behalf, while Mr. Hood can multiply the
number of targets.
Those targets are invariably
deep corporate pockets: Eli Lilly, State Farm, Coca-Cola, Merck, Boston
Scientific, Vioxx and others. The vast majority of the legal contracts were
awarded on a contingency fee basis, meaning the law firm is entitled to a
big percentage of any money that it can wring from defendants. The amounts
can be rich, such as the $14 million payout that lawyer Joey Langston shared
with the Lundy, Davis firm in an MCI/WorldCom settlement.
These firms are only too
happy to return the favor to Mr. Hood via campaign contributions. Campaign
finance records show that these 27 law firms -- or partners in those firms
-- made $543,000 in itemized campaign contributions to Mr. Hood over the
past two election cycles.
The firm of Pittman,
Germany, Roberts & Welsh was hired by Mr. Hood on a contingency basis to
prosecute State Farm. According to finance documents, partner Crymes Pittman
donated $68,570 to Mr. Hood's campaign, and other Pittman partners chipped
in $33,500 more.
Partners in the Langston Law
Firm gave more than $130,000 to elect Mr. Hood, having been retained to sue
Eli Lilly. Lead partner Joey Langston has separately pleaded guilty to
conspiracy to corruptly influence a judge.
Among others: The Wolf
Popper firm from New York was retained to pursue Sonus Networks, a
telecommunications firm; Wolf Popper and its partners gave $27,500 to Mr.
Hood's campaign. Bernstein, Litowitz sued at least four different companies
for the AG, and the firm and its partners chipped in $41,500. Partners at
Schiffren, Barroway went after Coca-Cola and Viacom, and donated $37,500.
Then there are the law firms
that have piggybacked their class action suits on Mr. Hood's state
prosecutions. Mr. Scruggs and his Katrina litigation partners realized a
nearly $80 million windfall after Mr. Hood used his powers to pressure State
Farm into settling both the state and Scruggs suits. Mr. Scruggs gave
$33,000 to Mr. Hood in the 2007 election cycle. (Mr. Scruggs and his son
Zach have been indicted in an unrelated bribery case, and claim to be
innocent.) David Nutt, a partner in Mr. Scruggs's Katrina litigation, also
gave $25,500 to Mr. Hood's campaign last year.
The Mississippi AG has also
benefited from the national network of trial lawyers and its ability to
funnel money into the state. We've examined finance records of the
Democratic Attorneys General Association, a so-called 527 group that helps
elect liberal prosecutors. In 2007, law firms that have benefited from Mr.
Hood gave the organization $572,000, and in turn the group wrote campaign
checks in 2007 to Mr. Hood for $550,000. Guess who supplied no less than
$400,000 to the group? Messrs. Scruggs and Langston.
Add all of this up, and in
2007 alone Mr. Hood received some $790,000 from partners and law firms that
have benefited financially from his office. That is more than half of all of
Mr. Hood's itemized contributions for 2007.
This kind of quid pro quo is
legal in Mississippi and most other states. However, if this kind of
sweetheart arrangement existed between a public official and business
interests, you can bet Mr. Hood would be screaming about corruption. Yet Mr.
Hood and his trial bar partners are fighting even Mississippi's modest
attempt to require more transparency in their contracts. The AG says it's
all part of a plot to undermine his attempts to "recoup the taxpayers' money
from corporate wrongdoers."
The real issue is the way
this AG-tort bar mutual financial interest creates perverse incentives that
skew the cause of justice. A decision to prosecute is an awesome power, and
it ought to be motivated by evidence and the law, not by the profit motives
of private tort lawyers and the campaign needs of an ambitious Attorney
General. Government is supposed to act on behalf of the public interest, not
for the personal profit of trial lawyers. The tort bar-AG cabal deserves to
be exposed nationwide.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
The Most Criminal Class Writes the Laws ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120389878913889385.html
"The Government Is Wasting Your Tax Dollars! How Uncle Sam spends nearly
$1 trillion of your money each year," by Ryan Grim with Joseph K. Vetter,
Readers Digest, January 2008, pp. 86-99 ---
http://www.rd.com/content/the-government-is-wasting-your-tax-dollars/4/
1. Taxes:
Cheating Shows. The Internal Revenue Service estimates that the annual net
tax gap—the difference between what's owed and what's collected—is $290
billion, more than double the average yearly sum spent on the wars in Iraq
and Afghanistan.
About $59 billion of that figure results from the
underreporting and underpayment of employment taxes. Our broken system of
immigration is another concern, with nearly eight million undocumented
workers having a less-than-stellar relationship with the IRS. Getting more
of them on the books could certainly help narrow that tax gap.
Going after the deadbeats would seem like an
obvious move. Unfortunately, the IRS doesn't have the resources to
adequately pursue big offenders and their high-powered tax attorneys. "The
IRS is outgunned," says Walker, "especially when dealing with multinational
corporations with offshore headquarters."
Another group that costs taxpayers billions: hedge
fund and private equity managers. Many of these moguls make vast "incomes"
yet pay taxes on a portion of those earnings at the paltry 15 percent
capital gains rate, instead of the higher income tax rate. By some
estimates, this loophole costs taxpayers more than $2.5 billion a year.
Oil companies are getting a nice deal too. The
country hands them more than $2 billion a year in tax breaks. Says Walker,
"Some of the sweetheart deals that were negotiated for drilling rights on
public lands don't pass the straight-face test, especially given current
crude oil prices." And Big Oil isn't alone. Citizens for Tax Justice
estimates that corporations reap more than $123 billion a year in special
tax breaks. Cut this in half and we could save about $60 billion.
The Tab* Tax Shortfall: $290 billion (uncollected
taxes) + $2.5 billion (undertaxed high rollers) + $60 billion (unwarranted
tax breaks) Starting Tab: $352.5 billion
2. Healthy Fixes.
Medicare and Medicaid, which cover elderly and low-income patients
respectively, eat up a growing portion of the federal budget. Investigations
by Sen. Tom Coburn (R-OK) point to as much as $60 billion a year in fraud,
waste and overpayments between the two programs. And Coburn is likely
underestimating the problem.
The U.S. spends more than $400 per person on health
care administration costs and insurance -- six times more than other
industrialized nations.
That's because a 2003 Dartmouth Medical School
study found that up to 30 percent of the $2 trillion spent in this country
on medical care each year—including what's spent on Medicare and Medicaid—is
wasted. And with the combined tab for those programs rising to some $665
billion this year, cutting costs by a conservative 15 percent could save
taxpayers about $100 billion. Yet, rather than moving to trim fat, the
government continues such questionable practices as paying private insurance
companies that offer Medicare Advantage plans an average of 12 percent more
per patient than traditional Medicare fee-for-service. Congress is trying to
close this loophole, and doing so could save $15 billion per year, on
average, according to the Congressional Budget Office.
Another money-wasting bright idea was to create a
giant class of middlemen: Private bureaucrats who administer the Medicare
drug program are monitored by federal bureaucrats—and the public pays for
both. An October report by the House Committee on Oversight and Government
Reform estimated that this setup costs the government $10 billion per year
in unnecessary administrative expenses and higher drug prices.
The Tab* Wasteful Health Spending: $60 billion
(fraud, waste, overpayments) + $100 billion (modest 15 percent cost
reduction) + $15 billion (closing the 12 percent loophole) + $10 billion
(unnecessary Medicare administrative and drug costs) Total $185 billion
Running Tab: $352.5 billion +$185 billion = $537.5 billion
3. Military Mad Money.
You'd think it would be hard to simply lose massive amounts of money, but
given the lack of transparency and accountability, it's no wonder that eight
of the Department of Defense's functions, including weapons procurement,
have been deemed high risk by the GAO. That means there's a high probability
that money—"tens of billions," according to Walker—will go missing or be
otherwise wasted.
The DOD routinely hands out no-bid and cost-plus
contracts, under which contractors get reimbursed for their costs plus a
certain percentage of the contract figure. Such deals don't help hold down
spending in the annual military budget of about $500 billion. That sum is
roughly equal to the combined defense spending of the rest of the world's
countries. It's also comparable, adjusted for inflation, with our largest
Cold War-era defense budget. Maybe that's why billions of dollars are still
being spent on high-cost weapons designed to counter Cold War-era threats,
even though today's enemy is armed with cell phones and IEDs. (And that $500
billion doesn't include the billions to be spent this year in Iraq and
Afghanistan. Those funds demand scrutiny, too, according to Sen. Amy
Klobuchar, D-MN, who says, "One in six federal tax dollars sent to rebuild
Iraq has been wasted.")
Meanwhile, the Pentagon admits it simply can't
account for more than $1 trillion. Little wonder, since the DOD hasn't been
fully audited in years. Hoping to change that, Brian Riedl of the Heritage
Foundation is pushing Congress to add audit provisions to the next defense
budget.
If wasteful spending equaling 10 percent of all
spending were rooted out, that would free up some $50 billion. And if
Congress cut spending on unnecessary weapons and cracked down harder on
fraud, we could save tens of billions more.
The Tab* Wasteful military spending: $100 billion
(waste, fraud, unnecessary weapons) Running Tab: $537.5 billion + $100
billion = $637.5 billion
4. Bad Seeds.
The controversial U.S. farm subsidy program, part of which pays farmers not
to grow crops, has become a giant welfare program for the rich, one that
cost taxpayers nearly $20 billion last year.
Two of the best-known offenders: Kenneth Lay, the
now-deceased Enron CEO, who got $23,326 for conservation land in Missouri
from 1995 to 2005, and mogul Ted Turner, who got $590,823 for farms in four
states during the same period. A Cato Institute study found that in 2005,
two-thirds of the subsidies went to the richest 10 percent of recipients,
many of whom live in New York City. Not only do these "farmers" get money
straight from the government, they also often get local tax breaks, since
their property is zoned as agricultural land. The subsidies raise prices for
consumers, hurt third world farmers who can't compete, and are attacked in
international courts as unfair trade.
The Tab* Wasteful farm subsidies: $20 billion
Running Tab: $637.5 billion + $20 billion = $657.5 billion
5. Capital Waste.
While there's plenty of ongoing annual operating waste, there's also a
special kind of profligacy—call it capital waste—that pops up year after
year. This is shoddy spending on big-ticket items that don't pan out. While
what's being bought changes from year to year, you can be sure there will
always be some costly items that aren't worth what the government pays for
them.
Take this recent example: Since September 11, 2001,
Congress has spent more than $4 billion to upgrade the Coast Guard's fleet.
Today the service has fewer ships than it did before that money was spent,
what 60 Minutes called "a fiasco that has set new standards for
incompetence." Then there's the Future Imagery Architecture spy satellite
program. As The New York Times recently reported, the technology flopped and
the program was killed—but not before costing $4 billion. Or consider the
FBI's infamous Trilogy computer upgrade: Its final stage was scrapped after
a $170 million investment. Or the almost $1 billion the Federal Emergency
Management Agency has wasted on unusable housing. The list goes on.
The Tab* Wasteful Capital Spending: $30 billion
Running Tab: $657.5 billion + $30 billion = $687.5 billion
6. Fraud and Stupidity.
Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-IA) wants the Social Security Administration to
better monitor the veracity of people drawing disability payments from its
$100 billion pot. By one estimate, roughly $1 billion is wasted each year in
overpayments to people who work and earn more than the program's rules
allow.
The federal Food Stamp Program gets ripped off too.
Studies have shown that almost 5 percent, or more than $1 billion, of the
payments made to people in the $30 billion program are in excess of what
they should receive.
One person received $105,000 in excess disability
payments over seven years.
There are plenty of other examples. Senator Coburn
estimates that the feds own unused properties worth $18 billion and pay out
billions more annually to maintain them. Guess it's simpler for bureaucrats
to keep paying for the property than to go to the trouble of selling it.
The Tab* General Fraud and Stupidity: $2 billion
(disability and food stamp overpayment) Running Tab: $687.5 billion + $2
billion = $689.5 billion
7. Pork Sausage.
Congress doled out $29 billion in so-called earmarks—aka funds for
legislators' pet projects—in 2006, according to Citizens Against Government
Waste. That's three times the amount spent in 1999. Congress loves to deride
this kind of spending, but lawmakers won't hesitate to turn around and drop
$500,000 on a ballpark in Billings, Montana.
The most infamous earmark is surely the "bridge to
nowhere"—a span that would have connected Ketchikan, Alaska, to nearby
Gravina Island—at a cost of more than $220 million. After Hurricane Katrina
struck New Orleans, Senator Coburn tried to redirect that money to repair
the city's Twin Span Bridge. He failed when lawmakers on both sides of the
aisle got behind the Alaska pork. (That money is now going to other projects
in Alaska.) Meanwhile, this kind of spending continues at a time when our
country's crumbling infrastructure—the bursting dams, exploding water pipes
and collapsing bridges—could really use some investment. Cutting two-thirds
of the $29 billion would be a good start.
The Tab* Pork Barrel Spending: $20 billion Running
Tab: $689.5 billion + $20 billion = $709.5 billion
8. Welfare Kings.
Corporate welfare is an easy thing for politicians to bark at, but it seems
it's hard to bite the hand that feeds you. How else to explain why corporate
welfare is on the rise? A Cato Institute report found that in 2006,
corporations received $92 billion (including some in the form of those farm
subsidies) to do what they do anyway—research, market and develop products.
The recipients included plenty of names from the Fortune 500, among them
IBM, GE, Xerox, Dow Chemical, Ford Motor Company, DuPont and Johnson &
Johnson.
The Tab* Corporate Welfare: $50 billion Running
Tab: $709.5 billion + $50 billion = $759.5 billion
9. Been There,
Done That. The Rural Electrification Administration, created during the New
Deal, was an example of government at its finest—stepping in to do something
the private sector couldn't. Today, renamed the Rural Utilities Service,
it's an example of a government that doesn't know how to end a program. "We
established an entity to electrify rural America. Mission accomplished. But
the entity's still there," says Walker. "We ought to celebrate success and
get out of the business."
In a 2007 analysis, the Heritage Foundation found
that hundreds of programs overlap to accomplish just a few goals. Ending
programs that have met their goals and eliminating redundant programs could
comfortably save taxpayers $30 billion a year.
The Tab* Obsolete, Redundant Programs: $30 billion
Running Tab: $759.5 billion + $30 billion = $789.5 billion
10. Living on Credit.
Here's the capper: Years of wasteful spending have put us in such a deep
hole, we must squander even more to pay the interest on that debt. In 2007,
the federal government carried a debt of $9 trillion and blew $252 billion
in interest. Yes, we understand the federal government needs to carry a
small debt for the Federal Reserve Bank to operate. But "small" isn't how we
would describe three times the nation's annual budget. We need to stop
paying so much in interest (and we think cutting $194 billion is a good
target). Instead we're digging ourselves deeper: Congress had to raise the
federal debt limit last September from $8.965 trillion to almost $10
trillion or the country would have been at legal risk of default. If that's
not a wake-up call to get spending under control, we don't know what is.
The Tab* Interest on National Debt: $194 billion
Final Tab: $789.5 billion + $194 billion = $983.5 billion
What YOU Can Do Many believe our system is
inherently broken. We think it can be fixed. As citizens and voters, we have
to set a new agenda before the Presidential election. There are three things
we need in order to prevent wasteful spending, according to the GAO's David
Walker:
• Incentives for people to do the right thing.
• Transparency so we can tell if they've done
the right thing.
• Accountability if they do the wrong thing.
Two out of three won't solve our problems.
So how do we make it happen? Demand it of our
elected officials. If they fail to listen, then we turn them out of office.
With its approval rating hovering around 11 percent in some polls, Congress
might just start paying attention.
Start by writing to your Representatives. Talk to
your family, friends and neighbors, and share this article. It's in
everybody's interest.
"Taxpayers distrustful of government
financial reporting," AccountingWeb, February 22, 2008 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/cgi-bin/item.cgi?id=104680
The federal government is
failing to meet the financial reporting needs of taxpayers, falling short of
expectations, and creating a problem with trust, according to survey
findings released by the Association of Government Accountants (AGA). The
survey, Public Attitudes to Government Accountability and Transparency 2008,
measured attitudes and opinions towards government financial management and
accountability to taxpayers. The survey established an expectations gap
between what taxpayers expect and what they get, finding that the public at
large overwhelmingly believes that government has the obligation to report
and explain how it generates and spends its money, but that that it is
failing to meet expectations in any area included in the survey.
The survey further found
that taxpayers consider governments at the federal, state, and local levels
to be significantly under-delivering in terms of practicing open, honest
spending. Across all levels of government, those surveyed held "being open
and honest in spending practices" vitally important, but felt that
government performance was poor in this area. Those surveyed also considered
government performance to be poor in terms of being "responsible to the
public for its spending." This is compounded by perceived poor performance
in providing understandable and timely financial management information.
The survey shows:
The American public is most
dissatisfied with government financial management information disseminated
by the federal government. Seventy-two percent say that it is extremely or
very important to receive this information from the federal government, but
only 5 percent are extremely or very satisfied with what they receive.
Seventy-three percent of
Americans believe that it is extremely or very important for the federal
government to be open and honest in its spending practices, yet only 5
percent say they are meeting these expectations.
Seventy-one percent of
those who receive financial management information from the government or
believe it is important to receive it, say they would use the information to
influence their vote.
Relmond Van Daniker,
Executive Director at AGA, said, "We commissioned this survey to shed some
light on the way the public perceives those issues relating to government
financial accountability and transparency that are important to our members.
Nobody is pretending that the figures are a shock, but we are glad to have
established a benchmark against which we can track progress in years to
come."
He continued, "AGA members
working in government at all levels are in the very forefront of the fight
to increase levels of government accountability and transparency. We believe
that the traditional methods of communicating government financial
information -- through reams of audited financial statements that have
little relevance to the taxpayer -- must be supplemented by government
financial reporting that expresses complex financial details in an
understandable form. Our members are committed to taking these concepts
forward."
Justin Greeves, who led the
team at Harris Interactive that fielded the survey for the AGA, said, "The
survey results include some extremely stark, unambiguous findings. Public
levels of dissatisfaction and distrust of government spending practices came
through loud and clear, across every geography, demographic group, and
political ideology. Worthy of special note, perhaps, is a 67 percentage
point gap between what taxpayers expect from government and what they
receive. These are significant findings that I hope government and the
public find useful."
This survey was conducted
online within the United States by Harris Interactive on behalf of the
Association of Government Accountants between January 4 and 8, 2008 among
1,652 adults aged 18 or over. Results were weighted as needed for age, sex,
race/ethnicity, education, region, and household income. Propensity score
weighting was also used to adjust for respondents' propensity to be online.
No estimates of theoretical sampling error can be calculated.
You can read the
Survey
Report, including a full methodology and associated commentary.
Report on the Transparency International Global Corruption Barometer 2007 ---
http://www.transparency.org/content/download/27256/410704/file/GCB_2007_report_en_02-12-2007.pdf
E XECUTIVE
SUMMARY
– GLOBAL
CORRUPTION
BAROMETER
2007...................2
P AYING
BRIBES AROUND THE WORLD CONTINUES TO BE ALL TOO COMMON
......3
Figure 1. Demands for bribery, by
region 3
Table 1. Countries most affected by
bribery 4
Figure 2. Experience of bribery
worldwide, selected services 5
Table 2. Percentage of respondents
reporting that they paid a bribe to obtain a service 5
Figure 3. Experience with bribery, by
service 6
Figure 4. Selected Services:
Percentage of respondents who paid a bribe, by region 7
Figure 5. Comparing Bribery: 2006 and
2007 8
C ORRUPTION
IN KEY INSTITUTIONS: POLITICAL
PARTIES AND THE
LEGISLATURE VIEWED AS MOST CORRUPT ............................................................8
Figure 6. Perceived levels of
corruption in key institutions, worldwide 9
Figure 7. Perceived levels of
corruption in key institutions, comparing 2004 and 2007 10
E XPERIENCE
V.
PERCEPTIONS OF CORRUPTION
–
DO THEY ALIGN?...................10
Figure 8. Corruption Perceptions Index v. citizens’
experience with bribery 11
L EVELS
OF CORRUPTION EXPECTED TO RISE OVER THE NEXT THREE YEARS....11
Figure 9. Corruption will get worse,
worldwide 11
Figure 10. Expectations about the
future: Comparing 2003 and 2007 12
P UBLIC
SCEPTICISM OF GOVERNMENT EFFORTS TO FIGHT CORRUPTION
–
IN
MOST PLACES
.......................................................................................................13
Table 3. How effectively is government fighting corruption?
The country view 13
C ONCLUSIONS
......................................................................................................13
A PPENDIX
1: THE
GLOBAL
CORRUPTION
BAROMETER
2007 QUESTIONNAIRE15
A PPENDIX
2: THE
GLOBAL
CORRUPTION
BAROMETER
– ABOUT
THE SURVEY17
A PPENDIX
3: REGIONAL
GROUPINGS..................................................................20
G LOBAL
CORRUPTION
BAROMETER
2007..........................................................20
A PPENDIX
4: COUNTRY
TABLES..........................................................................21
Table 4.1: Respondents who paid a
bribe to obtain services 21
Table 4.2: Corruption’s impact on
different sectors and institutions 22
Table 4.3: Views of corruption in the
future 23
Table 4.4: Respondents' evaluation of their
government's efforts to fight corruption 24
Bob Jensen's fraud updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Accountant and Auditor Scandals
"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals,"
by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, March 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147
< |